IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) k /. // ' Transparence Quality of prir Qualit* InAgale de {'impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend Uu materiel supplAmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Mition disponible r~~| Pages damaged/ r — I Pages restored and/or laminated/ T~~\ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ rr^ Pages detached/ r~lf> Showthrough/ r^ Quality of print varies/ I — I Includes supplementary material/ I — I Only edition available/ The in possit of the filmin Origir begini the la sion. I other first p sion, or illu Theli shall TINU whici Maps differ entiri begin right requi meth D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont ttt filmAes A nouveau de fapon A obtenir la meilleure image possible. This Item is filmed at the raduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de r«ductlon indiqu* cl-dassout. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X 12X 16X 3 20X 24X 28X -\ 32X The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: The R.W.B. Jackson Library. The Ontario Institute for Studies in Education. The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in Iceeping with the filming contract specifications. L'exemplaire fiimi f ut reproduit grAce d la gin^rositA de: The R.W.B. Jaclcson Library. The Ontario Institute for Studies in Education. Les images suivantes ont 4t6 reproduites avec ie plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettett de l'exemplaire fiim«, et en conformit6 avec les conditions du contrat de fiimage. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on thr last page with a printed or illustrated Impres- sion, or the bacic cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les exempiaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimis sent filmte en commenpant par Ie premier plat et en terminant soit par la derniire page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par ie second plat, salon Ie cas. Tous les autres exempiaires originaux sent film6s en commenpant par la premiAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la dernlAre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — »■ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol y (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Un des symboies suivants apparaftra sur la durniire image de cheque microfiche, selon Ie cas: Ie symbols — »• signifie "A SUIVRE", ie symbols V signifie "FIN". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre fiimte A des taux de rMuction diff6rents. Lorsque Ie document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul clichA, ii est f iimA A partir de I'angle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant Ie nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent la mAthode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 ERN «f^. .^^^^^ ^^ — -~^ "" North rule -i — ^ ^^^^^^ TBI "5T0ELD JftjiieH ChjujiIkiII \- Sou, Toi'utiti) I r i'itiiirit*di'T''Hi'' ■ 1 ■ ^a^y"'*-^'.*^''^*^*''^'' ,« -w-r.:^ ~i ^^*<|*'"*''^ ^ scirdlrui."" 2—/^*"*^ 'I rff/...i. Hi#.i >■, 1 ijiliiOl *f Sou, Toi'iiUtii CHOC AUTHORIZED BY THE C QUEBEC JA^ Canadian ^tties of St^ool-lffoks. MODERN CHOOL GEOGEAPHY AND ATLAS. mORIZED BY THE COUI^OILS OP PUBLIC INSTRUCTION FOR THE PROmCES OF ONTARIO QUEBEC. NEW BRUNSWICK, AND PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. FIFTH EDITION. 'I I /- 'f •*■'"" ., TORONTO: JAMES CAM PBEL L AND SON. 1876. ^, 1 t ^^*!^?W" t/ h • 7 ^ nu.y^ -'l^n Enured according to Act oftU ParlianerU of Canada in ih year one thousand eujU hundred and seventy »tx, by James Campbell & Son, in the Office of the Minister of Agriculture, 0<^ji U'*- c^ // l^lL-c ei<^ J:: V.9 "^^CjOa ^Lt-c*^ A :^. (?- ,*'' v/lf l'^ V-'. / •-Z O ttd'-^ /•! / lA, ^t t A c-*- Y- / 'nCx^ui'iJ^ /I /-IKa <;s^c ■■^^ '^'u^-'i^, Jpn-J^ I I — C ' " — - — «. — / «J«--c>2.C 7 ,^ , hUjttAr^,y^^£^ r t *,t a *w 7"- ^v X r j3>6<. .S^ 7 J^ l-'/<3»«t-t /& t'j C- /fC-*.<.A «5ti ■»^>'«Sk..v'>i^ ..« -;/, / 2^- / » <^- i\^t4-»^—//Ai^ c«.^^^.i» ,^ (? -t^Op*^ <5C-/J^ <*Vli^ tyxi^ ^P^ Jt e\,.>i ', ^«. (^ 'y '— — ^r-,J^ /. Oc «-/tt « jViU ^ >>i cum^Jl npp •^« PREFACE TO THE FIFTH EDITION. n The success which has followed the issue of the pre- vious editions of this Geography has fully shown the necessity that existed for a book of the kind, and has proved that it has been acceptable as a reliable and useful Text-Book. The present edition has been thoroughly revised up to the latest dates, many parts have been entirely re-written, a large number of questions have been added, and new maps inserted. Any errors in the first edition have been corrected, and the accuracy of all information now given may be relied upon. While this edition is entirely new, and printed from new stereotype plates, the same arrangement and system has been continued as in the first, the chief improvements being the addition of exercises on the various maps, and the insertion of new maps, valu- able for teaching more thoroughly the geography of our own country. Our own Dominion occupies the foremost place, while, from our connection with Great Britain and our proximity to the United States, these countries have also been fully treated. The style will be found to be simple, so as to be acceptable to the largest number of scholars ; and yet sufSciently full and explicit to give a thorough general knowledge of the Geography of the world. The latest authorities have been consulted for sta- tistics ; and each part of the Dominion has been revised by gentlemen resid it in the various Pro- vinces, whose intimate knowledge of the different countries renders them well qualified to undertake the task ; and to whom the author is under great obligations for the care and attention which they have bestowed upon the work. The plan which has been followed throughout is to impress upon the memory the great physical features, form, and appearance of a continent or country, so that the scholar may have imprinted on his mind a view of the country, where the moun- tains, the rivers, and general slope and appearance of the country stand prominently out ; leaving the minor details, such as subdivisions, towns, products, government, &c., to be filled in upon the founda- tion of the first and most important part. To each section or country, questions have been attached, with a view to assist the scholar in learn- ing, and Exercises on the Maps are also given to prove his knowledge of what he has learned, before coming up to his teacher. These questions may, of course, be increased to any extent, according as tho teacher may desire. It is, however, recommended that full exercises and questions should be given ou the maps ; and as every place and name mentioned in the text will be found on them, it will stimulate the scholar to greater accuracy aad observation, should questions be asked the answers to which are not to be found in the printed text. This book is now offered to the public of the Dominion, in the hope that, as one step towards a united nationality is a thorough and intimate know- ledge of the whole by the different countries united, it may enable not only the scholars, but others also, to form a more true and correct idea of the sister Provinces than they have hitherto had ; and assist also in producing, even if in a small degree, that good feeling and pleasant intercourse which ought to exist between the different parts of the same union. 9 / II ' ■ » amtm 1 «lt«>».^>u« PPPF mm '»ir %iM M fiwiMfijiJ u aw • >. i BB r ||i » »i iW PiB iH i firi[ryi m t Ti MODERN SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. INTRODUCTION. FORM OF THE EARTH. Geoorafht is a description of the Earth, its surface, divisions, and inhabitants. The Earth is round, like an orange, being slightly flattened at the two poles, and bulging out a little round the middle. To prove that the Earth is round, although it appears to us to be flat : we know that we can only see the surface of the ground about three miles on a level plain ; and at sea the view, not being interrupted by mountains or any great in- equalities in the surface, is bounded on all sides by the horizon. When a vessel appears in sight, the masts are always seen before the hull ; so also, a vessel can sail round the world, and come back to her starting- point without changing the direction of her course. About one>quarter of the Earth's surface is land, and three- quarters water. The Earth is ^learly 25,000 miles in cironmf erence, and about 8000 miles in diameter. The eircumfermee is a line drawn round the Earth, having the centre of the Earth for its centre. The diameter is a straight line drawn through the centre of the earth, and terminated by its surface at each end. What Is seogrsphTf DeBorlbe the form of the esriht How do you prore that the earth is round? Of what ii the sarfkoe of the earth conpoied t In what proportionst What length is the oironmference of the earth? What length ii the diameter? What are the oiroum- (erenoe and diameter of the earth? Star, it Is evident that, as the Earth mores round the Sun, eaeh pole gradually changes its relative position to the Sun ; and so, during one- half of the year, inclines towards the Sun, and the other half from it, as may be seen flrom the accompanying diagram, where AA represents the axis of the Earth, and the globes the position of the Earth, at Mid summer, Midwinter, and the Equinoxes.] MOTIONS OF THE EARTH. Although appearing to us to be perfectly still, the Earth is continually moving with great velocity. It has two motions :■— 1. The Diufnal, or Daily. Every twenty-four hours it re- volves once on its axis, causing alternate day and night, accord- ing as the portion we live on is turned to or from the sun. The axis of the Earth is an imaginary line passing through its centre, terminating in what are called the 27orth and South Poles. 2. The ilnnual, or Yearly. Every year it moves once round the Sun, producing the Seasons, aooorcUngas theNorth or South Pole inclines towards the Sun. Thus, when the North Pole, or the northern portion of the Earth upon which we live, is in- clined towards ilie Sun, it is Summer with us, and Winter with the southern portion of the Earth, or toall south of the equator. And also, when the South Pole inclines towards the Sun, it is Winter with us, and Summer south of the equator. , [Id order to understand this, it li necessary for the teacher to explain, that the axis of the earth is not perpendioular to the plane of Its orbit, but Is inclined to it at an angle of 661 degrees. And as the axis of the Earth always points to the same part of the neavens, the No-th or Polar Does the earth move? How many motions has it? What are thev called? How are day and night caused? How is the part of the earth we V^e on situated with regard to the sun at night ? What is the axis of the earthf What are the poles? What causes the seasons ? When is it summer witW us? When winter? Are the sea- sons the same both north and south of the equator? THE HEAVENLY BODIES. The Sun is the centre of the system in which the Earth is placed, and round it the Planets and Comets move at various distances, each one having its own course, and shewing forth the beautiful regularity with which the Creator has arranged the universe. The £run is 883,000 miles in diameter, and 1,860,000 times larger than the Earth, from which it is distant ninety-4ve millions of miles. The names of the other planets, their relative sixes compared with the Earth, and their distances from the Sun, are : — TiBMthtilM MUMdlrtant ot the luth. from tli« Bun. MsRonRT, . . 1-lOth . . STmlUtons. VxMua, ... 1 . . 69 „ Mabb, . . . S-16ths . . 144 „ AsTSROiss, small ; situated between Mars and Jupiter. JvPiTKii, . . 1488 . . 494 millions. Batubn, . . 03X . . 900 „ Uranus, « . 87 . . 178T „ NsrruHC, . . 60 . . S!870 „ The Planeti are supposed to be bodies somewhat similar to the Earth, although •■ yet little, besides their dimensions and orbits, is definitely known. Neither is it kno n whether they are inhabited or not, although they move on the same plane II ^^k I 6 INTRODUCTION. as the Earth, and like it rotate on their axes, and have alter- nate day and night, and probably seasons more or less varied. According as they are nearer or more distant than the Earth from the Sun, they require less or more time to move round the Sun. ComtU are luminous bodies whio\ move round the Sun with immense velocity. They generally move on a different plane from the Earth and the other Planets, and have an erratio course, not in a circle, like the planets, but at one time com- paratively near, and at another very far from the Sun, so that we may lose sight of them for hundreds of years. The ilfoon is the attendant of the Earth. TTere the Earth to remain still, the Moon would revolve round it in 27^ days ; but as it is continually moving, the Moon requires 29^ days to complete its revolution. The Moon is about one forty-ninth part the size of the Eurth, and is distant from it 237,000 miles. The Moon derives its light from the Sun ; and u the Earth sometimes intervenes directly between the Sun and the Moon, it then casts a shadow on the Moon's surface. This is called an EcUpae of the Moon, or a lunar eclipte. The Moon also, in its course round the Earth, sometimes in- tervenes directly between the Sun and the Earth, and hides for a time the whole or part of the surface of the Sun from our sight. Thi is called an Eclipit of the Sun, or a aolar eclipse. Am the Moon does not move round the Earth on the same plane as the Earth does round the Sun, eclipses happen come paratively seldom. There are from two to five solar eclipses in the course of a year ; there may bo three lunar eclipses, and sometimes none. As, however, lunar eclipses are visible to a whole hemisphere at onoe, and solar eclipses only to a part, the latter, though happening oftener, are less frequently Besides the Planets, there are multitudes of Fixed Star$, far beyond the system of which our Sun is the centre, and powerful telescopes reveal many more which are invisible to the naked eye. These shine by their own light, and are supposed to be suns, perhaps the centres of other systems ns fixtensive as that in which the Earth is placed. The nearest «f these Fixed Stars is 211,000 timet more distant than the Sun. What position does the sun oe- CUDT In the solar system T What bodies revdvA round the sun T What Is the ilss of the sun com- pared with the earth T Uow far distant Is itT Are the planets the same slse as the earth? Which are iargert Whloh are smaller? Which are nearer than the earth to the sunT Which are more dittantt Describe the planets. Are their motions the lame as those of the earth? What are comets? De- scribe their motion. What Is the moon? Uow long does It take to move round the earth ? What is Its comparative die? Uow far distant Is it? What gives light to the moon? Whatoauiei eclipses? Uow many kinds of eclipses are there? Uow often do they happen? Which do we see most frequently? What other heavenly bodies do we see ? What are they supposed to be I Uow tu distant are they] -^ DIVISIONS OF THE LAND. About one-quarter of the Earth's su:.faoe oonsiaii of land, the different parts of which are known by the following luuneii — KxsBOiSBS ON TBI Map— Trb World.— Which hemisphere contains Bost land; Whloh moat water? Name a continent In the Western UemiR|ihere. What is that portion of land calleilwhicb connects North •nd South America? What large island Is thrv« in the lastsrn Usml- A Continent is a large extent of land comprising several countries. An Island is a smaller extent of land wholly surrounded by water. A Peninsula is a portion of land almost surrounded by water. An Itthmui Is a narrow neck of land connectingtwolaigerportions of land. A Cape is a point of husd prelect- ing into the sea; and if high or mountainous, is called a Pronun- tory. A Shore or Coatt Is the edge or mar- gin of land bordering on the water. A Jfountoin is a portion of land rising to a considerable height above the surrounding country. A SM is a smaller elevation. A Valley is that portion of land whica lies between mountains er hUla A Toleano Is a mountain which throws out fire, smoke, lava, and ashes. The opening from which they issue is called the crater. A Plain is a tract of level land, and when considerably elevated above the level of the sea, it is called a Plateau, or table-land. A i>eier( Is abarren tract of coun- try, covered with sand or rocks. An Ootts is a fertile spot in a desert. A Prairie is atract of land, gener- ally flat, or slightly undulating, covered with long grass or small shrubs. DIVISIONS OF THE WATER. Jkbout three-quarterB of the Earth's surface is covered with water, the different parts of which are known by the following names: — An Oosan is an extensive body of salt water. Although the ocean may be said to be one, it is sub- divided into smaller portions, which are also called Ceean*. A Sea is a smaller portion of salt water. An Archipelago is a sea studded with many islands. A Gulf or Bay is a portion of water extending into, and almost surrounded by land. A Strait is a narrow portion of water connecting two seas. When it is shallow, so that it may be sounded or fathomed, it is called a Sound. A ChannA is a portion of water oonnecting two seas, but longer and broader than a strait The same name is often applied to the hollow bed of a river. A Lake is a body of fresh water wholly surrounded by land. A Siver is a stream of firesb water, running into a lake, sea, or another river. Small rivers are called Streams, Creeks, Brooks, or Rivulets. A Aan'n is a tract of land drained or watered by a river. The ridge of land separating the basins of rivers is called a ITatsr- ihed or Divide. A Delta is that portion of land occupying the space between the different mouths of the same river. An Eituary or FIrlh is an arm of the sea extending into the land to meet a river, and appearing to form a continuation of the river. CIRCLES ON THE GLOBE. For the convenience of measurement and calculation, the surface of the globe is divided by various imaginary Circles, which are shown by lines on the map. Each Circle ii divided into 360 parti, called degrees ("). A sphere. An archipelago In the South I'sclflo Ocean. 4 gulf and sea bitwssn Nortii and Boiith America. A strait oa the North of Aissricai ill "fi'j,-iiifUTH pott The tropics and polar circles divide the Earth into five Zonet or belts :— The Torrid Zone, extending between the tropics, and so caUed from the intense heat. Tim Temperate Zones, extending between the tropics and {)olar circles, so called from the heat and cold being ess excessive than in the other zones. Two Frigid Zones, extending from the polar circles to the poles, and so called from the intense frost and cold prevailing there. The Horizon is the circle bounding the view by the apparent meeting of earth and sky. The four Cardinal Points of the horizon are North, South, East, and Wcb^. These are again subdivided in the mariner's compass ; but the principal points are— How is the surface of the globe divided t How are these divisions shown on the map t How la a circle divided and subdivided t What is a map ? What are the different parts of a map usually called T What is the equator? What is a hemisphere r What are parallels of latitude? What Is their uset What are meridians T What is their use I Are degrees of latitude and longi- tude of the same length ? What Is the length ot a degree of latitude? Of longitude at the equator? At Montreal ? Where do wo begin to reckon the degrees of longitude ? What does the e^Iptlo represent ? How much does It vary in position during the year ? When is the sun directly over the equator? What results then? What are the tropica? How far distant are they from the equator ? What are the polar cir- cles ? When the sun is north of the equator, what is the result at the North Pole? At the South Pole? How do the tropics and Solar uirclea divide the earth ? lescrtbe the sonea. What Is the horlion ? What are the principal points of the compass? What are the cardinal points ? [NATURAL PHENOMENA. The Earth is surrounded by a transparent fluid called the air or atmosphere, which moves with it, and extends to the height of about 4S miles above it. Close to the Earth it is comparatively dense, becoming thinner as wo ascend. Heat and cold are produced according aa the Sun's rays shine vertically or obliquely on the Earth's surface and then vary sones is Europe In ? How many degrees of latitude and longitude art thero In each hemisphere? Are the degrees of longitude In America vast or wuat? Uf what? Are tlie degrees of latitude in North America north or south ? Of what ? Tolnt out a land in the Autarctio Ocean. r 6 INTRODUCTION. Moording to the height abavo the level of the se*. The hest or cold of the atmosphere is called the temperatnre. In the tropics, where the Sun's rays strike vertically down, it is hottest ; and within the polur circles, where the rays strike most obliquely, it is coldest. But as the air be- comes thinner as we ascend, the Sun's rays gradually lose their power, so that even in the tropics there is on the moun- tains a height above which snow will not melt. This is called the snow-Une. This line gradually decreases in height as we approach the poles. At the Equator the snow-line is 16,000 feet above the level of the sea, and in Canada it is about 7000 feet; and, were there high mountains iu the country, their summits above that height would be perpetu- ally covered with snow. The atmosphere is never at rest, the pftrticles of which it is oomposed being moved about by the infldence of heat and cold, thus forming winds. Several contrary currents of wind may occur one above the other, as when we see the clouds moving in a different direction from the wind on the surface of the earth. When the windi move rapidly they cause hurricanes and storms. In the Torrid Zone, 'be East or Trade winds prevail through- out the year, and opposite currents prevail in the Temperate Zones. In the North Temperate Zone the prevalent winds are from the South- West, and in the South Temperate Zone from the North-West. Periodical winds blow in different parts of the world, as the Monsoon on the shores of the Indian Ocean ; the Typhoon in the Ohina Sea ; the Sirocco, Simoom, and Harmattan from tiie burning deserts of Africa and Arabia. The ocean, like the air, is never at rest, being subject to the same influences ; heat and cold producing currents, winds pro- ducing waves, and the attraction of the Sur\ and Moon produc- ing tides. The principal current In the ocean is the Oulf Stream, in the North Atlantic Ocean. This flows from east to west in the Tropics into the Caribbean Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, then skirts the shore of North America as far as Newfoundland, where it changes its course towards the east, and passing the Asores Islands, flows south till it once more reaches the great equatorial current which gave it origin. The water of the Oulf Stream is much warmer than that through which it flows, and its coarse rapid, varying from two to five miles an hour. The tides are principally caused by the attraotion of the Moon. The water being composed of particles more easily moved than the land, is drawn towards the Moon as the Earth revolves on its axis, and is thus raised in one place and lowered in another. This is called the ebb and flow of the tide. Spring or high tides are caused by the joint attraction of the Sun and Moon, and neap or low tides by their attrac- tion in opposite directions. The heat of the Bon's rays acting on the water forms rapor, which, being lighter than the air, gradually uoends. It is generally invisible, and is carried along by the winds until the temperature of the air becomes colder, when it condenses and forms clouds, and eventually falls to tiie Earth in the shape of rain, dew, hail, or snow. Fogs or mists are clouds resting on the Earth's surface. The climate of n country Is understood to mean the tem- perature, and dryness or mcHsture o( the atmosphere. The climate is influenced by various circumstances ; such as hot or cold winds, and the deamess or cloudiness of the sky ; or the proximity of large bodies of water, wliich, not being so susceptible of change as the atmosphere, make the neighbor- ing lands warmer or colder according as they are warm or cold. When a country b covered with forests, its temperature is found to be about 10° colder than when well cleared and culti- vated, as the trees prevent the Sun's rays from reaching the ground, which thus remains colder than it would otherwise be, and imparts its coldness to the atmosphere. able, and where do they blowt What produces currents In the ocean t What causes waves T What causes tides T Describe the course of the Oulf Stream. How are tides produced f What is meant by the ebb and flow of the tide? What Bxnoins OH tm MAr-TRs Wosut.-In what sens to Oanadaf Nsw- iMindlaiMir The West India IiUndsr What eountriei are crossed by we Troplos and Polar Otrolest What wntnrsr What large Ulandi in OssanlM by the Kquator t In what direotlou are the Sandwich Isisads Describe the atmosphere. How are heat and cold produced f What is meant by the temperature t Why Is it hottest in the tropics t Why coldest at the poles ? What is the snow-line? How ii it that snow will not melt above a certain height? What is the height of the snow-line nt the equator? In Canada? 'What causes tlie winds? What causes hurricanes and storms? What wiuds prevail in the tropics? Which in the north temperate sone ? Which In the south temperate zone? What winds are especially remark- are spring and neap tides? How is vapor produced? How are clouds formed ? What do they be- come ? What are fogs and mists ? What Is meant by climate ? How may the climate be influeneed? What dilTerenoe Is there in it when the country is cleared t «> MINERALS. The surface of the Earth is supposed to be a omst inrroimd- ing a central mass in a state of fusion. The consequent ex- pansion of gases and molten minerals causes volcanic erup- tions and earthquakes. Hence, too, the temperature of mines ia found to increase in proportion to their depth. In this crust are found many valuable minerals, the principal of which aso— Jro», the most useful metal, is found in Canada, the United States, Great Britain, Sweden, Bussia, Belgiom, France, Germany, &o. Copper is found in C&nada, the United States, Chili, Aus- tralia, Norway, and other countries. Tin is found chiefly in Cornwall, in England. JZine is found in Prussia, Belgium, England, and the United States. Lead is found in Great Britain, Spain, Canada, and the United States. Oold, the most valuable of all the metals, is useful chiefly for coinage, and is most abundant in Australia, California, and British Columbia. It is found also in Quebec, Nova Scotia, and other places. More than 100 millions of dollars in value is found annually. Platina, the rarest of all metals, is found chiefly in the Ural Mountains. Silver is found chiefly in Mexico, California, Nevada, and South America, on the north shore of Lake Superior in Ou< tario, and in Novway, Kuisia, and Hungary, iu Europe. Mercury, or quicksilver, is found in California, Spain, ;o. Besides these are Oohalt, Artenic^ and many otiier metals of less importance. Coal is the most valuable mineral, and the most important for adding iu the wealth of a country. It is found in the greatest abundance iu Great Britain and the United States, from North America ? In what direction Is Africa flrom Burope ? Aus- tralia from Asia? Madagascar from Africa? Newfoundland from Onnnda I Kurope from North America ? Asia from Kurope ? The West luUia iBlauds from South America? Bermuda from North Amerloat mfm iVPPipP INTKODUCTIOK. f) IV ■ad largely In Nova Scotia, New Broiuwiok, VanooQTer Islaiid, and other countries. Sulphur ia found chiefly in volcanic countrieB. Salt ia found in every part of the world, in the various forms of mines, mountains, plains, and springs, and is also produced by the evaporation of sea water. Other minerals are numerous, but less important. Copper} Tint Zinot Lead I Ooldr Platinat BiWer? Quick- silver t Ooalt Sulphur t Saltr What ia the earth supposed to be? What causes volcanoes and earthquakes! Where is iron found! PLANTS. Plants are found adapted to every climate, soil, and locality. In the Torrid Zone they are most numerous, and vegetation is most luxuriant. They become less numerous and more stunted as we approach the poles, till even trees refuse to grow, and only mosses or lichens are found, upon which animals subsist. The Torrid Zone is distinguished for the size and beauty of its trees and flowers, its spices and rich fruits, and its odori- ferous plants. The Temperate Zones are distinguished for the abundance of their grains and fruits most useful to man. The Frigid Zones produce nothing but mossei and lichens, except in the more temperate parts, where a little barley and rye is grown, and a few pines and other hardy trees aie found. Do plants grow in every country? I Where are they most numerous! Where least t What plants are | peculiar to the torrid soneT What to the temperate cones t What to the frigid tones I ANIMALS. Animals, like plants, are to be found in overy region, and adapted to every climate, soil, and locality. Amid the luxuriant vegetation of the Torrid Zone, animals attain the largest size ; here, also, wild animala abound. Th« foresta, too, swarm with birda of brilliant plumage, inaeots, and reptiles. In the Temperate Zones the more useful animals, such as the horse, cow, sheep, and deer, abound, and very few wild ftniTnalu ure to be found. In the Frigid Zones comparatively few land animals are found, but soa-fowl are very numerous, and the sea aboiaida with the whale, seal, and walrus. Some animals are common to all the zones, such as the dog, sheep, bear, ke, ; and it is remarkable that their natural cover- ing varies with the climate of the zone in which they are found. Are animals found in every coun- try! What animals inhabit the torrid cone ! What the temperate ■onaat What the firlgld aonest What animals are fbnnd in every tone ! What peculiarity do they exhibit? r # , MANKIND. Mankind has beeit; variously classified aooording to dlstino* tiona of form, color, ikin, hair, Jcc. The system of Blumen* bach, as the one most convenient ior classification, forms the basis of nearly all subsequent schemes ; and is aa follows t — Kxmcisis ON TRi Map— Tna World.— What oeeana wash the shores of Amerloat What sea is between North and South America! What s<*a between lurope and Africa? What sea between Asia and Africa? What oeeans are in tho Kaitern Hemisphere r What strait divides The Cauemtian, including the principal nations of Europe, with the allied Asiatic rixes, jointly classed as Indo-European ; and also tbo Semitic races, including the Arabs, Jews, &c. The Mongolian, including the Chinese, the Tartar tribes of Central Asia, and allied races ; among these the Finns and Lapps of Europe are embraced. The Malay, including the natives of the peninsula of Malacca, the chief islands of the Indian Archipelago, New xeabnd, Ac. The Ethiopian, indnding the chief nations and tribes of Africa; and The American, including all the nations and tribes native to North and South America. The Papuans and other islanders ore styled Negritots, from their negro-like color of skin, woolly hair, &o. The Australians ara equally dark, but with hair generally straight. Tlie American Indian closely approximates to the Asiatic Mon- golian. How is mankind commonly clas- sified ! What nations belong to the Caucasian race ! To the Mongolian ! To the Malay! To the Ethiopian ! To the American! What are the Papuans called! What are the Australians like? To what other race does the American Indian most approximate ? POLITICAL DIVISIONS. The Political Divisions of the earth are Empires, Eingdomsi, Principalities, and Bepublics. An Empire consists of several large countries united under the rule of one monarch, generally colled an Emperor. A Kingdom, or Monarchy, consists of one or more countries governed by a Ejng or Queen. It is called a Limited Mon- archy when the power of the king is restricted by law, and no laws can be made without the consent of the representatives of the people ; and an Absolute Monarchy vban the will of the monarch is supreme. Principalities, Grand Duchies, and Duchies are small states governed by a Prince, Grand Duke, or Duke. A Eepuhlic is a country governed by a ruler chosen by the people for a limited period, who is generally called a Presi- dent. How Is the world politically divided! What Is an empire t Kingdom I Frinoipality! Republic! GRAND DIVISIONS OF THE EARTH. The earth is divided into two Bemi^heres, the Eastern and Western. Of the land there are five grand or principal Divisions— America, Europe, Asia, Africa, and Oceania. Of the water thore are also five grand or principal Divisions, called Oceans — the Atlantic, the Pacific, the Indian, the Arctic, and the Antarctic, The extent uf land upon the surface of the earth may be estimated at about 52 millions of square miles, divided as follows :— America, Europe, , Asia, Africa, . Oceania, 10,100,000 8,800,000 17,140,000 11,500,000 4,SOO,000 How is the earth divided ! What are the grand divisions of the land ! Of the water ! What is the extent of land upon tho earth ! Which division fa the largest r Which next I Ac. Which smaUent ! North America from Asia! What Is the southern point of Africa called ? What U the southern point of India called ! What Island la near there ! What Island.t He to the east of Asia in the temperate cone ! What part of America is nearest to Japan ! 10 AM2KICA. POPULATION AND REUGION. The population of the earth is estimated at abont 130O millioni, divided as follows : — Vnnnl.tl^n NO. of FtTWIia "P""*"™- to Sq. UUt. America, .... 80,000,000 5 Europe, 388,000,000 SO Asia, 800,000,000 41 Africa 100,000,000 9 Oceania, 80,000,000 7 The inhabitanti are divirled, according to their nligloaa belief, into— Ohristlani, . . . . . . 365,000,000 Jewi, 6,000,000 Mobammedani, 160,000,000 Pagans, or Heathen, 800,000,000 What ia the popalation of the earth? Which diTlston contain! the most iohabitantat Which next? ttc. Which is most densely peopled, or containi the lai:ge8t number of persons to the aqnare mile T Which nextt Which least? Into what religions bodies are the inhabitants of the earth classed ? Which are most numerous? Wbiohnext?4e. AMERICA. Area, I&,fi00,00D square miles, comprising 3•10t^8 of the land surface of the globe ; greatest length (Tom north t6 south In A direct Une^ 0400 miles: greatebb oreadth from east to west, 3200 ; popuktioo, 80,000,000. Ambrioa, or the New World, the only great division of the earth in the Western Hemisphere, is surrounded on all sides by water: on the North by the Arotio Ocean ; on the West by the Pacific Ocean ; on the South by the Antarctic Ocean ; and on the East by the Atlantic Ocean. It is composed of two enormous pear-shaped masses of land, both widest towards the north, and tapering to a point towards the south, joined together by the Isthmus of Panama. These two parts are called respectively J^orth and South Amerioa, America ia remarkable for the extent and grandeur of ita physical features ; its mountain chains, rivers, lakes, plains, and forests being the largest in the world. It was discovered by Christopher Columbus in 1492, when he arrived at the island of San Salvador, one of the Bahamas. It was not, however, till 1498, on his third voyage, that he reached the mainland of South Amerioa; North Amerioa having been visited the year before by John Cabot, a Venetian in the service of England. The new continent was named after Amerigo Ves- pucci, a Florentine, who accompanied Hojeda, a Spanish com- mander, as astronomer, and wrote an account of his discoveries in America. Greenland was discovered by the Norwegians 600 years beforo Columbus reached Amerioa ; and it is said that they also visited the shores of what is now called New England. In shape and general features the two great divisions re- semble each other. The Bockv Mountaint of North America, and the Andei of South America, stretch from north to soutli through the whole length of the continent, forming ua almost nnbroken chain of nearly 10,000 miles in length. In both divi- sions, this chain is nearest to the Pacific, and both have smaller ranges of mountains in the east, at the broadest part of the continents ; while the centre, between the two ranges, is one vast plain. Both divisions may be divided into four great slopes — ' a northern, eastern, south-eastern, and western; and the EssRoisis ox Tns Map— NoBTR Aubrioa.— What Joins North and South America? Which of the principal rivers are in the Dominion of Canada? Which in the United States? What mountain rangesextend Ibrpugh the Dominion of Canada T Through the United States? Point three first are drained in North America by the BEackencie, St Lawrence, and Mississippi rivers; and in South America by the Orinoco, Amazoi.<, and La Plata Rivers. And similarly in both continents, the sources of these rivers are divided only by a gentle rise scarcely perceptible. The rivers of America are especially remarkable for their length and volume of water, and also for the distance to which they are navigable, the length of the principal being— f Mississippi, with the Missouri, . . N. AiiiBicl. < St lAwrence, with L»kes, . (Mackenste, } Amazon, with the TTcayall, . . . S. AitSRiCA. i J'S, Plata, with the Paraguay, . . (Orinoco 4B00 8140 S1«0 4000 8700 1600 All Of these rivers, with their tributaries (except the Hackentie, which flows Into the Arctic Ocean), are navirmbie almost to their sources. This is owing to the vast plains througli which they flow, and their very gradnal rail towards the sea. Compared with the other great divisions of the Earth, America possesses but a small extent of coast line, its length being only 43,000 miles, or, in comparison with its sise, only equal to half of that of Europe. It ia more broken in North than in South America. The latter presents one unbroken mass of land, with no deep indentations, and bat few islands along its whole coast. As the continent of America extends through all the sones, its climate and soU vary greatly, and will be found treated folly under the head of its separate countries. It is, however, in general, more humid in the Tropics than the Eastern Hemis- phere, and subject to greater oxtrcmos of boat and cold in tha higher latitudes. In the north, the frosen mass of the Arctic Ocean renders it much colder thsn in the same latitude in Europe, and along the whole of the Western coast the high mountain ranges attract the moisture, so that rain generally prevails there to a greater extent than on the Eastern coast. America does not possess such a number or variety of wild animals as are found in the Eastern Hemisphere, but presents a larger variety of plants. Many of the latter, also, are indi- genous or native to the country, such as tobacco, maise, the potato, cbchona, (from which comes the Peruvian bark,) ivory* out the principal lakes in the Dominion. In the United States. In Oen- tral America, what large Island lies near the east coast o( the Dominion ? What peninsula forms the south-eastoru portion of the Dominion? What large Island near the wtst coast I W hat islands enclose the Oarlbbean Seat mmm -Umttammmmmmm m't jbtt ' MiJimta^m i f » NORTH AM]^BICA Knplith MO- V n* y y WW *«* UHN* James C'njnpbell A^ flou, Toronto NOBTH AMEUICA. 11 /^ ;-<• xc X palm, &c. ; and America now lupplies the world with cotton, •ugar, coffee, and grain. When the Spaniards first discovered the Western Continent under Columbus and other commanders, they called the native inhabitants Indians, under the impression that they had now found out the western route to the East Indies. Those In- dians dwelling in Mexico and Fern were comparatively civilized, had large towns, and fixed forms of government. They welcomed the new-comers, but soon had reason to repent of their hospitality, for the lust for conquest, and the rapacity of the Spani-irds and Portuguese, soon enslaved them and destroyed their cities. They have almost disappeared, or are represented by debased races rapidly becoming extinct. Many interesting relics remain to prove the great progress in civilization achieved by the native races of Mexico and Peru. The Esquimaux, a short, stunted race, occupy the extreme north, and subsist by hunting and fishing. The remaining native races are scattered over the whole continent, living by the chase, and forming a great number of different tribes, speaking different languages ; iu general they arc fierce and barbarous, incapable of civilization, and fre- quently at war among themselvef, or with the aggressor the white man. They are supposed to number about ten millions, and most of them are still pagans. Many theories are advanced to account for the native races of America, the most plausible being, that they came originally from Asia, across Behring Strait, where the Aleutian Isles form, as it were, stepping-stones between the two con- tinents. What ii the extent of America T Orcateat length? Greatest breadth? In what hemisphers is itt Uow is it bounded t Point out the boun- daries on the map. What is its shape? How is it divided? For what ii it remarliable ? When was It discovered? Mention the flrat discoverers. How do North and South Americlk resemble each other ? What mountain chains traverse them? Describe the other points of resemblance. Trace the Kocky Mountains on the map. The An- des. Pointout the principal rivers. Which are the longest ? Are they navigable? What contributes to Bttlce them easy of navigation? Describe the coast line of America. Which division Is most Irregular? Describe the climate and soil of America. Why is it colder than in Europe in the north ? Why Is it more moist in the west than in the east? Has America manf animals? Many plants? Which are indi- genous to thecountry ? Whatdoes America largely produce? What are the natives calked ? What was their condition when the coutineut was first discovered? flow were they treated? What is known of them? What native races now in- habit the country? What is their present condition? What is their number? How are they supposed to have originated? NORTH MIERICA. Area, 8,360,000 square miles ; greatest length from north to south, In- cluding Central America, 4700 miles; greatest breadth from east to west, 3000 miles; persons to a square mile, 6; population, 64,000,000. North America comprises the Northern part of the Contineut of America, and ia joined to South America by the Isthmua of Panama. It is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean ; on the West by the Pacific Ocean ; on the South by the Pacific Ocean and the Gulf of Mexico ; and ou the East by the Atlantic Ocean. Its surface is divided into four great regions by the grand chain of the Bocky Mountains, and the lesser chain of tb« AUeghanies ; consisting of the Northern slope towards tha Arctic Ocean, the Pacific slope, the great central plain extend- ing from the sources of the Mississippi to the Gulf of Mexico, and the Eastern slope towards the Atlantic Ocean. The Rocky Mountaim form the great backbone, as it may b« termed, of North America, extending from the Arctic Ocean southwards, through the whole length of the continent. The Cordilleras of Mexico and Guatemala may be considered a< a continuation of the chain, although it is «omcwhat inter- rupted by the high plateaus of Mexico. The Rocky Moun- tains rise mostly from a high table-land, which is sometimes 5000 feet above the sea. They occupy a region from 40 to 200 miles in breadth, and consist in some parts of two or three parallel ranges. Their liighest elevation is attained in the Dominion of Canada and Colorado,— Mounts Brown and Hooker (in British Columbia) rising about 16,000 feet high,— although the Cordilleras contain the celebrated volcanoes of Popoca- tepetl, Agua, ami Orizaba, the first nearly 18,000 feet high. Parallel with the Rocky Mountains along the Pacific coast are several successive ranges of mountains, which have been called the Alps of the Pacific, extending from Mexico to Alaska, and terminated by the lofty volcano, Monnt St Elias, 15,000 feet liigh. These chains are known by different names, as the Sicira Madre in Mexico ; the Coast Range, and tlie parallel range of the Sierra Nevada in California ; and tlio Cascade Mountains in Oiegon, Washington Territory, and British Columbia. The Alleghany Mountains, or Appalachian chain, extend from the north of the State of Alabama to the Gulf of St Lawrence, about 1500 miles in length. Different portions of the same range are known by the names of the Cumberland Mountains in Tennessee, the Blue Mountains in Virginia, the Catskill Mountains in New York, the Green Mountains in Vermont, White Mountains in New Hampshire, and Notre Dame Mountains in Quebec. The name Alleghany belongs properly to the eastern and principal range in Virginia and Pennsylvania. Their highest summits are in New Hamp- shire, where they rise to the height of 6000 feet, but elsewhero they seldom rise over 4000 feet. Owing to the vast plains of North America, and the gentle slope of the land, the rivers are large and numerous, and navigable far into the interior of the country. The St Law- rence, with the great lakes, is navigable for upwards of 2000 miles, the Mississippi, with the Missouri, for upwards of 4000, and many of tliti other great rivers almost to their sources. In the Great Central Plain there is scarcely a water- shed 1600 feet above the level of the sea, and many of the large rivers take their ri^o so near each other that it is diffi- cult to tell in which direction the slope is. The principal Rivers of North America are- la the north the I'ukon, Mac- ktntie, Hack or Ortat i'ith, Churchill, Scukatchewan, and St Lawrence, In lli« cast, the St John, Bud- son, Coiiiieclicut, Susquthanna,J)e- (auaie, I'otumac, aud Savannait. In the centre and south, the Alabama, Miisinippi, with it» affluents, the Illinois, Ohio, Mis- souri, Arkansas, and Red Ilivers, aud the Rio (Irandedel-Norte. In the west, the Volorado, Co- lumbia, aud Frattr. ExKRClsss OM TUB MAP— NoRTB Amrtuoa.— What important gulf is there to the east of tlie Dominion of Canada? To the south of tliu United dates ? What is the southftn point of the Peulusula of Lower C»U- rorula called? The soatb eastern point of the UuUeil States? The south-eastern point of Newfound/and? What capes and straits are In the east of the Dominion of Canada ? What bav is between Nova Scotia and New Brunswick ? How is Alask-. divided from Asia What gulf Is on the west of Mexico ? What guK u on the west of Btitisb ColumbUt hnlfnirw. Kflim -"^ '^-^mm 12 NOBTU AMERICA. / The principal Lakes of North America are in the northern part, and are either in the Dominion of Canada, or form the boundary between it and the United States. They are — Superior, Michigan, Buron, Erie, Ontario, Great Bear, Great SlaM, Athabaeca, Winnipeg, Winnipegotit, and LaJce of the Wood*. South of these the only Lakes worthy of mention are — Lake Champlain, just touching the Ganadiau frontier; Great Salt Lake in Utah ; and Ificaragua in Central America. The outline of North America is much more broken than that of South America, especially on the north and east, but compared with the extent of coast-line, the Islands, Gulfs, Promontories, &o., are not numerous. The principal Islands are — In the north, Greenland, 3iel- vUU, Bankt, and Southampton. Id tlie vest, Vancouver, Queen Charlotte, Prince of Wales, Sitka, and Aleutian Isles. la the south, the Bermudas, and the West India Islands, com- prising the Bahamas, and Oreat and Little Antilles. In the east, A'ewfoundiand, Cape Breton, Prince Edward Island, Anticosti, and Long Island. The principal Oulfs, Bays, and Straits are In the north, Davis Strait and Baffin Bay, Barrow and Banks Straits, Melville, and Lancaster Sounds, Hudson Strait and Hud- son Bay, and its southern extrem- ity, James Bay. In the east, the Strait of Belle Isle, Gulf of St Lawrence, and ' "itndy. The principal Capes are- Bay ofFundy. In the south, Florida Strait, Gulf of Mexico, the Caribbean Sea, and Gulfs of Campeaehy and Hon- duras. In the west, the Gulf of Cali- fornia, Juan de Fuca Strait, Gulf of Georgia, and Behring Strait. and Lucas, Mendocino, Flattery, Prince of Wales. In the north, Lidmrne, Barrow, and Bathurst. In the east, Farewell, Chu^eigh, Charles, Bace, Breton, Sable, Cod, Batteras, Sable (Florida), Catoche, Oradas a Dios. In the west, Corrientes; San The Peninmlaa of North America are— Id the east, Labrador, Nova Scotia, Florida, and Tucatan, In the west, Alaska, and Lower CcUifornia. la the north, Boothia and MelvUl*. North America, owing to its great extent from north to south, varies greatly in climate, according to the latitude. In general, it averages about 10* hotter in summer and 10° colder in winter than in the same latitude in Europe. In the north and east it is much colder, owing to the great extent of the frozen Arotio Ocean, from which cold currents are continu- ally flowing southwards. In the south it is hot, but varies according to the elevation of the land above the sea. On the west coast it is in general warmer and more moist than in the east. It is remarkable, that about the centre of the Dominion of Canada, along the Saskatchewan Valley to the Kooky Mountains, the climate is almost the same as in Ontario, although 10° higher in latitude, or nearly 700 miles farther north. The soil of North America is generally rich and productive, owing chiefly to its level nature and the great number of rivers ; the only barren parts of any extent being the Arctic Segions, and the desert tracts in the United States along each side of the Bocky Mountains. Grain, cotton, sugar, and tobnoco form the great staple products. Thera are few wild animals in North America, the prinol* pal being the bear, wolf, lynx, jaguar, &e. ; but fur-bearing animala, inch as the beaver, otter, mink, marten, and others, abound in the Nortli. The great prairies swarm with bu£falo, XxiRoisis ON TBI Hap— NoBTK Amcbioa.— Between what parallels of latitude does North America lie t Between what meridians t From wlittt place are these reckoned T Are they cast or west J Through what ■ones does North America extend t Point out on the map the principal deer, and wild fowl; and In the sootli, wild horses an numerous. The sea also abounds witL valuable fish. All the principal minerals are found in North America; gold, silver, copper, and lead, being found to a great extent in many parts. It^is estimated that the coal beds of North America are more than ten timea as large aa all the others in the world put together. North America has been colonized by settlers from Europe, principally from the British Islands, who, chiefly within the last 200 years, have explored, settled, and cultivated a territory larger than Europe; have built large cities, and carry on an extensive commerce with every quarter of the globe ; and are distinguished for their energy and enterprise in agriculture and commerce, for the extensive facilities for rapid communication they possess, and for their general intelligence and cultivation. North America is divided into — Danish America. I Mexico. Dominion of Canada. I Central America. United States of America. | West India Islands. What is the area of North Amer- ica? Greatest length? Greatest breadth? Population? Average to the square mile ? What propor- tion of the whole continent does it comprise in extent? In popula- tion? How is North America joined to South America ? How is North America bounded ? Point out the boundaries on the map. IIow may its surface be divided, and by what? Point out the divisions on the map. Describe the Rocky Hoantains. Where are the Cordilleras ? Where do the Bocky Mountains attain their greatest height? What are the highest peaks? What moun- tains are on the Pacific coast? How far do they extend? What are the highest peaks? What are the names of the different chains? How (kr do the Alleghanies ex- tend ? Under what names ? How high are they ? Describe the gene- ral features of the rivers of North America. Describe the great cen- tral plain. Name the principal rivers. Trace their courses on the . map. Where do they rise ? Intst' what ocean, gulf, or bay do they flow ? What tributaries have they ? Where are the principal lakes? Name them. Point them out on the map. Describe the outline of North America. Name the princi- pal islands. Point them out on the map. Describe the position of each. Name the principal gulfs, bays, straits, &c. Point th.em out ou the map. Describe tb^ir position. Name the principal capes. De- scribe their position. Name the principal peninsulas. Describe their position. Describe the cli- mate of North America. What is remarkable In tho climate of the Dominion of Canada ? Describe the soil of North America. Where are the barren tracts ? Point them out on the map. What are the staple products of North America? What are the principal animals? In what parts are they respectively found ? What minerals are found ? Of what extent are the coal-beds? How has North America been peopled ? In what length of time ? For what are the people disti ngulsh. ed? How is North Americadivided? Point out the divisions on the map. DANISH AMERICA. Area, 380,000 square miles ; population, nearly 10,000 ; about twice the sise of Ontario. Qrebnland or Danish America is a very hrgc island, or possibly several islands joined by ice. The surface is high and rocky, with enormous glaciers in the hollows. It is said to have been discovered by a Norwegian, 600 years before Columbus discovered America. The climate Is cold, although in July the thermometer rises to 84° ; and fogs are almost constant on the coast. The soil is unfit for cultivation, although it has been attempted with a little success in some parts. political divisions of North America ? Give the parallels of latitude and meridians between which each lies ? How is Danish America separated from the Dominion? In what cone are the United States! Aretheyinthe northern or southern part of it ? In what zoncsare the other divisions t N^ mth, wild horiei an valuable fish, id in North America; nd to a great extent in le coal beda of North xge aa all the others in ' settlers from Europe, ho, chiefly within tha ed, and cultivated a built large cities, and every quarter of the energy and enterprise extensive facilities for ad for their general i into — ixico. ntral America. 9st India Islancb. hat tribatarles hare they t ire the principal lakes? lem. Point them oat on Describe the outline of aerica. Name the princi- U. Point them out on the scribe the position of each, le principal gulfs, bays, ic. Point them out on Describe tb*ir position. le principal capes. De. leir position. Name the peninsulas. Describe lition. Describe the cU> North America What is le In the climate of the 1 of Canada? Describe the rth America. Where are 1 tracts? Point them out tap. What are the staple of North America? What principal animals? In ■ts are they respectively What minerals are found ? extent are the coal-beds? 9 North America been In what length of time ? axe thepeople distlngutsh- isNorthAmericadiridedT the divisions on the map. 7 10)000 ; abont twice the !A is a very largo oined by ice. The lormous glaciers iu en discovered by a luubus discovered the thermometer rises bhe coast. The soil is aen attempted with a 9 parallels of latitude and aniih America sepnrated id States? Are they iu the sare the other divisions t i i ji'arrji-aai -^viMinnrnK^ami^iiSttttti _ I _ _ " \ ' _ * ~ .^_- .x -t 1 J irtiuefc ' smpDr.ii iV .""('u, Lofcjiii.u I " » mp b p.Vi iV immimmum , mmm'm'^ •"mm NORTH AMERICA. 13 The principal animals are the reindeer, seals, Esquimaux dogs, hares, &o. Sea-fowls are very numerous. The Danes have seteral settlements along the coast at JiUiamhaab, Uppemavik, &c., for the purpose of trade. The chief exports are eider-down, whale and seal oil, seal-skins, and furs. The whale and seal fisheries on the coast are Talvable, and are extensively carried on. The Danish popula- tion amounts only to about 300, the remainder being natives^ a branch of the Esqnimanz race. What is the size of Banish Amer- ica T Population f What is it sup- posed to be ; Describe its surface. When was it said to have been dis- covered, and by whom f Describe the climate and soil. Name the principal settiements, and point them out on the map. What are the chief branches of industry? How is the population composed ? DOMINION OP CANADA. Area, 3,330,000 square miles; population, about 4,000,000; nearly as large as iiurope, and comprising more than one-sixteenth part of the land surface of the globe. Greatest extent from east to west, 8600 miles, and f^om north to south, about 1400 miles. Capital Ottawa, The Dominion of Canada is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean and Baffin's Bay ; on the West by the Territory of Alaska, belonging to the United States, and the Pacific Ocean ; on the South by the United States and the Great Lakes ; and on the East by the Atlantic Ocean. The Dominion of Canada comprises the whole of British North America, except the Island of Newfoundland, and consists of the Pro- vinces of Prince Edward Island, Maniiobii, British Columbia, Ontario, Quebec, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, the District of Kewatin and the Noi th-West Territory, formerly called the Hudson liay Territory, The chief pbysioal features of the Dominion are :— In the west, the Hocky Mountains, extending from the Arctic Oceiui to the United States, from north to south, and the parallel range of the Cascade Mountains, near the Fac fio Coast, both of which here attain their highest elevations. In the centre, the great northern slope towards the Arctic Ocean, with its numerous lakes, rivers, and marshy tracts, chiefly drained by the Mackenzie and Great Fish Rivera ; and the large inland sea, Hudson Bay, from which that part of the country formerly derived its name. In the east, the great chain of Lakes for::i'ng the boundary between Canada and the United States, containing nearly one- half of the fresh water on the globe, and which, with the Itiver St Lawrence, form an unbroken chain of water communication for over 2000 miles. In the eastera and western portions of the Dominion, the country is well wooded, and timber is largely exported, but the centre consists of an immense tract of level or gently undulating prairie land, with only a few trees along the counei of the rivers, but producing abundance of nntritioni graues, and frequented by Tut herds of buffalo. Althongh comprising luoh an extensive area, the settled por- tion of the Dominion is very small, consisting chiefly of a long narrow strip of land, seldom exceeding 100 miles in breadth, XxBBOiBis ON TBI MAP— DoMiRiON OF OiMADA.- Wlmt ttionntsin chains oros* the western part of the Dominion 1 Which parts of the Dominion are in the west t Which In the east ? Which pruvinoo Is near the centre 1 Wlitob ti the most loutherlyt Which pruvlnoeB adjoin the United Btat:9 remainder of the continent. The north shore, owing to the enormous masses of ice in the Arctic Ocean, is almost inaccessible. On the east are Newfoundland, Prince Edward, Anticosti, Cape Breton, and Magdalen Islands; the Gulf of St Lawrence, Strait of Belle Isle, Northumberland Strait, Out of Canso, and Bay of Fundy. On the north are Cumberland, Southampton, Cockbum, Melville, and numerous other islands ; Baffin Bay and Davis Strait; Barrow and Banks Straits; Melville and Lancaster Sounds; the Gulf of Boothia ; Huxison Strait And Hudson Bap, with its southern extremity, James Bay, On the west coast are Vancouver, Queen Charlotte, and numerous other islands ; Juaii de Fw:a Strait, the Gulf of Georgia, and Queen Charlotte Sound. The climate of Canada is temperate, dij, and healthy, but more inclined to extremes than in the same latitude in Europe. In the east it is colder than in the west, the temperature of On- tario being continued from V. tuitoba westward, although nearly IIow Is Ontario spparatcd ft jm the United States ? How Is Newfoundland aoparnted from Labrador 1 Wliat large bay is nearly enclosed in the Do- minion f What islands are In the Gulf of 8t Lawrence f What large Islands are off the west coast? What island linorth-taitr^ VovaSoolial ]4 NORTH AMERICA. 700 miles farther north. The soil is very fruitful in erery sectiun. In the older proTiuces all kinds of grain are grown in abundance, and largely exported, while grapes, melons, peaches, in the more southern parts, besides more hardy fruits, are extensively cultivated. Ontario is essentially an agricultural country. In the other proTinees it is colder, but vegetation is very rapid. The thermometer sometimes ranges in winter from S0° to 40° below zero in Quebec, and the St Lawrence is closed by ice during five months of the year. Although the snows of winter forn:i the great highways for traffic, especially in the inteiior ot the country, still the opening of navigation is always Anxiously looked forward to. Canada is rich in minerals. Gold is extensively found in British Columbia, and to a smaller extent in Nova Scotia. Copper, lead, and iron ore are found in Ontario, Quebec, and Nova Scotia ; silver on the north shore of Lake Superior ; and coal in Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, Vancouver Island, and the North- West Territory. The petroleum and salt wells of Ontario are also valuable and productive. The principal industries are the fisheries, shipbuilding, and lumbering in the maritime provinces and Quebec , agriculture and lumbering in Ontario ; and gold-mining in British Col- umbia. Manufactures of woollens, iron, leather, cotton, to- bacco, &c., are steadily increasing as the country progresses. Railways, which in a new country are the pioneers of civiliza- tion, have received a great impetus of late years, and there are now in existence upwards of 6000 miles of railway in the Do- minion. In addition to this, the Oreat Pacific Railway, extending from Montreal to British Columbia, a distance of 2800 miles, has been sarveyed, and is to bo completed by the year 1890, when an unbroken line of railway will extend from Halifax, in Nova Scotia, to Victoria in Vancouver Island. In order to assist navigation, a large amount has been expended on canals ; on the St Lawrence and Ottawa Rivers to overcome the rapids ; the Rideau Canal to connect Lake Onturio with the Ottawa ; and the Welland Canal, to pass the Falls of Niagara, and to connect Lakes Erie and Ontario. A new canal is also being built between Lakes Erie and Ontitrio, which will admit vessels of 1600 tons, and which is expected to attract the greater part of the enormous Western grain traffic through Canadian territory. Quebec, which is the oldest settled part of the Domi- nion, is peopled principally by the dtiscendants of the original French settlers, some of whom are also to be found in the other {trovinces ; Ontario, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick, and Prince Edward Island, by the descpndants of the United Empire Loyalists (who left the United States when those States be- came independent), and by settlers chiefly from the British Islands ; Manitoba and British Columbia have been peopled but recently by settlers from the other provinces and elsewhere. The original inhabitants, the Indians, now remaining, be- long principally to the Huron, Chippawa, Mohawk, and Mic- mac tribes in the east, and to the Cree, Saulteaux, and Black- feet tribes in the west. Lands have been reserved for them in the various provinces, and in the more settled parts they have their own villages and houses, and cultivate their own farms. The Dominion of Canada is a Confederation, each of the provinces of which it is composed having its own separate ExrnriRFS on thr Map— Domikion or Canapa,— Wlmt Inrne river flowH Into the OiilforQcorKlii? Wliiit rivera flow Into liako Wiunlix'g? V'liat river dividei Ontario from Quebec f What larKe river is in New Bniniwiokf Nums the lakes from weit to eait omptlvd by Bt Lawrence Legislature and Executive Council, presided over by a Lieu- tenant- Governor appointed by the Dominion Government. The Dominion form of government is the same as that of Oreat Britain, on which it is modelled, and consists of Her Majesty the Queen, represented by the Governor-General, and a Parliament, consisting of the House of Commons and the Senate. The Governor-General is assisted by an Executive Council of 13 members, who must each have a seat in Parliament, and who are responsible for the good government of the country. The House of Commons, at present, consists of members who are elected by the people for one Parliament only, which cannot exceed five years. The number of members to each province is proportioned to the population, and provision is made for increase, the number apportioned to Quebec (65) being made the Utsis of calculation. The Senate consists of 81 members, appointed for life by the Crown. The number of Members to each Province is :— CoiniDOUs, Seuato. OHTAniO, . 83 24 QUEUEC, . New Brunswick, . . 65 O^ . 16 12 Nova Scotia, . 21 12 Manitoba, 4 liHITIsn COI.UMDIA, 6 Fringe Edward Island, 6 The Dominion, . . . 2ue 81 It requires the assent of all three branches of the Govern- ment (the Governor-General, the Senate, and the House of Commons) for any bill to become law ; but the House of Commons alone has the privilege of introducing money bills. The Dominion Government regulates all matters connected with trade and navigation, the customs and excise, the adminis- tration of justice, militia and defence, and the postal service, but the Provincial Governments have control of all local matters. The commerce of Canada has largely increased, chiefly with* in the last ten years ; the imports now amounting to about 130,000,000 dollars yearly; and the exports, consisting priu< cipally of grain and lumber, to about 90,000,000 dollars. The annual revenue of the Dominion amounts to upwards of 20,000,000 dollars, and the expenditure to about the same. The debt is about 106,000,000 dollars, principally incurred by the construction of public works, and will be increased considerably by the expenditure necessary for the construction of the Canadian Pacific Railway. From the revenue of the Dominion, subsidies are paid to the local Governmenis, which are as follows, after deducting the proportion of interest on the public debt due by them :— Ontario, .... . I,243,n02 QUEUKU, .... 0i:i,«24 New biitiNswit'K, , 411^,287 Nova Bcotia, 64P,841 Dritimii t'ol.liMniA, , 2110,2114 ritiNc'F. Kdwauu Inland, . 2S0,»41 Manitoba 70,388 8,752,757 The system of education in Canada is very complete, and !■ liberally supported by the Provincial Governments. There is a great number of colleges in the country, many of which possess Urivcrsity powers. niver T What rivers (low Into the St Lawrence on the north hank T What lakes nro |inrtlv In Miitiltobnr What bay la between Nova Scotia nnd New Urunswiek r What strait Is between Vancouver Iiland and the V.B, 1 Whatiound separates Quoen Charlotte li. from British Columblat lided over by a Lieu- ion Government, i the same as that of , and consists of Her ivemor-General, and a nmonsandthe Senate. Eiecutive Connoil of it in Parliament, and snt of the country. consists of members irliament only, which of members to each ion, and provision is )ned to Qaebec (65) tointcd for life by the Province is:— OBI. Beuato. I 24 • 24 1 12 : 1 s 4 81 obes of the Govern- , and the House of but the House of uing money bills. I matters connected excise, the adminis- l the postal service, 1 of all local matters, reased, chiefly with- iinouQting to about rts, consistinjt priu- ,000 dollars, ounts to upwards of lont the same. The lly incurred by the Teased considerably lion of the Canndian lies are paid to the ifter deducting the by them :— l,242.M2 01;J,H24 C4P,841 2;)n,i!i)4 2S0,H41 i 70,368 ,762,767 y complete, and !■ nents. There is a r of which posaesa ) north bank r What cu Nova Scotia nnd liver Island and the u UrltlHli Coluublar ■>i'i.y.>t»»iw.«'w«'f>-"r.».T" >»>^jV.»>wta-.y.y^«»'»^i.^^.^'iW!fe;i9; J1UU.U11 Cumfilirll H- ;'nui,Toin)ilii mmmm lUh' W'lwr TM fh»t» tU'ermmit<^ -I .1 riurtlu'Viuimr, P.itiiiY ('.*un|i|jpli ^- :uiii,Toin)ito -■j..,-j..r.-nvi.s-..--i-.i»--v=--*,^-..:f^ -...->.-... ' i iV i r ii ' •" ^i. " i NORTH AMERICA. 15 There is nc established religion in Canada, all denominations enjoying equal privileges. Canada was first disoorered by Jacques Cartier in 1686, and was taken posMSsion of by him in the name of the King of France. Qnebeo and Montreal were the first towns founded by the French, and settlements were gradually extended into the country, with outposts at Niagara, Detroit, kc. After Tarious vicissitudes, Quebec was taken by the British, under Wolfe, in 1759, and in 1763 Canada was ceded to Britain ; the population then amounting to 69,000. Under the treaty, the French Canadians retain their own laws, except the criminal law, which is that of Bngland, and are guaranteed equal rights with other British subjects. The French Iaaguap;e, as well as the English, is still used in Parliament, in the law courts of Quebec, and in all public documents. The provinces were united under the name of the Dominion of Canada on the 1st of July 1867. By Her Majesty's decision, Ottawa was selected as the capital, and elc^aut Parliament buildings Lave been erected there at a large cost. ONTARIO. Area, about 180,000 square miles ; population, 1,021,000 ; persons to Hc,uare mile, 9. Capital, ToKOMTO. Ontario, formerly called Upper or Western Canada, com- prises that portion of the Dominion of Canada west and south of the Ottawa River extending to the Qreat Lakes, which separate it from the United States. It is divided into forty> fiTO connties and three districts, which may be classed in three sections ; those in the Western Peninsula, those on Lake On- tario, and those on the St Lawrence River. The H>«(er7t counties, or those occupying the peninsula nearly ■urrouodcd by Lakes Ontario, Eriu; Ilurun, and Simcoe, are — Cauuti«>. Krrex, . K KNT, . 'liotliwell, . Kl.OIN, . Norfolk, IIai.uimand, . * Monck, tiiiaf Towiii. Sandwich, Windsor, Amherstburg. Chatham, Uothvrell. Uothwell. 8t Thonrns, Port Stanloy, Port DurwcU, Aylmcr. Bimcoe, Port Dover, Port Rowan. CayuKn, (Caledonia, Duunville. Uiinnvilie. M'ELIJkMD, . Lincoln, AVentwoiith, II ALTON, I'KEI, . . '(Mrdwtll, . YOBK, . tllODLBSEZ, . (ixruiiD, DltAMT, . . Fkrtii, . 'Waterloo, . Wellington, jWfllanil, Tliorold, Port Colborne, Clifton, Drum- ( mondville. 8t ('atliarineB, Niagara, Port Dalhouste. llnmilton, Dundas. Milton, Georgetown, Oakvllle. Drampton, Streetsvlllc, Port Credit, lloltuu. Toronto, Newmarket, Aurora, Ix>udon, Btralhroy, liuran, Parkhlll. Woodstock, InRersoll, Norwich, Tilsonburg. llrantford, Paris. Stratford, gt IMary's, Mitchell, LlBtowel, Berlin, Qalt, Preaton, Waterloo, Ayr. (Quolph, Elora, Fergus, OraDgeville, Mount ( Vorest. ?arnia, Potrolla, Point Edward, (lodrrich, Clinton, Seaforth. Wiilkcrtnn, Southampton, Kincardine, Paisley, Owen Bound, Durham, Meaford. llarrie, Uradford, Collingwood, OrllUa, Sault ?tK ttnrie, Parry Bound, Wellington Mines, Central Counties on Lake Ontario, CoimtlM, Lambton, Huron, . HUUCE, . Urev, . Himude, . A loom A District, MORKOKA District, Draobridgo, NlPISHINO DlaTRIOT, * The counties of Oothwctl, Monck, an sidered among the best ou the continent. The mines of Ontario arc very valuable, especially the copper and silver mines of Lakes Huron and Superior, although they have not hitherto been worked to the extent they misht be. Oold is also found, but not in great quantity, in the vicinity of Madoc, in the county of Hastings. Valuable petroleum springs have been found in the western peninsula, at Oil-springs, Fetrolia, Enniskillen, Bothwell, and other places, and are giving employment to a large number of men. The fisheries on Lake Huron are also extensive and valuable. Salt-wells have been discovered at Goderich, Seaforth, and other places in the counties of Huron and Brace, and yield large quantities of the purest salt. The Legislature of Ontario consists of a Lieutenant-Governor with an Executive Council of 5 members, and a Legislative Assembly of 88 members. The Lieutenant • Governor is appelated by, and holds office during the pleasure of, the Governor- General of Canada ; but cannot be removed within five years of his appointment without cause shown. The Legislative Assembly is elected by the people, and con- tinues, unless dissolved by the Lieutenant-Governor, for four years. There must be at least one session of the Assembly every year. The annual revenue is about 3,000,000 dollars. Toronto (65,000), situated on Lake Ontario, was founded in 1794 by General Simcoe, and then called York. It is the largest city, and the capital, of Ontario, and was one of the capitals of United Canada before Ottawa was chosen. It is distinguished for the number and elegance of its public buildings, amongst which are the University of Toronto, Trinity College, Knox College, Osgoode Hall, the Provincial Lunatic Asylum, and the Normal School. It is the seat of the law courts, and the centre of education for Ontario. It is entered by five railways, pos- sesses a fine harbor, and carries on a large trade. Ottawa (25,000), the present capital of the Dominion of Canada, is situated on the Ottawa Biver, just below the Cbaudi&re Falls. It contains the new Parliament Buildings, erected at a cost of upwards of 3, COO, 000 dollars, and is celebrated for its beautiful situation. It is distant from Montreal 100 miles. The Rideau Canal connects it with Kingston, and just below tho city are the Eideau Falls. It is the principal centre of the lumber trade, vast quantities of timber being floated down the Ottawa and its afiluents. Kingston (13,000), situated at the eastern extremity of Lake Ontario, just above the Lake of the "Thousand Isles," is one of the oldest cities in Ontario. It possesses several forts, being the only fortified town in the upper province. Its buildings are mostly of stone, which is found in the neighborhood in great abundance. It has two colleges, Queen's and Regiopolis, and oarries on a large shipping trade. Hamilton (30,000), situated at the head of Barlington Bay, is the second city in Ontario in population and commercial import- ance. It is well built, the principal buildings being of stone, and Exercises OH the Map— Ontario,— What large river and lakenearly eoDDCct Georgian Bny with the Ottawa River I What large islunds are iu Lakelluront Whatlslandsare in LakeKrie? What peninsula in Lake Ontario 1 What lakes and rivers nearly surround the western peninsula ? has extensive waterworks. Being at the head of navigation on Lake Ontario, it has a large trade with the western peninsula. London (20,000), on the Thames, is the principal city in the peninsula. It is situated in the midst of a populous and rich agricultural country. It has numerous fine buildings, and is the seat of Huron College. St Catharine's (10,000) is beautifully situated on the Welland Canal, possesses mineral springs, and is a favorite resort for invalids and for summer residence. Dundas (3130) near Hamilton, and Gait (3800) on the Grand River, are important manufacturing towns. Chatham (5800) on the Thames, Piterborouyh (4600) and Lindsay (4000) in the interior, and Belleville (7300) on the Bay of Quinte, at the month of the Moira, carry on a large lumber trade. Cobourg (4400) and Port Hope (5100) are important towns on Lake Ontario, and export lumber and produce. Victoria College is situated in Cobourg. Ouelph (6800) is the centre of a rich agricultural country, and carries on important manufactures. Brantford (8100) on the Grand River, Woodstock (3980), Ingersoll (4000), and Stratford (4800) in the western peninsula, Perth (2400) on a branch of the Rideau, and Brockville (5100) on the St Lawrence, carry ou a large local trade iu grain and lumber, Niagara (1600), the first capital of the old province of Upper Canada, is at the mouth of the Niagara River, in an extremely rich and fertile country, but is now of little importance. Collingwood (2800) on Georgian Bay ; Goderich (3900) on Lake Huron ; Port Stanley, Port Dover, and Port Colbome, on Lake Erie, derive their importance from shipping. Sarnia (2900), on the St Clair River, is the western terminus of the Grand Trunk Railway ; and Windsor, on the Detroit River, of the Great Western Railway, export grain and lumber. What is the area of Ontario? Population? IIow many persons are thore to a square mile ? What does Onturio comprise? IIoiv is it bounded ? Ilow is it divided J Name tho counties and tlieir chief towns. State how each county is bounded. Where are the cliief towns situated 7 Wliut is said of the unsurveyed lands ? Describe the surface of Ontario. Point out the hills and ridges on tho map. What form the principal features of Ontario? Name the great lakes. Which is the largest, &c. i De- scribe Lake Superior. Describe Lake Huron. Pointout on themap the principal bays in it. The rivers flowing into it. What towns do they flow past, and what lakes do they drain ? Point out the towns on its shores. How does Luke Huron empty? Describe Liike St Clair, What river flows into it? What towns doesitflowpast? Polntthem out on the map. How docs Lake St Cloir empty? De.scribe Lake Erie. Point out on the map the principal river flowing iuto it. What towns does it flow past? Pointout the principal towns on Lake Erie. All the towns on Lake Ontario How is it emptied ? Describe the Vails of Niagara. Describe Lake Ontario, and point out its principal features. What rivers flow into it? What towns are on its shores'.' Point them out on the map. How is Lake Ontario drained? What other lakes are there ? Point them out on the map. What is the out- let of Lake Ontario ? Describe tho 8t Lawrence. What lakes are in its course? What rivers flow into it? DcHcribe the Ottawa. What lakes are in its course f Name its tributaries. What islands are at its mouth? When did Ontario be- gin to be settled ? What is said of it? Whatare the chief employments of the inhabitants? What are the chief products ? What is said of tho minerals of Ontario? Of the petro- leum springs 1 Of the flsheries? Of the salt-wells ? How is Onta- rio governed? Who appoints the Lieutenant-Governor? For what term is the Legislative Assembly elected? What is the revenue? De- scribe the chief towns of Ontario? Point them out on the map. Statu where they are situated and for what noted. What river forms the north-eastern boundair ? What rivers separate Ontario from the United States ? Which is the most southerly county of Ontario ? In what direction does the Niagara Uiver flow i Ibe St Clair Hiver ? The Detroit Itiver ? B TgggW' SmiULm i JJMWIWM fs NORTH AMERICA. QUEBEC. Area, 210,000 square miles ; popuIatiOD, 1,102,000 ; persons to square mile, 6. Capital, Qdkbeo. The Province of Quebec, formerly Lower or Eastern Canada, comprises that portioa of the Dominion of Canada which extends along the Biver St Lawrence from the Ottawa RiTer to the Gulf of St Lawrenop, and is bounded on the East and Soi th by New Brnnswick and the United States. It is divided into 20 judicial districts, and these are again ■abdirided into 60 counties. To assist the memory, these may bo classed thus :— Counties on the Ottawa ; those on the North Bank of the St Lawrence ; those on the South Bank ; and those lying inland between the latter and the United States, usually called the Eastern Townships. Counties on the Ottawa. OaantlM. Chief Flicea. _ t Brvson, P0HTiA<% tPoVtageduFort, Ottawa, Aylmer, HuU. AKCNTEnm {Ki?ews. ^"^^ TwoMon^Ai«s,{|[«|«,\t"""'»«' LAVAi, Vaudreuil, Vaudreuil. SouLAMOES, CoteauLandinET. Counties on the North BanJi of the St Lawrence. Island of Counties: Jacques Caetieb, „, HocHE- ^Montreal, Islands Jesus & Bizarre, Chief Flams: Point Cltiire, Lachlne, Montreal. Ste Rose, St Vin- cent-de* Paul. Tebbsbokni^ L'AssoupiioN, HONTCAUf, JOLIETTB, / St Jerome, J Terrebonne, (steTherese. li'Assomption. f Ste Julienne, I RawdOQ. Industry. Berthier. (RiTiero du ( Loup. jYamachlche, (Three Rivers. CnAHFLACr, Portneut, Quebec, Montmorency, CnARLEVOIX, Chicoutimi, Saouenay, Berthier, Maskikokoe, Br Maubice, Counties on the South Bank of the St Lavnence. Huntingdon. Nirni-ET ( Ste Mai-.ine, «IC0I.ET, ( Chatcauguay, (Gatiscan, (Ste Anne. (Cap Santd, (Portneuf. Quebec. ChatcauRlcher. 5 St Paul's Bay, (Ste Ir^nee. Chicoutimi. JSIurray Bay, Tadoussac. BtJNTINODON, CHATEAUnUAY, Napibrville, Bt John's, BEAnUAKNOIS, Laprairie, Chambly, Vercreres, BlOHEMEU, 6t Hyacinthe, bouville, Iberville, Baoot, Tamasbj^ UiBsiQiroi, Bromb, Bhefford, Druuhond, Aethabaska, lUO ANTIC, j Napierviile, \ St liumi. St John's. Beauharnois. (Laprairie, jCaughiiawaga. iLongucuil, (Cliaml)ly. Verclici'os. Borcl, St Ours. St Hyacinthe. Ste Marie. St Athanase. St HugURS. / St FraDfois, i Yamaska, (. La Bale. Lotbiniere, Levis, DoncnESTER, Dellechasse, Monthaqny, ( Becancour, ( Nicolet. f Lotbiniere, \St Croix. Point Levi, f Ste Ilenudine, tSt Anseime. St Michel. St Thomas, est Jean Fort J Joli, (L'lslet. Kamouraska. /•Isle Verte, ■< Rivi%reduIt/l v<-t -t-v-t' .'(. & L A U I I' > • 4>n 6,1.-1^x0 A U ^L >u-<.., 6 I ; i'-J -^/ •■ cv James CaiapbeU * Sob.Topo B.i n AiAnw»— )l^t*^ James Caiapbell A: Sod. Tor onto The principa Temiscouata, . part of Lake C Owing to tb St Lawrence I vation, but the Copper is four lately to some Quebec deri lion, its lumb( Lawrence obsl Montreal, the west. Thefisl ing chiefly of log is carried c timber being to Quebec, wl all the timbe yhipbuilding. The Legisli and of two H Assembly. ' ernor-Genera of 7 members bers, appoin Legislative A by the peopli by the Lieuti The annua Quebec (C£ province of ' junction of t fortified citj taresque ap] borhood. ( as the Gceni French, au^ Montcalm. gable for s importance Montreal Oanads, is i tion of the situated at it took its for its num amagnifico It has seve aAd other ) Near Sla tubular bri nearly two ■tearoboati oroRies the way, overc forming ui Three I ExRiiciri towns on Bl brooks t i! Ottawa t Ii NORTH AMERICA. \9 The principal lakes are St John, the scarce of the Sagoenay, Temitcouata, Megantic, and MemphrtMagog. The northern part of Lake Champlain is also in the province of Quebec. Owing to the sCTerity of the climate, the north bank of the St Lawrence below the Saguenay is almost incapable of culti- vation, but the south bank is better settled and more cultivated. Copper is found extensively in the eastern townships, and gold lately to some extent on the Cbaudibre and in other places. Quebec derives its chief importance from its commercial posi- tion, its lumber trade, and fisheries. As the rapids on the St Lawrence obstruct navigation for large sea-going vessels beyond Montreal, the latter has become the commercial emporium for the west. The fisheries of the St Lawrence are very valuable, consist- ing chiefly of cod, mackerel, hearing, salmon, and seals. Lumber- ing is carried on extensively along the shores of all the rivers ; the timber being floated down the Ottawa and St Lawrence in rafts to Quebec, whence it is shipped. Quebec is also the market for all the timber from Western Canada, and carries on extensive shipbuilding. The Legislature of Quebec consists of a Lieutenant-Governor, and of two Houses, the Legislative Council and the Legislative Assembly. The Lieutenant-Governor is appointed by the Gov- ernor-General of Canada, and is assisted by an Executive Council of 7 members. The Legislative Council is composed of 21 mem- bers, appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor, for life. The Legislative Assembly is composed of 65 members, and is elected by the people for the term of four years, if not sooner dissolved by the Lieutenant-GoverDor. The annual revenue is about 2,000,000 dollars. Quebec (65,000), the oldest city in Canada, and capital of the province of Quebec, stands on a high promontory formed by the junction of the St Charles with the St Lawrence. It is the best fortified city in North America, and is celebrated for its pic- taresqne appearance, and for the beautiful scenery in the neigh- borhood. Near the city arc the Plains of Abraham, memorable as the scene of a celebrated battle between the English and French, and for the death of both commanders, Wolfe and Montcalm. The St Lawrence is here two miles wide, and navi- gable for ships of the greatest draught. Quebec derives its importance from its shipping, shipbuilding, and timber trade. Montreal (126,000), the largest and most important city in Canada, is situated ou an island of the same name at the junc- tion of the Ottawa with the St Lawrence. It is beautifully situated at the foot of a hill called the "Mountain," from which it took its name, Mont Real or Royal Mountain. It is noted for its numerous large buildings, mostly of stoue, and possesses a magnificent quay along the river, more than three miles long. It has several universities and oolleges, many beautiful churches attd other public buildings. Near Montreal is the famons Victoria Bridge, the largest iron lubular bridge in the world, erected on twenty-four piers, and nearly two miles in length. It is 60 feet hij^h in the centre, and itetroboats and other vessels can pass under it with ease. It crosses the St Lawrence on thn line of the Grand Trunk Rail- way, overcoming the diflicuUies of the ice in the winter, and forming unbroken communication between the east and west. Three Rivere (8400), lo called from the St Maurice, which ExDROiKRS ON TUP. Map— QwRiiKo,— Namo the principal cltloi and towns on Bt Lnwrcnce River f In wliat direction from Montrcul in Slier- brooks t Bl Itytolnlhe r Plnnatond f Quebec T BorcU Three Riven f Ottawa f la what direction flvm Quebec Is OMoana f Batisconr Tadous- here joins the St Lawrence by three mouths, is one of the oldest cities in Canada, carries on extensive iron manufactures, and has a large lumber trade. Sorel (5600), Sherhrooke (6000), Coleau du Lac, and Stan- stead are important towns with local trade; St Uyacinthe. (5000) is a manufacturing city ; St John's (3000) is a risin;; town ; Rimouski (2800) carries on a large shipping and lumber trade ; Caughnawaga and St Regis are Indian villages. What is the area of Quebec? Population ? IIow many persons are there to a squnre mile ? Whut is the capital of Quebec? IIow is Quebec bounded? How is it di- vided? Name the counties and their chief places. How is ciich county bounded? Uow are they classed? What islands belong; to Quebec? Describe them. Where are they situated? L»scribe the surface of Quebec. Describe the mountains. Trace them on the map. Describe the course of the St Maurice River, Trace it on the map. Describe the course of the Sai;uenay. Trace it on the map Name the other principal rivers. Trace them on the map. When- do they rise ? Niimc the principal lakes. Where are tliey situated T Describe the climate iind soil of Quebec. Minerals. From what does Quebec derive Its importance? Wliat is said of the St Lawrence F Of the fisheries? Of lumbering f How is Quebec governed? Wha appoints the Lieutenant Govcrnort Who appoints the Legislatirs Council? Who elect the Legisia five Assembly? Whut is thii revenue? Describe the principa. towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. Describe the Victoria Bridge. NEW nUUNSWICK. Area, 27,700 square miles ; populaticn, 286,000 ; persons to square mile, 10; greatest extent from north to south, 210 miles; and from east to west, 190 miles. Capital Frbdbricto!*. The Province of New Buunswick is bounded on the North by Quebec and the Bay of Ghaleur ; on the West by the same province and the United States ; on the South by the Bay of Fundy ; and on the East by the Gulf of St Lawrence, Northam- berland Strait, and Nova Scotia, with which it is connected by the Isthmus of Chignecto, 14 miles wide. It is divided into H counties, which, with their chief towns, are : — Counties on the Bay of Fundy. Chief FUoea. ( St Andrews, 1 St Stephen. CouutltL Charlotte, Bt Jouk, Kino's, QuEiw'a, Cableion, j St John, ( Carlvton. Coimtiet. ALnERT, Chief riftmn. " } Hopewell, Uillsboro'. Counties in the Interior, KuNBuitr, YonK, / Kingston, i Hampton, (Sussex. Uugetown. Counties in the West. Woodstock. I VicToniA, Oromocto. 5Fredcrictoo,. atauley. Grand FallOi' Counties on In what direction torn Bt ber of men. Shipbailding is also an important branch of industry, and is carried on chiefly at St John and Miramichi. The number of vessels built annually amounts to more than 100, valued at 2,000,000 dols., most of tLem being large sea-going vessels. New Brunswick also contains valuable mines of coal, iron, gypsum, and building-stone. The most extensive coal-mines are in Albert county. The fisheries of New Brunswick are also very valuable, pro- ducing over 2,000,000 dols. annually. There are several lines of railway in New Brunswick, — the Intercolonial, connecting St John with Nova Scotia and Quebec, and traversing the northern and eastern parts of the province; the European and North American, connecting St John with the United States on the souvh ; and the New Brunswick and Canada Railway from St Andrews to Woodstock, thence to connect with Rivibre du Loup in Quebec ; these, with various branches, form a complete system of railway communication. The annual imports exceed 10,000,000 dols., and exports 6,000,000 dols. The revenue amounts to about 670,000 dols. annually. The form of government of New Brunswick is the same as that of Quebec. The Legislative Council consists of 17 members, appointed by the Crown, and the Legislative As- sembly of 41 members, chosen by the people. The Lieutenant- Governor ia assisted by an Executive Council of 8 members. Education is under the control of the Government, and is liberally supported. There is a university at Fredericton. New Brunswick formerly belonged to France, forming, with Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island, the colony of Acadia. It was ceded to Britain by the treaties of 1713 and 1763, and formed into a separate province in 1734. it iias of late pro- gressed rapidly, especially in the northern and north-eastern counties, which, but a few years ago, were uninhabited except by Indians. These counties have been devastated by fearful fires in the woods, the worst coourring in 1826, when 160 per- sons were burned to death, and 1,000,000 dols. in property destroyed. The Indians of New Brunswick are not numerous. They belong to the tribe of the Micmacs. St John (including Carleton and Portland, 45,000), situated near the mouth of the St John River, with Carleton on the opposite side of the river, possesses a floe harbor, accessible to vessels of the largest size at all seasons of the year. The city is well built, and contains many fine public edifices. The St John River here con- tracts, and forms tho Narrows, through which the tide flows with great violence and danger to vessels. A suspension bridge crosses tho river at this point, connecting Carleton with St John. The principal lumber and shipbuilding trades are carried on here. Fredericton (6000), situated on the St John River, about 85 miles from St John, is the capital. It is encircled by hills, rendering its situation very picturesque. It contains the Government buildings and the University of New Brunswick. Chatham or Miramichi (2500), Newcaitle (2000), and Moncton (1400) are important for shipbuilding ; Richibucto and Shediae for the fisheries; and St Andrews asd St Stephen, each about 2000 in population, for trade with the United States. Woodstock (2000) and Oagetown, on the St John River, and Bathurttf Dalhouiie, and Camiibelltoien, on the Bay of Chaleur, are rising towns of some importance. John is fredericton r Bhedlaot St Andrews? St Stephen? Inwhstdire»- tion from Fredericton Is Woodatuck r Oagatownt In what direction from Shediae Is RichibuotoT Chatham? Campbtlltown ? In what dlreetlon from lllramlohl(Obatbam) Is Fredericton? BaUiuut? Dalboualef ttgOLl i lMiWM I NORTH AMERICA. 21 *•- ! I What is the area of New Bruns- wick t Population? How many persons are there to a square mile t What is its extent? Capital? How is New Brunswick bounded? How is it divided? Name the counties and their chief towns. How is each county bounded? Where are the chief towns situated ? Describe the surface of New Brunswick, What is said of the bills ? Of the rivers ? Descr' ' the course of the St John River. Trace it on the map. What towns does it flow past? Describe the course of the Restigouche. Trace it on the map. What towns does it flow past? Describe the courses of theotherprincipal rivers. Trace them on the map. What towns do they flow past ? Describe the coast-line of New Brunswick. NOVA SCOTIA. Area, 10,500 square miles; population, 388,000; persons to a square mile, 20 ; greatest extent from north-east to south-west, including Cape Breton, 3g0 miles, and greatest breadth, 120 miles. Capital, Halifax. The FroTince of Nota Scotia comprises the peninsula of Nova Scotia proper, and the adjoining Island of Cape Breton. It is bounded on the North by the Gulf of St Lawrence ; on the West by New Brunswick and the Bay of Fundy; and on the South and East by the Atlantic Ocean. It is divided into 11 counties, which, with their chief towns, are: — Counties on the East Coast. Name the principal bays. Where are they situated? Point them out on the map. Describe the Bay of Fundy. for what is it remarkable ? Name the principal capes. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe the climate of New Brunswick. The soil. What is the chief source of the wealth of New Brunswick ? What is said of shipbuilding? Of the mines? Of the fisheries? Of railways? What is said of imports, revenue, &c. ? What is the form of government? What is said of education? What historical facts are stated about New Brunswick? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. Countiei. Chief Towna. SiiKLBDRNE, Shelbume. Queen's, Liverpool. LuNENBURO, Lunenburg. Counties on the West. TARMourn, Yarmouth. Cumbebi-and, BlOBV, Dlgby. COLOHESTFB, ANKAroLia, Annapolis. Kino's, Kentvilie. llANT.s, Windsor. CounilM. Chlof Towns. Halifax, Halifax. GuYSBOROUOH, Guysborough. PiCTon, Antioonish, Amherst. Truro. ( Piotou, ( New Glasgow. Antlgonish. The Island of Cape Breton is divided into four counties :- CoulltiM; Richmond, ■CJitt Breton, Clilof Town§. Arichat. Sydney. Conntlw, Victoria, Inverness, Ciller Towna. Baddeck. Port Hood. The surface of Nora Scotia is mountainous, varied with rich and fertile valleys. Several chains of high hills intersect the country, generally parallel with the coast-line. The Cobequid Mountains are the principal chain, and stretch from east to west along the peninsula which connects Nova Scotia with New Branswick, terminating in Cape Chignecto. Some of their summits are 1100 feet high. The North and South Mountains extend, in parallel lines, along the shore of tho Bay of Fundy, and an irregular range of small hills extends from the Gut of Canso southward. The general slope of the country is in a goutb-eastcrly direction, the Cobequid Mountains forming the highest land. The shores of the Atlantic are generally low and barren, but rich in mineralf. There are several chains of lakes in the south-eaRt, giving rise to numerous rirers, which are, howsTer, necessarily short. Gape Breton is, in general, level, bat with lofty, rugged pro- montories towards the sea, especially on the north. The coast- line is much broken, and tho island is nearly cut in two by the Exercises on tob Map— Nova Bpoti a. —How Is Nova Scotia separated from Cape Breton? Vrom New Brunswick ? From Princo Kdward Isliind? What is the extreme southern point of Capo Breton called ? What is the esUiae northern point called ? What large bays are on tho north-east of Bras dOr Lake, which runs from north to south, and is only separated from St Peter's Bay, on the south, by a narrow neck of land lets than half a mile wide. A canal is to be constructed across this peninsula. This lake is connected with the Atlantic, on the north, by the Great and Little Bras d'Or Channels, be« tween which is the Island of Boularderie. The principal lakes in Nora Scotia are Lake Rossignol, the largest, 20 miles in length, in Queen's County, and Grand and Ship Harbor Lakes, in Halifax County. Smaller lakes are nnmerons, and generally occur in chains, connected by small rivers. The Bras d'Or Lake, so called, may be more properly termed an arm of the sea. The principal Rivers in Nova Scotia are;— St Mary's, Musquodoboil, La Save and Liverpool, flowing into the Atlantic; the Annapolis, flow- ing between the North and South Mountains, into Annapolis llnsin ; the Avon, into the basin of Minas ; the Shubenacadie, into Cobequid Bay ; and the Eatt, Middle, ami West Rivers, into Pictou Harbor. Besides these, there are numcioua small streams, ns well in Nova Scotia proper as in Cape Breton. The coast-line of Nova Scotia, as well as that of Capo Breton, is much broken, and deeply indented with numerous bays and harbors, except on the side of the Bay of Fundy, where it ia more compact, and possesses few harbors. The priiicipal Bays, Harbors, and Straits are ; — nay Vertt, Tatmagovche, and St George's Bays, in Northumberland Strnit ; Chedabucto Hay, at the entrance of the Gut of Canso, a narrow strait separating Nova Sco- tia from Cape Breton ; HaXifax Harbor, Margaret's and Mahone Bays, on the south-east coast ; St Mary's Bay. on the south-west ; Annapolis Basin. Minas Channel and Basin, and Cobenuid Bay. ou the west ; and Bay of Fundy (sea page 20). The chief inlets in Cape Breton are Aspy Bay, St A tn«'« Bay, Sydney Harbor, Mire . 'oiy, ond St Peter's Bay. The islands of Nova Scotia, besides Cape Breton, arc Cart- bou and Pictou Mands, in Northumberland Strait; St Paul, Scatari, and Isle Madame, off the coast of Cape Breton ; Sable Island, a dangerous sandy island, 150 miles east of Ualifax, oa which is an effective humane establishment, provided by the Pro« vincial Government ; Cape Sable, Seal, and Mtid Is'.ands, iu tho south ; Long Island, at the mouth of St Mary's Bay. In the south of St Peter's Bay is Isle Madame, with Arichat Harbor, important to fishermen in stormy weather. The principal Capes are: — Malagash, John, St George, on tho north const ; J'orcupine, Canso, Sambro Bead, Pennant Point, Crown Point, and La Have, on tho south-east ; Sable, on the south ; St Mory, Split, Chignecto, and Blomi' don, on the west. In Cape Breton arc St Lavtrence, North. Egmont, Murgain, unci Breton. Many of these capes form rugged promontories, rising to the height of 600 feet. The whole of the coast, especially on the At- lantic side, is bold and rooky, and lined with dangerous reefs. The climate of Nova Seotia is milder than that of the neigh< boring provinces, owing to its being nearly surrounded with water, and to the influence of the Gulf Stream. The harbora on the Atlantic are seldom dosed by ice in winter. The soil in the valleys and on the mountain plopes is rich and fruitful, but towards the Atlantic coast it is rocky and less fer- tile. Oats, potatoes, and bay are the principal agricultural products ; apples grow abundantly in the west ; and cattle are extensively reared. Nova Scotia is the most important of the eastern provinces of the Dominion for the extent and variety of its mineral pruduo- Nova Scotia? Whntbay Ison the south-west ? Name tho principal har- bors on the Atlantic coast. What bays are at the head of the Bay of Fundy? What county adjoins New Brunswick? What islands lie t« the north-east of Cape Breton ? What gulf are they in I NORTH AMERICA. lions. Gold, iron, ooal, and gypsnm are fonnd to a greater extent than in any of the other proTincea. It abo contains copper and building-stone to a large extent. The quantity of coal, gypsum, &c., annually exported, besides what is retained for home consumption, is valued at 1,000,000 dols.; and the total quantity of coal raised is about 600,000 tons annually. The principal coal-mines are in Cape Breton Island and Fictou County. Iron and coal are found in the Cobequid Mountains, and iron largely in Annapolis and Fictou Counties. Gold is found along most of the Atlantic coast, but is wori^cl chiefly in Guysborough, Halifax, and Lunenburg Countie Nova Scotia has also the most extensive iisht '■:-■ "^9 pro- vinces except Newfoundland. The principal are 'h^ ,';kerel, and salmon fisheries. The exports of fish are chiefly to (>ho West Indies and the Southern States of America, and amount to over 6,600,000 dols,, affording employment to al,uu ISfiO"' men. There are two lines of railway in Nova 3'.otia: ^ fnl.. colonial line, from Halifax to New Brunswick, with a braii(;bi line from Truro to Fictou ; the other from Halifax to Windsor, now extended to Annapolis. A railway is also in course of con- struction between Sydney and Louisburg in Cape Breton. The annual imports of Nora Scotia are about 12,000,000 dole., and exports, 8,000,000 dols. ; revenue, 750,000 dols. The form cf government is the same as in the other provinces. The Legis- lative Council consists of 18 members, appointed by the Crown, ar.d the Legislative Assembly of 38 members, elected by the people. The Lieutenant-Governor is assisted by an Executive Council of 9 members. Education is carefully attended to, and supported by govern- ment grants. There are five colleges. Nova Scotia was first settled by the French, but has changed ownership several times, having been taken four different times by the British, and as often relinquished, until France, in 1713, renounced all claim to the country. The French, however, still retained the Island of Cape Breton, with the fortified town of Iiouisburg, which was not taken by the English till 1758. Nova Scotia, Cape Breton, Frince Edward Island, and New Bruns- wick, then formed the Colony of Acadia, and it was not till 1784 that they were formed into separate colonies. In 1819 Cape Breton was reunited to Nova Scotia. Halifax (35,000), the capital, is situated on the west tide of a deep and capacious harbor, formerly called Chebucto Bay. It was founded by Lord Cornwallis in 1749, when about 400O culonists were sent ont from Britain. It is built on the side of a steep hill, orowned by the citadel, and is, nert to Quebec, the most strongly fortified city in the Dominion. It contains many fine edifices,— the Farliament and other pnblio buildings, ehnrohes, &o. It has also Her Majesty's Dockyard, and is the naval station for the North American and West Indian fleets, — the Admiral generally residing here during the summer. It carries on the principal shipping trade. Piclou (3500), and the adjacent town, New Olatgow (3000), derive their importance from the extensive coalmines in the neighborhood. During the season of navigation their harbors are crowded with shipping. The coal was formerly chiefly ex- ported to the United States, but since the expiry of tho Iteoiprooity Treaty, new markets have been formed for it. Fioton has steam communication with Quebec. Sydnty, C.B. (3000), ii also important as the centre of ex- ExsncrsES on thr Map— Nova Scotia,— Between what meridians Is Kova Sootla, Including Ciip« Un'ton, iltuntcd f Dctwoen whst psralleji oflntltudst In what direction from Ilalifnx la PIctouT AnnnuolliT Tarmouth t WIndior I Bydnty, O.B. ; In what direction from Anna- tensir.'^ c\>al-minei, tn^ which coal is extensively exported, chiefly to the neighboring colonies. Tarmouth (4200), Liverpool (2900), and Zunen&urp (3000), have a large amount of shipping, and are extensively engaged in the fisheries. Windsor (3000) exports large quantities of gypsum, and is the seat of the principal college. Aimapolit, formerly Fort Royal, was, under the French, the principal city in Nova Scotia, and was the scene of several conflicts. Truro, Amherst, Antigonish, and Pugwaih are important rising towns. Truro contains the Frovincial Normal School. Name the principal islanda. Point them out on the map. Where ai'utliey situated 7 Nume the prin- cipal islands. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated. What Is said of the Isle Madame ? What la the area of Nova Scotia? Population? How many persons are there to a square mile ? Whut is its greatest extent? Capital? What does Nova Scotia comprise ? IIow is It bounded? How Is it divided ? Name the counties and their chief towns. How is each county bounded? Describe the surfa c of Nova Scotia. Describe tiio chains of hills. Trace them on tlie mup. What Is the funeral slope of the country? What Is said of the Atlantic shore and the lalces? Describe Gape Breton. What is said of the coast-line? Of tho Uras d'Or Lake? Name the principal lakes of Nova Scotia. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ? Name the prin- cipal rivers. Trace their courses on the map. Name the principal bays, Ac. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Name the principal rapes. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ( Wliatis said of some of them ? Describe the climate of Nova Scotia. The soil. The pro- ducts. For what is Nova Scotia Important? What minerals does it contain? WIrtc are they chiefly found? What is said of the fish- eries? Of the railways? Trace their course on the map. What finan- cial statistics are given? What Is the form of government f What Is said of education, &c. ? What his- torical facts are given? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on tho map, and state where they are situated. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND. Area, 21.';3 square miles ; population, G4, 000 ; persons to square mile, 44; greatest extent from east to west, 130 miles; and from north to south, 34 miles. Capital, Cdablottbtown. Prince Edward Island is situated in the Gulf of St Law- rence, to the north of Nova iiScutia, and between New Bruns- wick and Cape Breton, It is separated from New Brunswick and Nova Scotia by Northumberland Strait, which is 130 miles long, and from 9 to 30 miles wide. It is divided into three conniiet— King's, Queen's, and Prince's, which are subdivided into 67 lots or townships. The surface of Frince Edward Island is gently undulating, except in certain central districts which may be considered hilly; the whole presenting a charming agricultural aspect of hill and dale. Its northern outline resembles a orescent, the two horns being called North and East Capes. It is deeply indented with bays, the largest of which, Hillsborough on the south, and Richmond on the north, nearly divide it into three parts. It has also numerous harbors, the principal of which aro Charlottetovm, Oeorgetown, Bedeque, Port Hill, Cascwnpec, and Souris, The climate is temperate and healthy, and the soil remark- ably fertile, and favorable for agriculture. Frince Edward Island has more land under cultivation, in proportion to its size, than any of the other provinces. Potatoes, oats, and barley are the staple proJuctiona, and are largely exported. The lots or townships wore originally granted by the British Government to certain propriotora, nearly 100 in number, on certain conditions, which have never been fulfilled, thus origi- nating a " land question " which is now in course of settlement by a Government commission. Many of the townships have polli li Liverpool r Truro? StJohn, N.D. T In what direction from Truro la Amherst T Antigonish? Where la Arlohnt situated? Where la Loulsburg situated ? What riven How into the Atlantlo ? What Island li In the Hoy of Fundy ? NORTH AMERICA. 23 passed ont of the hands of the original proprietors, and the leasehold system, which was formeriy in practice, is disappear- ing year by year. The fertility of the soil will induce a large population to make the island their permanent home, and it is already the most densely peopled of the British North American provinces. Shipbuilding is carried on largely ; and the fisheries in the Gulf give employment to a large number of men. A submarine telegraph connects the island with New Brans- wick, crossing the narrowest part of Northumberland Strait, between Capes Tormentin and Traverse, a distance of 9 miles. In winter the mails are carried over between the same points in boats fitted for the ice or water. Navigation is wholly ob- structed from the end of December to the beginning of April. A railway connects Charlottetown, the capital, with Summer- side, Cascumpec, and Tiguish on the west, and with Georgetown and Souris on the cast The imports of Prince Edward Island amount to about 2,500,000 dols., and the exports to rather less. The public debt is 250,000 dols., and the revenue about 150,000 dols. Since 1851 the population has increased 35,000, or over one- half more than it was at that time. The form of government is similar to that of the other colonies, consisting of a Lieutenant- Governor, an Executive Council of 9 members, an elective Legislative Council of 13 members, and a Legislative Assembly of 30 members. Education is very liberally supported, and is directly under control of the Government. Prince Edward Island formerly belonged to France, but was ceded to Britain in 1763, after the capture of Louisburg and Cape Breton. It was called St John's Island till the beginning of the present ceutnry. It was formed into a separate province in 1770, and was admitted into tho Dominion of Canada in 1873. Chai'lottetovm (10,000), the capital, is situated on the north side of a large, safe, and commodious harbor, formed by the junction near the city of tho East, North, and West Rivers. The city is 3 miles from the entrance of the harbor, and is built on gently rising ground, with very wide streets. The Provincial buildings, churches, and colleges are the principal edifices. It carries on the principal trade of the island, and is largely engaged in shipbuilding. It is also the county town of Queen's County. Qeorgetown (1100), the county town of King's County, about 80 miles east of Charlottetown, is an important place, with a fine harbor. Summeraide (3000), in Prince's County, about 40 miles west of Charlottetown, on the north side of Bedeque Harbor, is a rapidly rising town, with much shipbuilding, and important trade with New Brunswick. Pnncetown, on Richmond Bay, is the county town of Prince's County. Many thriving villages are springing up all over the island. What is tlio area of Prince Ed- wurd Island? Population V Ex- tent? Cuiiitttl? How id I'rince Edward Inland situated ? Uuw Is It divided { Dcscribo tlie surfnco. The outllue. Point out tho princi- pal capes, State where they are situated, Name tho principal bays and harbors, Point them out on tho map. Btate where they aro ■Itutttcd. Dusoribe the climato and sell. Tho products. What is said of the land tenure? Of the soil Of slilpbuildlDg? or tho flsliuries? Uf tho teloitruph? Of the mails In winter? Of tho railways? What flnanclal statistics arc Kivcn f l)e- Hcrlljo the form uf Rnvernment, Whiit is said of cUucutloa ? Of the polltloul history of tlio Island ? De- scribe the chief towns. Point them out on the map. Blute where they are situated. NEWPOnNULAND, Area, 87,000 square miles ; population, 146,000 ; persons to aqvan mile, 3} ; greatest extent from north to south, 3S0 miles ; breadth from east to west, 300 miles. Capital, St Johx's. The Island of Nivfoundland lies at the month of the Golf of St Lawrence. It is separated from Labrador on the north by the Strait of Belle Isle (about 12 miles in breadth), and is distant from Cape Breton, on the south-west, about 60 milei. It is the only province not belonging to the Dominion of Canadlk It is divided into 15 Electoral Dittricts. St John's, East. Trinity. St John's, West. Bonavista. Harbor Qrace. Twillingate and Togo. Carbonncar. Ferryland. Harbor Maine. Placentia and St Mary's. Fort de Grave. Burin. Bay de Verde, Fortune Bay. Burgco and La Poile. The government of Newfoundland includes also the coast of Labrador for nearly 700 miles, from Anse Sablon to the entranoe of Hudson Strait. The principal islands on the coast a. > Sorth and South Belle Isle and Fogo Island, The Island of Newfoundland is triangular in shape, bat tho coast-line is deeply indented with namerons large bays. ThO principal of these are : — Conception, Trinity, Bonavista, Notre Vame, and While Bays, on thu north coast. EXFIICIHGS ON TIIE MAI>— FlIINCR ECWARD ISI.AND.— HoW iS PrlnOO Edward Island separated from Nova Scotia and New Drunswlck? In What Kuir is It Situated ? What Islands lie to the northeast? What are the extreme north and east points called ? What Island lUs to Bay of Islands and St Gtorgi, on the west. Hermitage, Fortune, Platmtio, and St Mary's Bays, on the sonth. As tho bays extend deep into the land, they form numerooa peninsulas. Tho principal is the Peninsula of Avalon, whioh contains nearly two-thirds of the whole population. The principal Capes are: — Bauld, on the north ; Say, Point May, Freds, and Race, on the sonth; and St Francis, Breakheart Point, Bonavista, Freds, and St John, on the east. Cape Race was formerly the calling point of the Atlantic steamships with late news from Europe. A line of telegraph connects it with Cape Ray, from which a submarine telegraph line extends to Cape Breton, and thence over the continent. After several failures, three Atlantic telegraph cables have been successfully laid by British enterprise, and now connect New- foundland at Trinity Bay with Europe at Valentia Bay in Ireland, by which wonderful enterprise the European newi may be publishtd in the American newspapers on the same day as the events occur. On the north and east coast the oapea are numerous, but of little importance. There has been no thorough survey made of the island, which is but thinly inhabited espe- cially in the west. The settlements which have been made compriso only a narrow strip along the coast, scarcely ever extending more than a mile or two inland. Tho surface of the island is hilly, varied with nnmeroni rivers, lakes, and marshes. The ranges of hills generally ran in short parallel chains, from north to south. The Blue Hillt in tho interior are the principal. The chief river is the Rivtr of Exploits, which flows almost across the island from south- west to north-east, through Oeorge IV. and Red Indian Lakes. The other largest Lakes and Rivers are:— Grand Pond, drained by the Ilumber River ; Victoria. Jameson, and Bathurit Lakes, drained by Little Biver ; Barrow iMct, drained by Salmon Riwr: and Qandtr Pond, drained by Oander Bittr, the east? IIow is Charlottetown situated? In what dirsotion (Tom Charlottetown is Georgetown ? Summerside? Souris? Bhedlao, N.D.t PIctou, N.B. ? Whiit iuliind is betwuvu Prince Edward Island asA New Brunswick f What point Is noareet to New Bnuuwisk t. 24 NORTH AMERICA. The climate of ^'ewfoandland is cold and severe, owing to the quantity of ice which is always round the island, brought down by the winds and currents in enotmous icebergs from the Arctic Ocean. Fogs also prevail, especially on the Banks, i^ing caused by the cold currents from the north meeting the Quif Stream. The soil, especially in the interior, id rocky and barren, the principal crops being rused along the southern shore; and even there they generally require to be cut green for fodder. Most of the supplies are brought from the neighbor- ing provinces. Copper and lead are said tc be plentiful in the island, but the mineral resources have not yet been developed. Newfoundland derives all its importance from its fisheries, which are chiefly cod and seal. Nearly the \v-hole population is employed in the catching and curing of fish. The cod-fish- eries on the Banks of Newfoundland are the greatest and most important fisheries in the world. These Banks, as they are called, are elevated plateaux at the bottom of the ocean, rising far above the surrounding ground. The great Bank, situated to the east and south of the island, extends about 600 miles in length, and 200 in breadth. The depth of water on them varies from 150 to over 600 feet, and they form the favorite feeding ground of the cod-fish. Besides the British, the French and Americans carry on the fishery, almost to the same extent, the French having alio the privilege of fishing on certain parts of the coast of the island. The seal-fishery is carried on chiefly on the ooait of Labrador, and on the northern coast of Newfoundland. The annual value of the exports of Newfoundland, consisting chiefly of fish, is about 6,000,000 dols., or about 50 dols. for every inhabitant. The imports are nearly the same amount, and the aimual revenue about 800,000 dols. The chief markets for fish are Great Britain, Spain, Portugal, Brazil, and the West Indies. The form of government is the same as in the other provinces, consisting of a Governor, Executive Council of 6 members. Legislative Council of 13 members, and Legislative Assembly of 31 members, elected by the people. Responsible govern- ment was granted in 1855. The population is nearly equally divided between Protestants and Roman Catholics. St John's (80,000), the capital, possesses a fine harbor almost surrounded by hills. It is the chief commercial station on the island, and is the nearest port to Europe, being only 1920 miles distant from Ireland. It waa formerly built of wood, but having been several times nearly destroyed by fire, the lower part of the city is now built of brick. The great fire of 1814 destroyed 4,000,000 dols. worth of property. Harbor Grace (6700) and Carbonidre (2000) are the next most important towns. Port de Orave, Brigus, Trinity, and Oreenspond, are also rising towns. The islands of St Pierre, Langlep, and Miquelon, lying to the south of Newfonndland, belong to France, and are important as fishing stations, and as the only portions now remaining to the French of their once large possessions in North America. What is tho nrca of Newfound- land r Population? Kxtcntr Ca- pital! IIow is Newfoundland Ritu- Btedf How is it separated from the mainland ? IIow is it divided ? What is also Included in the go- vernment t Name the princir/al Islands. Point them out on the map. Where are tboy situated ? Describe the outline of Newfound- land. Name the principal bays. Point them out on the map. What is said of peninsulas? Point out the principal on tho map. Name the principal cupcs. Point them out on the map. What is said of EXKROIBBS ON THE MaP— NP.WFOIINDI.ANb (SCO DOMINION).— OiVO the latitude of Newfoundland. The lougitudo. How is Newfoundland MParated from Labrador ? Which is the nearest point to Cape Breton ? Wlwt is tiM extreme north point called f What island is near it ? What Cape Race? What wonderftal enter- prise connects Newfoundland with Europe ? What is said of the other capes? Of the settlements, &c. ? Deiicribe the surface. The princi- pal lakes and rivers. Point them out on the map. Describe the cli- mate of Newfoundland. The soil and products. The minerals. From what does Newfoundland derive its importance? What is uaid of the fisheries? Who carry them on? Of the banks of Newfoundland? Of the seal-fishery? What financial statistics are given ? What are the chief markets for fish? What is said of the government? Of the religions ? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ? BRITISH COLUMBIA. Area, oli),000 square miles ; population, about S5,000; greatest extent f^oT. nortli tu soutli, 760 miles ; and from east to west, including Vancouver Island, 670 miles. Vancoovek Island, greatest length, 275miles, greatest breadth, 90 miles. Capital, ViOTouiA. British Colombia is the most western province of the Dominion, and consists of Vancouver Island, and tho mainland, or British Columbia proper, which were formerly two separate provinces. It is bounded on the North by the parallel of 60° N. ; on the East by the meridian of 120° W. to lat, 54°, and tho Rochj Mountains ; on the South by the parallel of 49° (the boundary of the United States), the Oulf of Georgia, and yuan de Fuca Strait ; and on the West by the Pacific Ocean. The surface of British Columbia is in general mountainous, and intersected by numerous rivei-s and lakes. The Rocky Mountains, which form the eastern boundary, extend from noith to south in two parallel chains, tho eastern being the main and most important, containing the highest peaks V' the whole range, Mount Brown (16,000 feet). Mounts Hooker and Murchison (each 15,700 feet), besides others but little short of them in elevation. Parallel to the main chains there are other smaller ranges, as the Gold and Selkirk ranges, enclosing the upper courses of the Columbia and Frascr Rivers, and the Peak Mountains, enclosing the upper course of the Finlay River. The principal passes across the Rocky Mountains are the Koo- tanic, Vermilion, nnd Yellow Head or Leather Passes, tlio latter being the route of the projected Canadian Pacific Kailwny, On the west, the Cascade Range extends northwards from the mouth of the Fraser River to Alaska, close along the Pacific coast, and occupies from 60 to 100 miles in breadth. Some of the summits of this range attain an altitude of 10,000 feet, Tho most valuable part of tho country lies between the Rocky Mountains and the Cascade Range, forming an elevated table- land varying from 1000 to 3500 feet in height, through which the Frascr River flows. The rivers and lakes of British Columbia are numerous, but of little importance for navigation. The Fraser River rises in the main chain of the Rocky Mountains, and, flowing north, passes through a gap in the lesser chain, where it is joined by its northern branch, then, following a southern course, receives the Neehaco, Quesnel, Chilcoten, and Thompson Rivers, and flows into the Gulf of Georgia by three mouths, after a course of 740 miles. It is navigable for small steamers to Yale, a distance of 100 miles from its mouth, but the numerous rapidi above that point render navigation almost impossibV, The Peace River, and its northern branch the Finlay Rivet i re in the northern part, also between the Rooky Mountain chains, and flow east- ward to form the Mackenzie River. Further north are the is tho south-eastern point called? What gulf Is on the west? What islunds are south of Nowfoundland ? What island is betwoon New- foundland nnd Cape Breton ? In what direction from St John's is Harbor Qraoe? Carbonuear? Placentla? Halliax. N.8.T I ii NORTH AMERICA. 25 Skeena or Simpson, and Stickeen, flowing into the Pacific, and the Liard flowing into the Mackenzie River. The Columbia River, the most important on tho Pacific coast, rises in the southern part of the Rocky Mountain ranges in British Columbia, then, like the Fraser, first flowing northwards, bends to the south- ward, and after receiving the Kootanie River, flows through Washington Territory in the United States into the Pacific Ocean, after a course of about 1200 miles. The lakes are nnmerous, but of little importance. The coast-line of British Columbia is much broken, with numerous islands, bays, and deep inlets, and it ia remarkable that while from San Francisco to Cape Flattery, a distance of 700 miles, there is not a single harbor on the coast, in British Columbia and Vancouver Island harbors are numerous and ex- cellent. The islands are disposed chiefly in two groups, the more southerly, of which Vancouver Island is the principal, separated from the mainland by Juan de Fuca Strait, the Gulf of Georgia, and Queen Charlotte Sound ; and the other, about 200 miles to the north-west, called the Queen Charlotte Islands, separ- ated from the mainland by Vancouver Strait. The other islands to the north belong to the United States, as part of the territory of Alaska. Tho principal inlets are Burrard Inlet, ffowe Sound, Jervis, Bute and Knight Inlets, Bentinck Arm, Gardner's Channel, Port Essington, Portland and Observatory Inlets, in the mainland ; Quatsino, Nootka, and Barclay Sounds, in the west coast of Vancouver Island ; and the harbors of JEsquimalt, Victoria, and Nanaimo, in the south and east of Vancouver Island. The climate of British Columbia is temperate, and much warmer than in the same latitude on the east coast of the con- tinent. Between the Cascade range and the Rocky Mountains it ia very dry, but on the coast and in the islands it is more moist. On the islands the fig will ripen in the open air, and even in winter the climate is very mild. The soil is in general fertile, and well adapted for agriculture and pasturage, although as yet but little progress has been made in cultivation. Along the western slopes of the Cascade Moun- tains are magnificent forests of Douglas pine, and the islands are also densely wooded. British Columbia first derived its importance from the rich and extensive gold discoveries which were made in 1858, principally along the course of the Fraser River and its tributaries. The gold-fields have not, however, been found so productive as was at first anticipated, and for some years neither the population nor the resources of the country have materially increased. Silver, lead, and copper are also found. Excellent coal is fonnd both on the mainland and on the islands, and is worked in Vancouver Island. Marble and building-stone are also found, and are exported to the United States. The chief exports are gold, coal, lumber, furs, and fish, amounting to about 2,000,000 dols. annually. The imports amount to about the same. Previous to the year 1 868, the whole country was in the posses- sion of the Hudson Bay Company. In that year British Columbia and Vancouver Island were formed into Crown colonies, each hav- ing a Governor and Legiulaturo of its own. In 1866 a legislative union was effected, under the name of British Columbia, in com- pliance with the wishes of the people ; and in 1871 British Co- lumbia became one of the province! of the Dominion of Canada. BxinoiSRA OK THB Map— BRITISH COLUMBIA («ee Dominion).— IIow ll Dritish Oolunbia separated from the North-Weit Territory t IIow is the mainland nepBratcd from VaDCouvvr liland ? What part of the United States lies to the north-weit of British Colnmbia ! What rlvurs The Legislature consists of a L'eutenant-Uovernor, appointed by the Governor-General, a Legislative Council of 4 members, and a Legislative Assembly of 25 members, elected by the people for a term of four years. The province is represented in tho Dominion Parliament by 3 senators, and 6 members of the House of Commons. It is divided into 12 districts for electoral purposes :— Vancouver Island : Victoria City. Esqiilmalt. Saanioh. Cowlchan. Nanaimo. Como.'C. On the mainland : — New Westminster City. Now Westminster District. Yule and liytton. I/illooett and Clinton. Kootenai. Cariboo. The population has been very fluctuating, but is estimated at about 15,000 whites and about 40,000 Indians and Chinese. Education is liberally provided for, free schools being establUhed wherever there are a dozen children to attend them. Roads which have lately been built, a railway now in course of construc- tion from Esquimau to Nanaimo, and the Canadian Pacific Railway, which will be pushed on rapidly, will, without doubt, give a vast impetus to the progress of the province. Victoria, the capital, is situated in tho south of Vancouver Island, and possesses an excellent harbor. It is well laid out, and carries on the principal trade of the province. At Nanaimo, Van- couver Island, are valuable coal-mines. Esquimau possesses a magnificent harbor, and is Her Majesty's Naval Station. New Westminster, the former capital, is beautifully situated on the north bank of the Fraser River, about 15 miles from the Gulf, and carries on the principal local trade of the mainland. The other settlements are small, and are chiefly situated on the Fraser River. What is the area of British Co- lumbia? The population ! Extent? What is the extent of Vancouver Island? What is the capital of British Columbia? What does it comprise? Uow is it bounded? Describe the surrace. Nume the principal mountain ranges. Point them out on the map. Name the principal passes tlirongh the Rocky Afountaiiis. Describe the Cascade | range. Where is the most valuable part of the country situated ? Name the principal rivers of British Co- lumbia. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the coast-line. Name tho principal islands. Tho principal straits and gulfs. The principal inlets. Describe the climate. IIow did Dritish Co- lumbia first derive its importance ? What minerals are found ? What is said of the exports and imports? What is said of the history of Ilritisli Columbia? IIow is the govern- ment composed ? How is British Columbia divided? What is said of the inhabitants ? Of the railways ? MANITOBA. Area, 14,340 square miles ; population, 20,000, being nearly three- fourths of a square mile to each inhabitant ; length from east to west, 130 miles ; width from north to south, 104 miles. Capital, WiNNiPsa. The Province of Manitoba (formerly the Red River Settle- ment) is the smallest of all the provinces, and forms an oblong square, lying between the United States on the south, and Lakes Winnipeg and Manitoba on the north, and extending east and west between the ninety-sixth and ninety-ninth degrees of longitude. It is intersected from sonth to north by the Red River, which, rising in Minnesota, near the sources of the Missis- sippi, and flowing nearly due north, crosses the boundary between the two countries, and falls into Lake Winnipeg, after a course of about 700 miles. It is also partially intersected from west to east by the Assiniboine River, which flows into the Bed River at Winnipeg. About one-third of the province flow into the Pacific Ocean ? On what river ii New Westminster situated ? What is tho northern point of Vancouver Island called? What groups of islands lie to theN.W. of Vancouver Is. ? What towns in Vancouver Is. areonthoauifofUcorgia? What Island lies to the W. of Vancouver It.t ■ ■llnmi i m ftlM l! 24 I The cii the qnaai down by the Aroti ')$ing cai Gulf Stn barren, t shore; ai for foddei iog provi island, bi Newfoi which ar is emplo; eries on i importan called, ai far above to the e« length, K. from 150 ground o Americat French h coaatof t coast of I The an chiefly of inhabitat annual n •re Greai ThefO) consisting Legislatt of 31 m ment wa diTided \ St John surround island, s distant * having t part of 1 destroyat Harbo most iDl Oreetupi The it south of fishing ^ French'^ Whati landr t pitair i Btedf B the main What ir Ternmeil islands. 26 KORTH AMERICA. EXERL the Utitii separated Vliat is I lies east of the Bed Biver ; the other two-thirds west of it, includ- ing asmall part of the southern end of Lake Manitoba, from which the province takes its name. Lakes Winnipeg and Manitoba, only the southern ends of which are in Manitoba, are of consider- able size, the first being 2S0 miles long, and the latter 110. The country is chiefly one vast prairie covered with grass, with scarcely a tree except on the banks of the rivers. The climate resembles that of Ontario, and the soil is very fertile, producing wheat and other grains in abundance, though hitherto the want of a maurket for their surplus productions has fettered the enterprise of the settlers. The construction of the Canadian Pacific Bailway and telegraph, which is stipulated to be completed by the year 1890, from Lake Superior to the Pacific, will doubtless so stimulate immigration as to secure a valuable home market. In the spring and fall, buffalo-hunting gives employment to a large portion of the Indian and half-breed population, and a large trade in furs and skins is carried on. Before Manitoba became a province of the Dominion (1870), the population consisted chiefly of Indians and French and English half-breeds. Since then, settlers have poured in from the older provinces, and there are now nearly 10,000,000 acres of land surveyed for settlement. One-sixth of the land is reserved for the half-breeds, chiefly on the banks of Red Bitter. The government of Manitoba is administered by a Lieutonnnt- Governor with an Executive Council, a Legislative Council of 7 members, and a Legislative Assembly of 24 members, elected by the people. They also elect 2 members for the Senate, and 4 members for the House of Commons, as their proportion of representatives in the Dominion Parliament. Winnipeg (or Fori Oarry, as the Hudson Pay post is called), the capital, is situated at the junction of the Assiniboine with the Bed Biver. It is the seat of government, and is rapidly becoming a place of importance. What is the area of Manitoba? improve the country T What is the Population? Extent? Capital? employmentof tnanyof theinhabit- How is lIanito)>a situated ? What ants ? How is the population corn- rivers intersect it! Trace the posed? What reservation is made course of Bed River? Of the As- for the half-breeds ? Uowisthego- siniboine? Describe the lalces. vernment composed ? Whatnum- Describe the country. Its pro- bers are elected to the Dominion ducts. What project is liicely to Parliament ? Describe Winnipeg. NORTU-WEST TERRITORY and DISTRICT o» KEWATIN. Area, 2,600,000 square miles ; population, about 150,000 ; greatest extent from east to west, 3200 miles ; and from north to south, 1400 miles. The NoBTB-WiST Terriiost is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean ; on the West by the Pacific Ocean and British Columbia ; on the South by British Columbia, the United States, Ontario, and Quebec ; nd on the Ea&t by the Atlantic Ocean. The North-West Territory, up to the year 1870, was in the possession of a large trading company, called the Hudson Bay Company. With the exception of British Columbia, which was formed into a separate province in 1868, they held all the tract of land extending from Labrador to the Pacific, and from the former province of Canada and the United States to the Arctic Ocean. They received the charter, granting them the exclusive right to the greater part of this territory, from Charles II. in 1670, the remainder having been leased from the Crown. By virtue of an Act of the Imperial Parliament, passed in 1869, and which took effect in 1870, all this immense territory was, on certain conditions (including the payment of £300,000 sterling to the Hudson Bay Company), transferred to the Do- ExRRCisES ON THE MAP— MANITOBA (lee DOMINION).— What large lakes are in tlie northern part of Manitoba ? Wliat Inices are between Manitoba and Lake Superior ? What river flows into tlie Red River from the west? What is the neaiest town in the United States on the Red minion of Canada for purposes of colonization. In 1867, by Act of Parliament, the District of Eewatin was formed from the North- West Territory. It extends from the western boundary of On- tario west to the Province of Manitoba and the eastern shore of Lake Winnipegosis, and north to Hudson Bay. It is nnder the jurisdiction of the Lieutenant-Governor of Manitoba. The surface of this vast country is mnch diversified by ranges of small hills, rivers, numerous lakes, and marshy tracts. The great chain of the Rocky Mountains, on the west, extends across the Territory from the Arctic Ocean southwards into the United States ; but the general slope of the country is in a northerly direction towards the Arctic Ocean and Hudson Bay. Hudson Bay, from which the Territory formerly derived its name, is a large inland sea, with numerous but barren and desolate islandsat its mouth, andcounected with the Atlantic hj Hudson Strait. Around i t, as well as its southern extremity, James Bay, there is an extensive plain, bounded by ranges of low but rugged hills, nearly parallel with the shore. On the east are the Wotchish Mountains, which run from north-east to south-west. From this range a ridge of more or less elevation extends, first due west and then north-west, until it meets the Laurentide chain of Canada, north of Lake Superior, and forms the watershed which divides the rivers of Canada from those flowing into Hudson Bay. From the Bocky Mountains two small ranges extend in an easterly direction, enclosing the fertile valley of the Saskatchewan. The most remarkable feature of the Territory is the exten- sive chain of lakes, forming an almost unbroken line of oom- munication from the head of Lake Superior to the Arctic Ocean. The more northern of these are drained by the rivers flowing into the Arctic Ocean ; the more southern, by those flowing into Hudson Bay. The principal are — The Lake of the Woods, Winnipeg, Winnipegoiit, Manitoba, Wollat- ton. Deer, AthabMca, Great Slave, and Great Bear Laka, in the west ; and Alibitiit and if if(re southern, by those I are — >egoiit, Manitoba, Wollas- Bear Laks*, in the west ; ered, containing a large is the Mackenzie River, knd Peace Rivers, which :y Mountains, and unite the west endof which the a the river flows through le, and after a course of number of mouths. It but being frozen for the ' much service for oom- e Coppermine and Back- he Soikatchewan, north ing into Lake Winnipeg, ^y. The Saskatchewan miles ; the Red Rivei- ocking with the Missis- i west bank ; it is navig- irards of 300 miles. The i Severn Rivera, besidet Hudson Bay, and the w into James Bay. West Territory may Le imalleat, extending from 1 of the Assioiboine and iDJoya a climate equal to i nitoba r What river drains 'innipeg situated? In what ito ? Quebec t Fort Wil- t direoUon docs it flow t If James CajE.|il)ell is Sou, Turoato 90 iO 75 7«) JSS; iv ^' '^ *o »5 ■-v- imiTED STATES ■^"^ 4 Jto ri/ ito 3t» 4» l« W>«rt US — NonTH-WniT Trbritory (see Dominion).— What strait oonnooti Hudson Bay with the Atlantic Ocean ! What large Island It at the mouth of Hudson Bay ! What is the southern extremity of Budien Bay oalUdt What riven flow Into Uudaon Bay from the waters of the Arctic Ocean. They comprise numerous islands, peninsulas, gulfs, bays, sounds, and straits, and are chiefly interesting as having been the scene of numerous brave and .determined attempts to find a highway to the west by means of the Arctic Ocean. No practical benefit has resulted from these expeditions, as the seas are sometimes ice-bound for years, or else filled with enormous icebergs. That a passage does exist was definitely discovered by M'Clure in 1850-61, when he found that Barrow and Banks (or M'Clure) Straits unite in Melville Sound. The Arctic Ocean is much more open on the west than on the east, and from Banks Strait navigation is uninterrupted by islands as far as Behring Strait, but the sea is almost con- tinually filled with ice. The most important expeditions have been sent out by the British Government during this century, and several also from the United States. The most interesting, and also the most unfortunate, was that of Sir John Franklin, which sailed in 1845, and the fate of which was long unknown. No less than twenty-seven expeditions were sent out in sceurch of him, with but little success, until, in 1854, the remains of seveial men and articles belonging to his expediiion were discovered by Dr Bae in King William Land, and some years later other remair.s were found by Captain M'Clintock and others, proving conclusively that the whole party had miserably perished. On the Coppermine and Back or Great Fish Bivers extensive beds of coal have been found, but they are not likely to be worked until those of more temperate latitudes are quite exhausted. Where do the Arctic regions ex- tend? Wnat do they comprise? For what are they interesting! What is said of the expeditions ! What has been discovered t What is said of the western part of the Arctic Ocean ! What is said of the most important expeditions! Of Sir John FrankUn? What la said of mlnecalst UNITED STATES. Area, 3,600,000 square miles ; population, 39,000,000 ; persons to square mile, 11 ; greatest extent from north to south, 1600 miles, and from east to west, 2700 miles ; about the same slie as British North America. Capital, Washinotok. The United States of America are bounded on the North,— with the exception of the newly-acquired terri- tory of Alaska, which lies to the north-west of British Columbia,— by the Dominion of Canada ; on the West by the Pacific Ocean ; on the South by Mexico and the Qulf of Mexico ; and on the East by the Atlantic Ocean. They comprise thirty-eight states, one federal district, and ten territories, united under one central government. Two great mountain chains, the Rocky Mountains on the west, and the Alleghany Mountains or Appalachian chain on the east, divide the country into three regions : the Atlantic slope from the Alleghanies to the Atlantic Ocean ; the Great Central Plain, or valley of the Mississippi ; and the vast plain or plateau between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific coast. The Rocky Mountains form the principal chain, extending from near the Arctic Circle to the Cordilleras of Mexico. They occupy from 40 to 200 miles in breadth. Their highest sum* mits in the United States are Fremont's Peak, 13,600 feet, and James's PeaL, 11,^00 feet high. Along the Pacific coast are several chains of irountains, some peaks rising even higher than west? From t*- -..i^i? What rivers flow Into James Bay ? Intothe Arctic Ooi'sn ( ''.V>.at river rises in British Columbiaaud flows Into Lake Atha- basca! Where does the Saskatchewan rise ! Into what iaki- does It flow! What large river riles in the N. -W. Territory and flows into Alaska? JJJ SSSm H^ mmmmm wmm T 28 NORTH AMERICA, l^ the Booky Mountains. They are :— the Coait Range and the parallel range of the Sierra Nevada, enclosing Sacramento Valley, the gold region of California ; and the Cascade Range in Oregon, extending throngh British Columbia into Alaska, with the towering peaks Baker, Hood, J^erson, St Helen, ka,, each rising nearly 15,000 feet ; while Slount St Elias in Alaska attains an altitude of 15,000 feet. The Alleghany Mountains extend from the peninsulaof Gasp^, in Canada, to the north of Alabama, and are known by different names, according to the States which they traverse (p. 11). The highest peaks are in the WJiite Mountains ; but they seldom ex- ceed fiOOO feet, and are generally not more than 3000 feet high. The United States are particularly noted for their numerous and important rivers, and no country in the world possesses such an extent of water oommunicition. The estimated length of the navigable rivers is more than 47,000 miles. The 3fississippi rises in Lake Itasca, in Minnesota, near Lake Superior, and receives as affluents the Wisconsin, Illinois, and Ohio (with its affluents the Cumberland and Tennessee Rivers), on the east bank ; the Missouri (with its affluent the Platte), the Arkansas and Red Rivers, on the west bank ; and flows into the Quif of Mexico by a number of mouths, after a course of 3160 miles. The course of the Missouri is even longer than that of the Mississippi, being over 3000 miles before joining the latter, or about 4500 miles in all, thus forming the longest river in the world. All these rivers are navigable throughout the greater part of their course, either by steamboats (for the great size and light draught of which the Mississippi is famous), or by flat-boats, which bring the produce of the Northern States down to Now Orleans. The Brazos, Colorado (in Texas), and Rio Grande del Norte, the latter forming the boundary between the United States and Mexico, flow into the Gulf of Mexico west of the Mississippi ; and the Alabama and other rivers east of it. The Penobscot, Connecticut, Hudson, Delaware, Susqiuhanna, Potomac, James, Roanoke, and Savannah, besides numerous other smaller and less important rivers, flow into the Atlantic. The Colorado (another river of the same name) flows into the Gulf of California; and the Sacramento and Columbia Rivers flow into the Pacific Ocean. The Great Lakes of Canada all adjoin the United States, Lake Michigan being entirely within their territory ; besides these are Lakes Champlain and George, numerous smaller lakes in New York, Minnesota, and other States, and the Great Salt Lake in Utah. The ooast-line of the United States is very little broken, but along the Atlantic coast are numerous small islands and sand- banks— Zongr Island, Rhode Island, Nantiuket, and a few small islands adjoining, being the principal. The bays are chiefly the mouths of the rivers. The jnHncipal Bays, Straits, Ac. , are : On tlie east coast, Ptnobtcot nnny Mountains, le to form the than in the he TTnion, not ublic improTO- and extendve itio sea-board. Irie at Buffalo nes of railway )il is rich, and le staple of the leautifnl Inkei, I, and Oneida, ermont. New 1 Ontario, and the principal f in and around n the Hadaoa portant oity in he junction of if Long Islaad burbs sitnated ' 1,600,000 in* ) whole of the eign oommeroe buildings, and landSnundt On ii|}iatdlrecllonli rtlandr Uewls •bOkaapiatat -fr 7* I't^tA. / / - '"2't-^VX tl- f'iv- -<<.•*'/ '7 ^ rUi 6t-/: t1 t.-V ^ ^ rK i\. I t4 1 1^>'> / --^ :iia -g y/^^/y/l H- -J I 1/ l» <-^ NORTH AMERICA. 81 ia mpplied with water by the Croton aqnednet. It fau snffeied much from fires; in 1835, 20,000,000 dollars' worth of property was thus destroyed. Shipbuilding is extensively carried on, and Brooklyn (396,000) contains a (J.S. Nayy Yard. AVbany (76,000), the capital, is situated on the Hudson Biver, at the terminus of the Erie and Champlain Canals. It is an old and wealthy city. Buffalo (118,000), the largest city in the State next to New York, is situated on Lake Erie, and derives its importance from its extensive trade with the Western States. Roehetter (62,000), with extensive flour-mills, Otwego (21,000), the terminus of the Oswego Canal on Lake Ontario, SaekeU'8 Harbor and Ogdeniburgh (10,000) carry on extensive trade with Canada and the Western SUtes. West Point, on the Hudson River, contains the Military Academy of the United States. Poughkeeptie (20,000), Hudton (8600), and Troy (46,000), also on the Hudson River, are towns of some impor- tance. ETd'ca (28,800), Syracuse (43,000), and AtAitm (17,200), are centres of fertile districts. Nkw Jkbset is situated on the Atlantic coast, extending from Delaware Bay to the Hudson River, and is separated from Pennsylvania by the Delaware River. Its surface is generally low and level, and its soil is good— fruit and vegetables being raised in immense quantities for the New York and Philadelphia markets. Numerous small islands of no importance skirt the coast, but it contains no harbors. It was the scene of many battles during the Revolutionary war. Trenton (22,800), near the lower falls of the Delaware, is the capital. Newark (105,000) and Paterson (33,60t) are impor- tant manufacturing towns. Princeton contains two colleges. Jersey City (82,500) is a suburb of the city of New York. Pennstltahia is the second State in the (Jnion for population. It is an inland State, connected with the ocean by Delaware Bay. The Alleghany Moontains intersect it, rendering the sur- face hilly. The soil is good, especially in the south, which is the most populous part. Wheat ia the staple. Pennsylvania derives its chief importance from its vast and valuable coal and iron mines and petroleum wells. It was originally settled by Quakers, under the direction of William Penn ; a considerable proportion, however, of the inhabitants are of Qerman origin, and still retain their mother tongue. Philadelphia (674,000), the largest city in the State, is built on a flat peninsula between the Delaware and Schuylkill Rivers, and is about 120 miles from the sea. It is the most regularly built city on the continent, all the streets being laid out at right angles. It contains many fine buildings and extensive water- works, and carries on a large shipping and inland trade. JIar- riibvrg (23,000), on the Susquehanna, is the capital. PUtuhurg (86,000) is situated on a peninsula between the Alleghany and MonoDgahela Rivers, which here join and form the Ohio River. It ia at the head of steamboat navigation, is also situated in the o«ntre of the coal and iron region, and has the most important iron manufactures in the United States. Reading (34,000) and Laneatter (20,000) are thriving towns, chiefly peopled by Qermans. PotttviUt and other towns derive their importance from the adjacent coal-mines. Oettpsburg was the scene of a great battle between the Northern and Southern foroea in 1863. Erie (19,600) is a considerable port on Lake Brie. BxBROisas ON THK Map-17mitrd Btatm. -What capes are at the mouth of Delaware Bay r Of Oheiapcake Bay r What riven Bow Into r)rlaware Bay? IntoOhetapeakeBayr What riven form the Ohio RIverT Where do Ihsy rise t What IsUnds heloni to New York t Uow U Philadelphia tttu- DiiiAWABE, situated to the south of Delaware Bay, is a small and unimportant State. It is low and sandy, and chiefly de- voted to agriculture, but carries on some manufactures in the northern part. Wilmivgton (30,800), the largest town, is situated on theriver Brandywine, near its month. It has numerous manufactures and a considerable trade. Dover, near the middle of the State^ is the capital. Martland is the most northerly of the late slave States. In soil and surface it resembles Pennsylvania, but the climate is warmer. Tobacco is its staple. Iron and coal are found in the west. Baltimore (267,000), the largest city in Maryland, is situated on the Fatapsco River, 14 miles from Chesapeake Bay. It is well built, and possesses some fine monuments. It is the com- mercial emporium for a great part of the western trade. Port M' Henry is at the mouth of the harbor. Annapolis, a small town on an arm of Cbesapeak e Bay, is the capital. Frederick, Hagerf town, and Cumberland are also important centres for local trade. The District of Columbia is the seat of the United States Government, and is under its direct control. It was originally ten miles square, extending on both sides of the Potomac, but the part in Virginia was given back to that State, and it is now altogether on the Maryland side of the river. The inhabitants have no representation in Congress. Washington (109,000), the capital of the United States, and seat of the Federal Government, is situated on the Potomac River, about 110 miles from its mouth, and contains the finest public buildings in the States, as the Capitol, Treasury, and Patent Office. The President resides here at the White House during his term of office. The city occupies a large space of ground, but derives all its importance from being the seat of government. What are its chief towns? Whera are tliey situated 1 Describe Penn- sylvania. How is it bounded? From what docs it chiefly derive its im- portance? Pcscribe Philadelphia. What are tliu other chief towns? Where are tlioy situated? Describe Delaware. How is it bounded? What are its chief towns? Where are they situated ? Describe Mary- land. How is it bounded ? What are Its chief towns? Where are they situated? Describe the dis- trict of Columbia, Describe Wash- ington. Name the Middle States and their chief towns. Describe; their surface. Niime the princiiial mountains. 1'he principal rivers. Point them oLt on the map, and trace the courses of the rivers. Describe the climate. Describe New York State. How Is it bounded? De- scribe its surface. What islands belong to It? Who were the ori- ginal settlers ? Describe the city of New York.- What Is its population? What are the other chief towns? Where are they situated? Dcscr.bc NewJeney. Uow is it bounded? BODTUEBN STATES. The .Southern States comprise^ SUtM. ViRQINIA, Western VinaiNiA, Nonrii CAnoLiNA, . South Carolina, . OEonoiA, . . Florida, Alabama, Mississippi, . • Louisiana, Texas, . tunneshcb, . . Kr.NTl'CKV, Arkansas, . . Chief Towtil. Richmond, Norfolk, Petersburg;' Wheeling, Cha rlesto n. BAhjkh, Newb«rn7^ViIroIngton. Columbia. Charleston, Beaufort. Atlanta, Savannah, Augusta. TaTShiBsee, Penaacola. Montgpmerv. Mobile. Jaclupn, Natclict, Vicksbnrg, "^ NewQcleans, Baton Rouge. , AuuInTOalveston, Houston. ' Maaluiile, Memphis, Knoxvills. ' I'uutkfort, Louisville, Lexington, Ll itleBo ok. ated? New York? Baltimore? Washington? Pittsburg? BulDiIo? Oswe- go ? Through which of the Middle States do the Alleghany Mountains ex- tend f In what State Is L. Champlain ? In what direction from New York tsPhiladelpblat Pittsburg t Albany? DostOB? Toronto t Uoatreal Z2 NORTH AMERICA. I These, together with Maryland and MisBonri, were formerly slave States ; all which, except Kentucky and Maryland, seceded from the Union in 1861. Afrightful civil warthen ensued, which lasted for nearly four jetuj, when they were forced back into the Union, and slavery was abolished. After a period of probation, their right to representation in Congress was restored to them. The country occupied by these States is intersected in the north by the Alleghany Mountains, forming two parallel chains, called the Cumberland Mountains in Kentucky and Tennessee, and the Blue Ridge in Virginia. They extend to the northern part of Alabama. In the interior the surface is hilly, but along the coast it is low and flat, forming vast unhealthy swamps, as the Dismal Swamp in Virginia, the Great Pedee Swamp in South Carolina, and the Everglada in Florida. The rivers to the east of the Alleghanies are slow, and of little commercial importance. In the west are the important rivers the Ohio, with its tributaries the Cumberland and Tennessee, flowing into the Mississippi ; and the Alabama River, into the Gulf of Mexico. The coast-line is not so broken as in the north, but numerous sandbanks and small islands line the coast. The peninsula of Florida, terminated by Cape Sable, juts ont in a remarkable manner, as if originally joined to South America by means of the West India Islands. The climate is hot, and in the most southerly States very unhealthy, so that few white people can live on the plantations in summer. Almost all the labor is carried on by negroes. The soil is very rich and fertile ; cotton, rice, sugar, tobacco, and Indian-corn being the staples. Qold is found in small quantities in North Carolina and Georgia. Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Florida were formerly almost entirely peopled by the Seminole and other Indians, who carried on war against the white settlers. They were at last subdued, and deported to the Indian territory west of the Mississippi. ViRomiA is one of the oldest States in the Union, and pos- sesses an extremely rich soil, which, however, has been much ex- hausted by careless cultivation. It is the birthplace of many of the most celebrated men of the United States. Tobacco is the great staple, and wheat and cattle are also extensively raised. It is celebrated for its picturesque sceaery and natural wonders, such as the Natural Bridge, &c. It was the scene of the most desperate battles in the late civil war ; and in 1861-65 was devastated by the troops of both parties, until the eastern part became almost a desert. The western part of Virginia having owned the authority of the Federal Government, was in 1862 formed into a separate State. Richmond (61,000), the capital of Virginia, is situated on the James River, and carries on the principal trade. It was the capital and headquarters of the Confederate States, and many bloody and obstinate battles were fought near it. Norfolk (19,200) possesses a fine harbor, and is the chief seaport. At Portsmouth, opposite Norfolk, there was formerly a United States Navy Yard, whioh was destroyed duringthe war. Petersbury is the ohiefoentre of the tobacco trade. Fredericksburg, Harper's Ferry, and other places, have become famous since the war. Wheeling (10,800), on the Ohio, is a large manufacturing town, and the capital of West Virginia. Charleston was formerly the capital. Exercises on tub Map— United States Which of the Bouthorn States are trtTersed by the Alleghany Mountains t What rlrer separate* Virginia and Kentucky from the Western States ? Which of th i Southern fitotM are en tbeOuif of Meitoo ? How ii Florida separated from the Ba- North Cabousa is densely covered with pine woods, and exports large quantities of tar and turpentine. Grain and cattle are raised in the western part of the State. Its coast is almost enclosed by low sandy islands. Cape Hatteras is one of the most dangerous points on the Atlantic coast. Raleigh, a small town near the centre of the State, is the capital. Newbem&nd ITi^minf/ton (13,400) are the chief aeaportSi FayeltevUle contained a United States armory. SoDiH Carolina is an important and wealthy State, and was the first to secede from the Union. The soil is very fertile. The numerous islands along the coast produce the best cotton, called sea-island cotton. Rice is the staple product of the low. lands, and cotton in the interior. Charleston (49,000) is the largest city, and before the war was about the only one on the eastern coast of the Southern States possessing direct trade with Europe. It is an elegantly-built city, and carries on a large trade in cotton and rice. Columbia, near the centre of the State, is the capital. Oeorgetoion and Beaufort have a large trade. Geoboia is one of the largest and most populous of the Southern States, producing vast quantities of cotton, rice, and wheat. Savannah (28,200), the largest city, is situated on a river of the same name, 17 miles from its mouth, and carries on the principal trade of the State. Atlanta (22,000) is the capital. Augusta and Maton are important towns with large local trade. Columbus has cotton manufactures. Florida was formerly in the possession of Spain, but was ceded to the United States in 1819, and became a separate State in 1844. The cauntry is low and flat, but vegetation is most luxuriant The coast-line, although extending 12G0 miles, possesses few harbors, and is the scene of many wrecks. The coral reefs on the south, called the Florida Keys, are especially dangerous, owing to the rapid current of the Gulf Stream. Pensacola, on the Gulf of Mexico, has a fine harbor, and a United States Navy Yard. Tallahassee is the capital. Apala- chicola, at the mouth of the river of the sams name, is the chief commercial city of the State. St Augustine is a favorite resort for invalids, on account of its delightful climate. Key West, one of the Florida Keys, has a fine harbor. Alabama is watered by several important rivers, — the Ala- bama, Tombigbee, &o., — and produces vast quantities of cotton. The State was, forty years ago, entirely in the possession of the Indians. Mobile (32,000), the largest city, is situated at the month of the Mobile River, and carries on a large trade in cotton, which is conveyed down the rivers from the interior and frou: the adjoining States. Montgomery, near the centre, is the capital, and was also for a short time the capital of the Confederate States. Tuscaloosa and Huntsville are also important towns. Mississippi is the principal cotton State, and extends along the east bank of the Mississippi River. It produces more cotton than any other State. Jackson is the capital ; Natchez (9000) and Vicksburg (12,400) carry on the principal trade of the State. The latter is noted for the long siege it withstood in 1863. Louisiana is the principal State for the production of sugar* hama Ii. ? Which are the prtnolnal southern cities on the Mtisiistppt t Oq the Atlantic oooatr On tlieOulf of Mexico? What is the eaatern point ofN. Oarolinacalledr In what direction from N.Orleana is St LouliT Oal- veiton, Mobile, Oharleiton; luvbatdirec. tromRlchm'dlsWublDgtoar 3H NORTH AMERICA. 33 Cotton is also extensively grown in tlie northern part of the State. The country is very flat on both sides of the Mississippi, 'which is often higher than its banks. To protect the land from being inundated, the river is kept between vast dykes or levSes, as they are called, which extend for about 300 miles above New Orleans. Louisiana formerly belonged to France, and was purchased by the United States in 1803, along with the vast territory extend- ing from the Mississippi north-west to the Pacific, for 15,000,000 dols. The French language is still used to some extent ; and the laws are published both in French and English. Neiv Orleans (191,000), the capital, and the largest city in the South, is situated on the Mississippi River, about 100 miles from its mouth. All the commerce of that great river and its tributaries centres at New Orleans, and the number of steam- boats and flat boats crowding its lev6e is enormous. It carries on a large foreign shipping trade. It is unhealthy in summer, and is largely peopled by French and Spanish Creoles. Baton Rouge was formerly the capital, and Alexandria is an important centre of trade. Texas is the largest State in the Union. It was previous to 1835 one of the Alexican States, but gained its independence after a severe struggle, and became one of the United States in 1845. The surface of the country is a rolling prairie, intersected by numerous rivers, and separated from Mexico by the Rio Grande del Norte. The Brazos and Colorado are the principal rivers. The products are sugar, cotton, and Indian-corn. Vast herds of wild cattle, buffaloes, and wild horses roam over the prairies. Austin, the capital, is situated on the Colorado. Gal- veston (14,000) is the chief seaport, and Houston the former capi- tal. Matagorda and San Antonio de Bexar are important towns. Arkansas, a thinly-settled State, lies north of Louisiana, west of the Mississippi River. Cotton is the chief product. It is intersected by the Arkansas and other rivers. Little Rock is the capital of the State. Tennessee and Kentcckt are the great centres for the pro- duction of Indian-corn and tobacco ; Tennessee has also valuable iron-mines. Cattle are reared iu vast numbers. The surface is mountainous or undulating, and well watered by large and navigable rivers. The soil is very productive. Nashville (25,E00), the capital of Tennessee, is situated on the Cumberland River. Memphis (40,000), on the Mississippi, and Knoxville are important commercial towns. Frankfort, a small town, is the capital of Kentucky. Louis- ville (100,000), on the Ohio, is the largest city, with important manufactures and extensive trade. Covington (24,600) is the second city in size, and Lexington (14,800) is the centre of a large and fertile district. Name the Southern States nnil their chief towns. What is said of these States? What are the principal mountains? Trace them on the map. Ucscrlbe tho sur- face. Name the principal rivers, and trace tlieir courses ou the map. Describe the coast-line, Tho cli- mate. The soil and products. Wliat is said of Georgia and other States? Uoscribe Virginia. How i is it bounded? For what ts It re- markable ? How is It now divided ? What are th» chief towns? Where are they situated ? Describe North {Carolina. IIow is it bounded? I What arc Us chief towns? Where 1 are they situated ? Describe South Carolina. Uow is it bounded? What are its chief towns ? Where are they situated ? Describe Geor- gia. Ilow is it bounded? yfh&t are its chief towns? Where are they situated ? Describe Florida. How is it bounded? What is re- markable on the south coast? What are its chief towns? Where are they situated? Describe Ala- bama. Howls it bounded? Whot are its chief towns? Where are they situated? Describe Missis- sippi. IIow is it bounded? What are its chief towns? Where are they situated ? Describe Loui- siana. To whom did Louisiana formerly belong? Describe New Orleans. What are the other chief towns? Where are they situated ? Describe Texas. How is it bound- ed? What rivers flow through it? What are its chief towns ? Where arc they situated ? Describe Arkan- sas. What is Its capital? Describe Kentucky and Tennessee. How Is Kentucky bounded? How is Ten- nessee bounded? What are the chief towns of Kentucky ? Of Ten- nessee ? Where are they situated ? EKEncisKH ON THE Map— UsiTEn Statfs.— Which States are on the west bank of tho Mississippi t Which on tho oast bank ? Which adjoin the Dominion? Which are the principol cities on tho Ohio? On the Missouri? Which States adjoin Mexico r Through which does tU« Colo- .*. WESTERN STATEa. TJie Western States comprise ;— States. Clilpf Towns. Ohio, , . Ciaciiyiati, Columbus, Cleveland. Michigan, , Detroit, Lai^iapr, Monroe, &c. Indiana, . . IiyUjiiuipolis, Madison, Terre Haute. Illinois, . S nnngft eld. Chicago, Alton. Wisconsin, , Mi lwauk ee, Madison, Green Bay. Minnesota, . St Paul. Pembina. Iowa, . . Desjlouies, Davenport, Burlington, Dubuijue. Missouri, . St.Louis, JeQfisoB City. Kansas, . Lecompton, Tqneka. Califohnia, . SanJianciscp, Sabramento'City. Oregon, . . Salem, Portland, Oregon City. Nebraska, . Lincol n. Omaha. Nevada, . . C^riflU. City, Virginia City. CoLOHADO, . Denve r. Pueblo. The Western Spates are generally considered to be those lying west of the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers. The surface of the country is in general composed of vast level prairies, sometimea gently undulating, and then called rolling prairies. They are principally covered with tall rank grass, and few forests occur except betv'oen the Rocky Mountains and the mountains of tho Pacific, rhese prairies are admirably adapted for agriculturo and p?.sturage, requiring but little labor to raise wheat, Indian- corn, and other grains in vast abundance. They are, however, in m.iny places, mt^rshy and unhealthy, especially in the neighborhood of rivers, tho slope of the country being too little to carry off the superabundant moisture. South of the Missouri the country is more hilly and wooded. These States comprise the greater portion of the vast plain drained by the Missiasipp". and its tributaries. They are rich in minerals : gold, iron, lead, copper, and salt being found in great abundance. They have been chiefly peopled by settlers from the Eastern States, and from Great I3ritain and Germany. Ohio is the most important State in the West for populatioa and commerce. In tho western part of the State the prairies commence, but in the east it is well wooded. Tho sc '1 is fertile, producing wheat and Indian-corn in great abundance. Pork and wool are largely exported. Iron, coal, and salt are found iu the south-east. Cincinnati (216,000), one of the largest and most important cities in the West, is situated on the Ohio. It is well built, and carries on an extensive trade in pork and distilling. Columbus (34,000), near the centre of the State, is the capital. Cleveland (93,000), Sandusky (13,000), and Toledo (31,600), on Lake Erie, have a large shipping and inland trade. Marietta and Porta- viouth arc impottaut towns. MiOHiOAN possesses tho largest extent of lake-coast of anj rado (west) flow ? Which are the principal cities on the Pacific coast f On L, Michigan ? On L. Huron? On L. Eric? WhatCunudiautownisop- poslte Detroit? In whatdirection from Chicago is Salt L. city? St Louis? St Paul's r Toronto ? In trhatdiiectlon from @t Paul's U^eiouiua? DulutUi 34 NORTH AMERICA. State, being washed by Lakes Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie. Lake Michigan is entirely within the United States, being connected with Lake Huron by the Straits of Mackinaw, both shores of which are in Michigan. The soil is fertile, wheat being the staple. A lai;ge trade ia carried on with Canada and with the States bordering on the lakes. Lumbering is exten- siTcly carried on, and on the shores of Lake Superior copper is found in great quantities. Detroit (80,000), on the Detroit River, opposite Windsor in Ontario, is the principal city, possessing extensive lake com- merce. Lansing is the capital. Monroe, Saginaio, Ann, Arbor, and Kalamazoo are important towns, with large local trade. Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Wisconsin, and Minnksota, all present the same general physical features, and resemble each other in surface, soil, and productions. They are all composed chiefly of vast prairies (Minnesota and Wisconsin being the only States which are at all wooded), and are watered by the Mississippi and its tributaries. The climate is dry, and warmer than in Canada, even in those States which are in the same latitude. The principal products are wheat and Indian-corn, and vast quantities of cattle are reared for the Eastern markets. Iowa ind Wisconsin Lave valuable lead-mines. They are all new States, and are remarkable for the rapidity with which they have been settled and improved. The Sioux Indians in- fest the northern part of Minnesota. The chief towns in Indiana: — Indianapolis (48,000), the capital; Terre Haute (16,000), Evansvillc (21,800), and New Albany (15,400), are important towns. The chief towns in Illinois ; — Chicago (299,000), on Lake Michigan, is the largest city. It has been built chiefly since 1830, and has risen into a large and elegant city with unpar- alleled rapidity. It carries on a very extensive commerce on the lakes, and is the great centre of the grain-growing Western States. In October 1871 it was devastated by a fire which destroyed one half the city, witli enormous loss of property, but it has been rebuilt and remarkably improved. Springfield (17,300) is the capital. Peoria (22,800,) Alton, and Galena, are important towns. The chief towns in Iowa t—Des Moines (12,000) is the capital. Davenport (20,000), Burlington (15,000), Dubuque (18,400), and Muscatine are rising towns. The chief towns in Wisconsin :— Milwaukee (71,500), the largest city, is another example of rapid growth and prosperity. It has been built principally since 1830, possesses a fine harbor on Lake Michigan, and a large trade on the lakes. Madison is the capital. Racine and Oreen Bay are rapidly rising towns. Superior City is at the extreme west end of Lake Superior. The chief towns in Minnesota:— iS'f Paul (20,000), the capi- tal and largest town, is at the head of navigation on the Missis- fiippi. Duluth is at the western end of Lake Superior. Missouri is a large and important State, intersected by the Missouri River, which here joins the Mississippi. Its surface is level, consisting of extensive prairies, with a very fertile soil. It is especially rich in minerals, chiefly iron, lead, coal, and salt. The iron mountain in Missouri is an immense mass of almost pure iron. It is the chief dep6t for trade with the Far West. Com, hemp, and tobacco grow abundantly, and vast herds of cattle are reared on the prairies. St Louis (311,000), on the Mississippi, is the principal centre of trade for the hunters and traders west to the Rocky Mountains. It has also a very large trade on the Mississippi and Missouri Rivers, and has rapidly increased, having had, in 1840, a population of only 16,000. Jefferson City, near the centre of the State, is the capital. St Genevieve, Independence, &c., are rising towns. Kansas is a new State, thinly settled, lying to the west of Missouri, with fertile prairie lands in the east, but barren in the west. T.'ie chief towns are Leavenworth (17,800), Lccomp- ton, and Laurence ; and near them is Topeka, the capital. California, on the Pacific coast, is celebrated for its rich gold and silver mines, discovered in 1849, before which time it was almost uninhabited, except by Indians. It now contains 560,000 inhabitants. The country is mountainous, I;ing mainly between the parallel chains of the Pacific ranges. The mountains are generally covered with magnificent timber, and contain groves of enormous trees, each measuring from twenty to thirty feet in diameter. Gold is chiefly found on the west side of the Sierra Nevada mountains. Quicksilver is also found. The soil is productive, wheat and Indian-corn being extensively cultivated. Good wine is also made. San Francisco (149,000), the largest city, and capital of California, is situated on a bay of the same name. It has suf- fered much from fires. Its commerce is enormous compared with its size, it being the principal commercial emporium on the Pacific coast. Sacramento (16,400), in the gold regions, San Josi, Los Angeles, and Stockton, are important towns. Oregon is a new State, lying to the north of California, on the Pacific coast. It is mountainous, and covered with mag- nificent forosts. The coast is rocky, and has few good har- bors. The ijoil is very fertile between the mountains and the coast. It contains as yet but a small population, which is principally settled in the ;iralley of the Willamette, between the Cascade range and the Pacific Ocean. Salem, on the Willamette, is the capital ; Portland and Oregon City the chief towns. IfsBRASKA, Nevada, and Colorado are recently settled States, lately admitted into the Union as States. Nebraska is a prairie country ; but Nevada and Colorado are mountainous, and are important for their valuable gold and silver mines. In Nebraska are '.—Lincoln, the capital, and Omaha (16,000), the eastern terminus of the Union Pacific Railway. In Nevada are Carson City, the capital, and Virginia City, with its celebrated silver-mines. In Colorado are Denver, the capital and principal city, and Pueblo, a growing city. Exercises tin the Map — United States. — Which States touch on L. Superior r What rivor flows tlirougli Waslilngton Terr, from Brit. Col- umbia ? Tlirough wlilrh States docs the Missouri flow ? What rivers flow iutoBanfranciwO fifty} What large lake is in Utah? Uow is Washington Name tlic Western States, and their chief towns. How are they situated? I)escril)C the surface. Describe the pruirles. What pnrt of the country do these States com- prise? What mineruls are found in them? How have they been peopled? Describe Ohio. How is it bounded? What arc tho chief towns ? Where nro they situated ? Describe Michigan. How is it bounded? What are the chief towns ? Where are they situated ? Describe Indiana, Illinois, Iowa, Wisconsin, and Minnesota. How is each bounded ? What are their chief towns ? Where are they situ- ated? Describe Missouri. How is it bounded? What are the chief towns ? Wlicro are they situ- ated? Describe Kansas. Uow is it bounded? What are tho chief towns ? Where are they situated ? Describe California. Ilow is it Territory separated from Vancouver Is.? What is its extreme N."W, point called? In what direction from San Francisco is Victoria, V.I. ? Sacra- mento ? Salt Lake City ? Chicago ? Virginia City, Nev. ? What peninsula is S. of California? Ibrougli which States do the Rocky Mts. extend ? MM ■W1 wmi NORTH AMERICA. 35 twundedr Where is gold chiefly found ? What are the chief towiib < Where are they situated ? Describe Oregon. IIow is it bounded f What are the chief towns '! Where are 1 the situated 1 What are the chief towns of Nebraska, Colorado, and Nevada? Hov are these States bounded? How long have they been in the Union? and Indians, who lead a wandering and barbarous life, and subsist by hunting and fishing. This Territory was purchased by the United States in 1867. ^ TERBITORIES OF THE UNITED STATES. The ^EMTORIES of the United States are under the direct control of Congress until thay become sufficiently populous to entitle them to bo formed into independent States. They are ten in number, including Alaska : — Washington. Dakota. Utah. New Mexico, Alaska. Idaho. Indian. Montana. Arizona. Wyoming. The country occupied by the Territories resembles generally that of the adjacent States. Those to the east of the Rocky Mountains are level prairie lands. Those to the west are more mountainous, or consist of high tablelands, such as Utah. In Washington Territory the country is covered with magnifi- cent forests ; but along the Rocky Mountains, on each side, is a vast, barren tract, almost destitute of fresh water, becoming broader in Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona. WASHiNaiOH Tekeitoey lies between British Columbia and Oregon. Olympia, at the head of Puget Sound, is the capitaL Idaho, Mojitana, and Dakota adjoin the North- West Terri- tory of Canada, and are very thinly peopled. Their capitals are respectively Bolsa City, Helena, and Yanhton. Pembina, in the north-west comer of Dakota, on the Red River, is the nearest point of communication with Manitoba, and a railway is now being built to connect it with Winnipeg. Arizona and New Mexico adjoin Mexico, and are very mountainous and rich in minerals, particularly gold and silver. Tucson is the capital of Arizona ; and Santa F&, on the great Bouth-west overland route, the capital of New Mexico. Wyomino is traversed by the Union Pacific Railway, to which it owes most of its progress. It is mountainous, and contains Taluable coal-mines. Cheyenne City, the capital, and Laramie, both stations on the railway, are the principal towns. The Indian Territory is a portion of land set apart for the In- dians who have been deported from the more settled States. They consist chiefly of Cherokees, Creeks, Choctaws, and Seminoles. Utah contains the celebrated Great Salt Lake, near which is Salt Lake City (13,000), the chief city and settlement of the Mormons, who carry on a kind of independent government there. It has been made the centre of a fertile district by irrigation, and round it are a number of small villages, also peopled by the Mormons. Alaska, formerly Russian America, comprises the north-west comer of the continent of North America, being separated from the Dominion of Canada by the 14l8t degree of west longitude. A chain of volcanic mountains extends from Mount St Ellas through the peninsula of Alaska and the Aleutian Isles. The Yukon River, rising in the Rocky Mountains, flows north-west and west through the centre of the country, and falls into Bchring Strait, while the Colvi He River flows north into the Arctic Ocean. It is an inhospitable region, where rain and snow continually fall, although not so cold as in the same latitude on the eastern Bide of the continent. It is only valuable for its furs, which the natives formerly bartered with the Russians, who had several factories along the coast, the chief of which is New Archangel on Sitka Island. The inhabitants are Esquimaux Exercises on the Map — United States.— Which States or Territories adjoin Manitoba f Where does the lied River (north) rise 1 Where does the Missouri riso ? the Mississippi ? Itoware the Western and Southern States separated from tlie Dwteru? Which of the great northern lakes is en- What is the position of the Terri- tories of the United States before they become States ? Name those now in existence. Where are they situated? Describe their surface. For what is the Indian Territory set apart? Who inhabit Utah? Describe their city. Describe the Territory of Alaska. What are its geograpliical features? Wliat is its value? To whom did it for- merly belong? What is the chief trading port ? Describe its inhabi- tants. MEXICO. Area, 7G1,000 square miles; population, 9,173,000; persons to square mile, 12 ; four times the size of Quebec. Capital, Mexico. The United States op Mexico are bounded on the North by the United States ; on the West by the Pacific Ocean ■ on the South by the Pacific Ocean and Central America ; and on the East by the GuK of Mexico. Mexico consists of twenty-three states, one territory, and one federal district, united under a government formed like that of the United States. The surface is for the most part a high plateau, from 6000 to 8000 feet above the sea. It is subject to volcanic eraptions and earthquakes. The Bocky Mountains are continued through Mexico under the name of the CordiUeras. These are highest in the south, where the lofty volcanoes Orizaba and Popoca- tepetl rise to the height of 17,000 feet. The principal rivers are the Rio Grande, which forms the north-eastern boundary, and flows into the Gulf of Mexico, and the Santiago, flowing into the Pacific Ocean. The coast-line of Mexico is more broken on the Pacific than on the Gulf of Mexico. The principal gulfs are those of Mexico, Campeachy, and California; the latter extending 700 miles into the land, and meeting the Colorado River from the United States. The principal capes are Catoche, Corrientcs, and St Lucas, Mexico possesses tlic temperatures and climates of the three zones. On the coast it is hot and unhealthy, gradually becoming milder towards the high plateau in the interior ; on the higher mountains it is cold, and the snow never melts. Its produc- tions are also various, Indian-corn forms the principal staple ; and besides that, coffee, cocoa, sugar, indigo, and the maguey, from which pulque, the favorite drink of the lower classes, is made, are extensively cultivated. On the coast all the tropical fruits, and on the high lands all the European grains, flourish , Yucatan exports mahogany and logwood. The cochineal insect, yielding a valuable dye, is largely ex- ported. Immense herds of cattle, horses, and mules are reared on the northern prairies. It is also rich in minerals ; and, pre- vious to the revolution of 1821, its mines produced nearly 25,000,000 dollars of silver annually. They are not now so productive. Iron, copper, lead, and quicksilver are also found. The inhabitants are composed of native whites or Creoles, Indians, and mixed races of whites, Indians, and negroes. The Indians of the south are comparatively civilized, and live in villages ; in the north they are savage, and are continually at war with each other and with the white inhabitants. tlrely within the United States ? Which States touch on Lake Michigan t How is Lake Michigan connected with Lake Huron ? How is L. Superior connected with Lake Huron ? How is Alaska separated from the N. W. Territory? What Isla&asexteudwestwtuafromAliMka? (see N.America). 36 NORTH >MERICA. Mexico was first conquered by the Spaniards, under Cortez, in 1521. At that time it consisted of an extensive empire under a regular government. The people were the most civilized on the continent, and many interesting monuments still remain to show their ancient grandeur. The principal of these is the pyramid of Cholalu, 70 miles east of Mexico, which is a lofty mound, covering a greater area than any of the great pyramids of Egypt. The colonists threw off the Spanish yoke in 1821, and established a republic, but have since been almost continually engaged in in- testine feuds. In 1846-48, during the war with the Pnited States, they lost the northern part of their territory, which now forms the State of California, and the territories of Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona. In 1861, France, England, and Spain sent an ex- pedition against Mexico, in order to indemnify themselves for losses sustained by their subjects in that country. England and Spain soon withdrew, but the French, not satisfied with this, conquered the greater part of the country, and induced the Arch- duke Maximilian of Austria to accept the title of Emperor of Mexico. As long as the French army occupied the country, Maximilian retained this dignity, but early in 1867, when the French troops were withdrawn, the Emperor, r.fter a brave but futile struggle, was taken prisoner and shot by the Republican forces. The government is now republican in form. Owing to the hitherto unsettled state of the country, educa- tion and general improvements have been grossly neglected. The Roman Catholic is the only religion tolerated. Mexico (210,000), tlie principal city, is beautifully situated in a fertile plain, about 7500 feet above the sea. It is an elegant city, adorned with fountains and magnificent churches. About 50 miles south-east, amid numerous peaks, rises the volcano Popocatepetl, or Smoking Mountain. Vera Cruz (10,000), to the east of Mexico, is the principal port. Its harbor is poor, and the situation low, hot, and unhealthy. In going from Vera Cruz to Mexico, the traveller passes through several distinct zones of vegetation, from the tropical on the coast to the temperate on the plains. La Puebla (75,500) and Guada- laxara (70,000) are the next most important towns. Matamoras (20,000), near the mouth of the Rio Grande, Tampico, and Cam- peachy are the principal ports on the east, and Acapulco and Mazallanon the west ; Giianaxiiata (63,000), Zacatecas (15,000), and Saa Luis Potosi (35,500), are in the centre of the richest ailver-mines. Mcrida (23,500) is the capital of Yucatan. What is the area of Mexico ? ropulation? Size? Cajiital .' llow is Mexico bounilud? What .mt Rulf IIcb to tho B, of Viicninn ? What In the iMiblcrn point of llotiilums cnllecl f Which arc the jirlnclpal Contrnl ▲uvricuD i)urti ou tU« Caribbean Sen ? On tho raciflo Oceuii ? lu what What is the area of the West In- dia Islands? Their population? De- scribe them. Howare tlicy divided ? To whom do they belong? Describe theirsurface. Uow have they been farmed? Describe the coast. Do- scribe the climate, productions, animals, &c. Ilnw is the population composed? Whav did the Drltisli Government do foi' the slaves ! BW'TISn ISLANDS. Area, 13,000 square miles ; population, 1,100,000 ; three-fourths th« size of Nova Scotia. The British Islands comprise all the Bahamas, Jamcica in the Greater Antilles, and the greater number of the Lesser An- tilles. They are formed into five separate Governments : — Cliii'f Toiim. 1. Bahamas, Nassau. •2. Jamaica, SiMuibli Towti, Kingston. 3. Leeward Islands, comprising— ToRTOLA, Tortola. Aneoada, and Virgin Qobda, Ancuilla Barbuda, 6t Curistopher, (St Kitts,) . . Basseterre. Nevis, ...... Cliarlcstuwa. Antiqua, 8t Jolm. Montskrrat, . < . . . Plymoulb. Dominica, Roucau. 4. WiNDWAnn Islands, comprising — St Lccia Castries. 8t Vincent, Kingston. BAmi.U)oi:H, ... . Bridgetown. Grenadines, (cluster of small islands.) Grenada, St George. Toiuoo, Scarborouph. 6. Trinidad, Port of Spain. Bermudas St George. 1. The Bahamas (35,000) are the most northerly of the West India Islands, and comprise about 500 islands, very few of which are inhabited. They aro generally low, barren, and rocky, surrounded by coral reefs. Tho Gulf Stream sweeps through the channel between Florida and the Great Bahama Bank, from which most of tho Bahama Isj ails rise, at the rate of live miles an hour, rendering nitvigation very dangerous, and wrecks frequent. The principal islands aro— Bahama, which gives its namo to the group ; New Providence, upon which is situated Nassau, (7000, ) tho capital ; Turk's Island, celebrated for its salt ; San Salvador, the first land reached by Oolumbus. 2. Jamaica (50(5,000), the largest and most valuable of the British Islands, is nearly three times the size of Princo Edward Island. It was taken from Spain in 1055. Tho Blue Afoun- tains, rising over 7000 feet high, and covered with forests, traverse the island from cast to west. They are more preci- pitous on the south than on the north side. The country is well watered by small streams, and produces largo quantities of sugar, rum, coffee, and spices, which are chiefly exported to Iti'itain. Kingston (35,000), tho capital, is situated on the north side of Port Royal, a fine harbor, well defended. It carries on a large shipping trade, and is connected by railwaj with Spanish Town, the former capital, ten miles distant, Montcgo Bay is an important seaport. 3. Leeward Islcvdi (117)000). Antigua is the principal island, containing St John (16,600) the capital, and scat of govern- ment. St Christophcrposi '■ a very fertile soil. Basseterre (7000), its principal town, .d Boscau (5000), tho principal town of Dominica, export sugar, rum, and molasses largely. direction from Anplnwnll Is Janiftlraf New Orleans f New York f In wlmtKonu are the C. Amerleati SIiiIcf? What sea Is between the W. India iMJandi and 0. America y Which Is the largest of the W. India Island* r in what position Is iluuiuicu Irom Cuba i From Trluldtd t 38 NOUTH AMERICA. e — 4. The Windward Islands (280,000) are the most easterly and southerly of the West India Islands, Barhadoes is the oldest British settlement, and ia densely peopled, containing more than 800 persona to the square mile. Bridgetown (21,300), the largest town, is the capital and seat of govern- ment. In St Vincent is the volcano of Mome Garou. King- aton (5500), its chief town, carries on an extensive trade. St Gemye, in Grenada, Castries, in St Lucia, and Scarborough, in Tobago, are important towns. 5. Trinidad (110,000) is the most southerly of the AVest India Islands, and is, next to Jamaica, the largest of the British Islands, being about the same size as Prince Edward Island. It is separated from Venezuela by the Gulf of Paria. It is distinguished for its fertility and beautiful scenery, and is covered with magnificent and valuable forests. On the south-west promontory is a lake of asphalt, or pitch, a mile and a half in diameter, and of unknown depth ; and near it are a number of remarkable mud volcanoes. The exports are cocoa, sugar, and molasses. Fort of Spain (12,000), on the west coast, is the capital. The Bermudas (12,000) are a group of small coral islands, nearly 400 in number, of which only five are inhabited. They lie in the Atlantic, about 600 miles east of South Carolina. They are celebrated for their delightful climate, !ind are the favorite resort of invalids. The chief products are potatoes ftnd arrowroot. St George is the largest island, and contains the principal town of the same name, with 3000 inhabitants. It has a good harbor, well fortified, an'1 is an important British naval station. Whatia the extent of the British West India islands ? Population i Hoir are they divided? Name them, and point them out on the map. Describe the Bahamas. Hoir are they .situated f The chief islands? Describe Jamaica. Hoir is it situated? What mountains docs it contain i Describe i's pro- ducts. What are the chief towns ? Describe the Leeward Islands. the principal islands, and their chief towns? Describe the Windward Islands. How are they situated 1 Describe the principal islands and their chief towns. Desoribo Trini- dad. How is it situated? Whut rcniarI{nl)lo Inke, ftc, does It con- tain ? What are its exports ? What is its chief town ? Describe the licrmudns. Where are they situ- ated ? What is the principal Island Uow are they situated ? What are and town, and for what is it useful 7 BPANiail ISLANDS. , Ar«j 52,000 sqiiare miles ; population, 3,000,000 ; about the size of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia. 'The SpanuJ' Islands aro Cuba, Isla de Pinos, and Puerto Bico, Cuba (1,370,000) is Xui largest and most important of all thu West India Islands. It is 760 miles long, and about 60 broad, and is traversed by an extensive chain of mountains from east to west, covered with valuable cabinet woods, such as mahogany, &o. The soil is very fertile, especially in the val- leys in the north, produo ng sugar, coffee, and the best tobacco. It possesses valuaMe Copper-mines in the east. Its climate is delightful, and hurricanes rarely occur. A very large proportion of the inhalHonts are negro slaves, but as the Government of Spain, sine ) the revolution in 18G8, has decided to abolish slavery, they will probably be emancipated shortly, and thus the last remnant of negro slavery will have passed away. XxiROiSER ON TiiR Mip—Wrst IrniRS.— Which island is nearest to Yucatan? Which Rroup is moat northerly? Whleli most southerly? Row is Puerto Kico sllunted ? In vhat direction is Havana from Key West? B( Thomas from KlugstOQ, Jamaica ? What Islands are near San Havana (230,000) ia the capital and largest city, and pos- sesses a magnificent harbor. It carries on a large trade, and is celebrated for its cigars. It is elegantly built, and the cathedral contains the remains of Columbus. It ia connected by railway with Matanzas (36,000), a considerable seaport, as is iJso Santiago (24,000). Puerto Princip (33,00), a large town, is situated in the interior, and is poorly built. Puerto Bico lies to the east of Hayti. It is beautifully diversified in surface, well watered, and very fertile. It ex- ports chiefly sugar, coffee, and tobacco. San Juan (20,000), on the north coast, is the capital. Hayti, or St Domingo (about 700,000), lying to the east of Cuba and Jamaica, is the second of the West India Islands in size. For many years it was owned jointly by France and Spain ; but in 1791, during the French Revolution, tho negroes expelled tho French, formed a kind of republic of their own, and were declared independent in 1800. Tho Spaniards held the other portion till 1821. Both portions now form the separate independent republics of Hayti and Dominica ; but tlicy are continually in a turmoil of revolutions. Tho island ia fertile, producing sugar, tobacco, &c., and tho condition of tho country under the negroes ia much better than that of the Central American States. Port au Prince (21,000) is the capital of Hayti, and Cape Hayticn a, largo and important town. St Domingo (10,000) is the capital of Dominica, and is re- markable as having been the first city founded by the Span- iards in America. Santiago ia also a large town. Samana, on tho north-east coast, has been iiurchascd by the United States as a naval station. The French Islands comprise — Martinique (chief town, St Pierre), Ouadaloupe (chief town, Basseterre), Marie Oalanie, Dcsirade, and the northern part of St Martin. St Pierre (20,000) is tho capital and largest town, and Port Royal tho seaport of Martinique. Ouadaloupe contains the volcano La Soiiffridre, or Sulphur Mountain. Basseterre is the capital, and Point-A-Pitre tho largest town. The Dutch Islands comprise— St Eustaiius, Sm Uruguny? From Brazil? From Paraguay? From Chill? Which country occupies the moil iouthem part of South America ? How is Buenos Ayres situated ? How Patagonia. It comprises twelve federate States, which obtained their independence between 1810 and 1816. The surface consists chiefly cf Sat level plains, called pampas, covered with coarse gross on. and. The largest is in the north- east, called the desert of M Oran Chaco, and from it others extend west to the Andes, and south as far as Patagonia. In the south-west are numerous swamps and salt lakes. On these pampas vast herds of cattle and wild horses roam, and form tha chief wealth of the country. Hides, tallow, and bones are largely exported. The rivers of La Plata are large and im- portant, including the Uruguarj and the Parana, with its tributaries, the Paraguay, Pilcomayo, Vcrmcjo, and Salado, flowing into the estuary called the Bio de la Plata ; and the Colorado and Negro further south. The climate is hot, and violent hurricanes, called pamperos, occur on the pampas. Tha soil in the middle region is fertile, producing wheat, cotton, sugar, and rice, but agriculture is little attended to. The greater part of the inhabitants are Indians or mixed races. The prevailing religion is the Roman Catholic. Buenos Ayres, the most important State of the Confed- eration, extends from the estuary of the La Plata to tha Negro River, which separates it from Patagonia. It separated from the Argentine Confederation in 1853, but joined it again in 1861. Grain is now cultivated to a limited extent. Buenos Ayres (177,000), the capital, and largest city in the Confederation, is situated near the head of the estuary of the La Plata, the navigation of wliich is rendered dangerous by numerous shoals, aud by the pamperos, or hurricanes from the pampas. It is an important commercial port, and is rapidly increasing. It exports chiefly hides, tallow, wool, and skins. Parana (8000), the former capital, is situated on the river Parana, 240 miles north-west of Buenos Ayres. Corrientet (20,000), Cordova, Mendosa, and San Juan are the principal towns. The pass of Mendoza is upon the great commercial road across the Andes between Valparaiso and Buenos Ayres. What is the area of La Plata? Population? Site? Capital? Where !s La Plata situated, and how bounded? Of whnt is it composed? Describe the surface. Which is the largest of the pampas? What do the pampas supply ? Describe the rivers, and trace them on the map. Describe the climate. Soil. Pnv ductions. Rellf;ion. Describe Buenos Ayres. Describe the chief towns. Where are they situated? PARAGUAY. Area, 80,000 square miles; population, 1,340,000; persons to iquam mile, 17 ; three times the size ot New Brunswick. Capital, AsuKoiOB. Pabaguat lies wholly in the interior, between the Paraguay and Parana Bivers. It resembles La Plata in physical features, climate, products, and religion ; but in the north is more mountainous, and produces a species of holly, about one and a half feet high, called Matte or Paraguay tea, which is largely used as tea ia South America. Paraguay gained its independence from Spain in 1813, and la Monte Video situated f In what direotion flrom Buenos Ayres Is Rio Janeiro ? Valparaiso ? Oallao ? Asuncion t Santiago ? What is the southern coiot of Chill remarksble for? Which is the largest island t Xa what direction from the cupit.'vl is Valparaiso? I 44 EUROPE. up to the year 1340 was ruled by a. native crcolo, Dr. Francia, •who strictly excluded all foreigners. After his death this re- Btriction was removed. The late Dictator, Lopez, pursued a similar course, and indulged in many cruelties both to natives and foreigners. Brazil and La Plata at last joined in declaring war against him, which lasted till hia death, in 1870, after a heroic struggle, worthy of a better cause. Asuncion (20,000), the capital, is situated near the junction of the Pilcomayo and Paraguay rivers. What is the area of Parapruay ? Population? Size? Capital? Where is it sitaated, and how bounded? Describe its surface, climate, lie. What does it produce ? How was it formerly governed? Describe the capital. URUGUAY. Area, 71,000 square miles ; population, 887,000 ; persons to a square mile, 6 ; about one-third the size of the province of Quebec. Capital, Monte Video. Uruguay, or Banda Oriental as it was called, lies be- tween the Uruguay River and the Atlantic Ocean, and between Brazil and the estuary of the La Plata. It formerly belonged to Buenos Ayrus, with which it was long engaged in hostilities, until it was acknowledged inde- pendent in 1828. In physical features, climate, products, and religion it re- sembles La Plata. Its exports are chiefly hides and tallow to Great Britain, and dried beef to the West Indies. Within the last thirty years it has largely increased in population, and greatly improved. Monte Video (100,000), the capital, possesses the best har- bor on the La Plata, and carries on the chief trade of the country. What is the area of Urupiay f Population t Size ? Capital ? Where is it situated, and how bounded? To whom did it formerly belong ? Describe Its surface, climate, Ac. What progress has it made? De- scribe its capital. Where is it situated t PATAGONIA. Ares, 3n0,000 square miles ; nearly as large as Ontario and Quebec. ' Patagonia comprises the southern extremity of South America, but little is known of the country or its people. It consists chiefly, however, of level pampas, which are cold and barren. The Andes extend along the Pacific coast. It is thinly inhabited by a tall, well-formed race of Indians, who sub- sist on the flesh of wild animals, and live much on horseback. They were described as giants by early travellers, who were probably misled by their long mantles of hide, which reach to the ground, and give them the appearance of extraordinary height. They are the only independent aboriginal race on the continent. The pampiis abound with wild cattle and horses. The Pacific coast is claimed by Chili. Tierra del Futgo is an island, or rather a cluster of islands, separated from Patagonia by the Strait of Magellan. Th« natives are described as the most wretched race of ugly, stunted savages in the world, and subsist chiefly on fish. The islands are generally thickly wooded. Cape Horn, or Hermit Island, is a huge dark rock, covered with trees, rising about ' COO feet high. It is the most southerly point of South Amcr. ica, and is 1470 miles farther south than any point of Africa. It is in about the same latitude, south of the equator, as the southern part of Hudson Bay is north of it. The Falkland Islands, about 300 miles east of Patagonia, belong to Britain, and consist of 2 large, and about 200 smidl islands, with an area of about (5500 square miles. They are destitute of trees, but nearly covered with peat bogs. Large herds of cattle and horses roam wild. They contain many tine harbors, and are valuable as places of refuge for shipping frequenting the southern seas. They were erected into a colony in 1833, and contain about 70O inhabitants. Where is Patagonia situated? What is known of it? Describe its surface. Inhabitants. Animals. Describe Tierra del Fuego. Its inhabitants. What separates it from Patagonia? Describe Cape Horn. What position would it oc- cupy in North America ? Describe the Falkland Islands. Where are they situated? For what are they valuable? When formed into a colony ? What Is their population ? ^ ^ EUROPE. Area, 3,800,000 square mUes, coaaprlslnR about one-fourteenth part of the land surface of the globe ; greatest extent from north to sootb, 2400 miles ; and from north-east to south-west, 8400 miles ; population about 300,000,000. EOROFB is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean ; on the West by the Atlantic Ocean ; on the South by the Mediterranean Sea, the Sea of Marmora, the Black Sea, and Mount Caucasus ; and on the East by the Cas- pian Sea, the Ural Biver, and Ural Mountains, which separate it from Asia. Although the smallest of the great divisions of the earth in extent, it is second in population, and by far the most important in power and influence, as well Exercises on the Map— South AMEnxoA.— What States are crossed by the equator? Which are north of the equator? Which are south? Are any of them in the temperate zone? What cities lie near the equa- tor t What States are crossed by the tropic of Capricorn ? Which Slates as the most advanced in learning, arts, and manufac* turcs. The surface of Europe is divided by mountain ranges into a north-west and south-east slope, as all the groat rivers on the continent flow in these directions. The north and east, with the exception of Norway and Sweden, consists of a vast plain, with occasional small elevations, and comprises about two- thirds of the whole surface, extending from Holland to the Ural Mountains, and including all Russia; in the aouth and west it is mountainous or hilly. are in the torrid zone ? What Island is at the mouth of the Amazon T In what State is the Cassiquiure Biver? Wliut twuriversUoes it Juln? What cities are on the La Plata River? On the Parana ? In what State does the Amazon rise ? The Urinooo ? The Paraguay ? i EUBOPT., 45 Unlike the Mountain ranges of the New 'World, those of Europe occur in smaller and more detached chains. The prin- cipal are :— The Dovrtfidd mountains, In the Scandinavlnn peninsula ; the Grampiaru, in Scotland ; the Pen- nine Range, in England ; and Cam- brian Range, in Wales ; the Alpt, in Switzerland and the adjacent countries ; the minor ranges of the Jura, and tlio Cevennea mountains in France ; the Pyrenees, between France and Spain ; and the parallel ranges of the CattUe, Morena, and Sierra Nevada mountains, in Spain; the Apenninei, In Italy, with the volcanoes, Vesuvius near Naples, and Etna in Sicily ; the Balkan in Turkey ; the Carpathian, in Aus- tria, with the smaller ran^res of the Black Forest, Hart, Erz, and Sudetic Ckaint, in Germany; the Caucasus, between the Black and the Caspian Seas ; and the UraX Mountains, between Europe and Asia. The principal Straits and ChanneU are .•— Tlie principal Rivers of Europe are :— diana : the Thames, in England ; and those flowing south and east —the Ebro, Rhone, Po, .Danulie, Dnieper, Don, and Volga. Those flowing north-west or west, — the Petchora. Dvina, Vistula, Oder, Elbe, Rhine, Seine, Loire, Garonne, Douro, Tagus, and Gua- The Volga is the largest river of Europe, rising in the Valdai hills, in thu north-west of Bussia, and flowing into the Cas- pian Sea, after a course of about 2100 miles. The Lakes in Europe are generally small, but celebrated for their beautiful scenery. The principal are :— Wener, and Wetter, in Sweden ; ladopa, Onega, and Saivia, in Kussia ; (Jeneva and Constance, in Switzerland ; Maggiore and Como, in Italy ; Derwentwater and Win- dermere, in England ; Lomond and Katrine, in Scotland ; and Ifeagh and Killarnty, in Ireland. Europe is remarkable for the irregularity of its outline or coast, having numerous islands, peninsulas, seas, bays, and gulfs, giving it about 20,000 miles of coast-line, — a very much greater length, in proportion to its size, than is possessed by any of the other great divisions of the globe. Almost every country in Europe has some sea-coast, and nowhere, except in the east of Russia, is there any place more than 400 miles distant from the sea. The principal Islands are :— In the Arctic Ocean, Kota Zem- lla and Spitzbergen. In the Baltic, Zealand, Funen, Gottland, &c. In the Jitlantic, Iceland, Great Britain, Ireland, Orkney, Shetland, and UeUrides Islands, and the Atores. In the Mediterranean, Majorca, Minorca, Ivica, Sardinia, Corsica, Sicily, Malta, Ionian Isles, Candia, and Negropont ; and the Cyclades, in the Archipelago. The pnneipal Peninsulas are : — In the north, Scandinavia, (Nor- way and Sweden,) and Jutland, in Denmark. In the south, the Iberian, (Spain and Portugal,) Italy, the Morea, in Greece, and the Crimea, in the south of Russia. The principal Isthmuses are: — Corinth, Joining the Morea to the maioiand of Greece ; and Pe- rekop. Joining Russia. the Crimea to The principal Seas and Oulfs are: — In the north, the White (S'«a,the Baltic Sea with the Gulfs of Both- nia, Finland, and Riga, the Catte- gat and Skager Rack; and the iforth Sea or German Ocean. In the west, ibe Irish Sea and Bay ofBitcay. In the south, the Mediterranean Sea, the Gulfs of Lyons, Genoa, and I'aranto, the Adriatic Sea, with the Gulf of l^enice, the Archipelago^ Sea of Marmora, Black Sta, Sea o/Atov. am 1 BxEROiSES OK TBB Map— EoROPE.— What large sea Is there to the south ofEuropeT How is it connected with the Atlantic f With what seas is It connected on the east ? How Is Europe separated from Asia 1 Which European islands are situated in the Atlantic r Wbiult in the In the north, the Sound, Great Belt, and Little Belt. In the west, the Strait of Dover and English Channel, St Georgis, and North Channels. In the south, the Straits of Gib. raltar, Bonifacio, between Corsica and Sardinia, if utino. Dardanelles, the Bosphorus or Strait of Con- stantinople, and Kertch or Yeni- kale. The principal Capes are : — In the north, North Cape, Nate, I and Skaw. In the west, Duncamby Head, ' Clear, LamVs End, La Hague, Ortegal, Finisterre, and St Vin- cent. In tha south, Tarifa, Pcusaro, Spartivento, and Matapan. The climate of Europe is wanner than that of the other great divisions of the globe in the same latitude, and not stib- ject to the same extremes of heat and cold, owing in part to the influence of the Gulf Stream, and to every part of it being so near the sea. In the west it is more moist than in the east : and although cold in the north, it is in general mild and salubrious, and in the south warm and delightful. The soil, especially in the south, is fertile ; and is everywhere, except in Bussia, most industriously cultivated. Wheat is gn:own as far north as the middle of Norway, and barley much farther ; in the middle latitudes all kinds of grain grow in abundance ; and in the south the vine, olive, orange, fig, and other southern fruits flourish. Europe also contains great quantities of valuable minerals,— iron, lead, copper, tin, coal, and salt being found in almost every part. Very few wild animals are found in Europe, the principal being the bear, wolf, and wild boar ; but useful animals, such as the horse, ox, &c., are very numerous. It has a great variety of birds of song ; in the north, aquatic birds abound ; and in the mountain regions, eagles and other birds of prey are found. The •:■ sas abound with valuable fish, including the whale, cod, herrlig, and salmon, and in the Mediterranean the anchovy aid ether small but delicate fish. The commerce o.' Europe is greater than that of any of the other divisions of the globe, although it is the smallest in extent. This is ovting in a great measure to its vast extent of coast-line, its lai^e population, and its valuable mineral resources, but chiefly to the energy and advanced civilization of the people. The inhabitants of Europe are of the Caucasian race, foiming four branches— the Celtic in the west, the Teutonic, including the Scandinavian, in the middle and north, the Latin in the south, and the Sclavonic in the east. The Christian is the prevailing religion, under the three forms of the Protestant, Roman Catholic, and Greek Churches ; except in Turkey, where the principal religion is the Mahommedan. The Countries of Europe are: Great Britain and Ireland. Norway and Sweden. Russia. Denmark. Holland. Belgium. France. Spain. Portugal. Germanv. Austro-Uungary. Italy. Switzerland. Turkey in Europe. Greece. Great Britain, France, Russia, Germany, and Austria are cou' aidered the five great Powers of Europe ; and the kingdom of Mediterranean f What sea ts between Britain and Denmark t Between Sweden and Russia? What countries border on the Atlantic f On the North Sea? On the Baltic? What mountains separate Europe &oa Asia? In what directions do they run! How long are tbejT I 46 ETJKOPB. Italy, althongh formed only in 1859, is gradually gaining a position scarcely secondary to them. Name the principal isth- What is the size of Europe: What is its extent f Popnlatlon ? Hoir is It bounded t Point out the boundaries on the niiip. For what is Europe remarkable 7 Iloir is its surface divided ? Describe the di- Tislons. What is said of the tjoun- tains t Name the principal moun- tain rsngres. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ? Nime the principal rivers. Point then out on the map. Describe their courses. Which Is the lar- gest? Name the principal lakes. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated 1 Describe the coast-Iiue of Surope. Name the principal islands. Point them out on the map. Name tlio principal peninsulas. Point them out on the map. muses, and point them out on the map. Name the principal seas and gulfs. Point them out on the map What countries do they washf Nam": the principal straits and chancels. Point them out on the map. Beirreen what countries are they situated 1 Name the principal c.ipes. Point them out on the map. Wliere are tliey situated f Describe the climate of Europe. What in- fluences act upon it? Describe the soil. Products. Minerals. Animals, Ac. What is said of the commerce of Europe? To what races do the inhabitants belong? What are the prevailing religions? Name the countries of Europe. Which are the principal ? BEITISH EMPIRE. Tbe British Empire is composed of the United Eiugdom of Great Britain and Ireland, and of numerous colonies and possessions in every quarter of the globe. The British Islands consist of Great Britain, including England, Wales, and Scotland ; Ireland lying to the west of Great Britain ; and a number of small islands adjoining them. The Britiah Colonies and Possessions are : — In Europe. Heligoland, a small island near t!ie mouth of the Elbe. Gibraltar, an Important fortress at the Boutuern extremity of Spain, commanding the entrance to the Medi'erranean. Malta, with the small islands of Goto and Oumino in the Mediter- ranean. In North America. The Dominion of Onnada, in- cluding Ontario, Quebec, Nova Bcotia, New Brunswiclc, Prince Edward Island, Itritish Columbia, Manitoba, nnd the North - West Territory. Ncwfuundland. Bermudas. British Honduras in Central America. The West Tndiu Islands, includ- ing tho Itahamiis, Jamaica, Lee- ward Islands, Windward Islands, and Trinidad. In South America. British Guiana. | Tbe Falkland Islands. In Asia. India, comprising the presiden- cies of Bengal, Madras, aad Bum- bay, with their dei)cndencles. Ceylon, an important inland at the south-eastern extremity of India. Aracan, Pegu, nnd Tcnaiser'.m ; with the "Straits settlements," In- cludins the islands of Siugapoie nnd Penang, Knd a part of tho Malacca iieninsulii. Hong-Kong, an island at the mouth of the r^anton River. Lnbuan IsUad, off the coast of Borneo. Aden, an impnrtL it town at the entrance of the Red 3ea. Cape Colony nnd Natal, at tbe souttiern extremity. Mauritius Island and its ue- pendeocles. 6eycb«llei Islands. In Africa, Ascersinn and 6t Helena Islands, In the Atlantic. Sierra Leone, and various settle- ments ou the Gold Coart and the Gambia. ExKi.fiRKS fiN Ti(B MAP— Eunopi" — What countries border on the Mediterranean Sea? What countries adjoin Asia? Wlint countries arc In the interior? Which is tho largcjt? In what tone Is thu we&t of Europe ? What parts of it are in the same latitude as tho place yuu In Australasia, Australia, comprising Western Australia, Queensland, South Aus- tralia, New South Wales, and Vic- toria; Tasmania, or Van DIemen'c Land ; New Zealand ; Norfolk le* land. The British Isles, with these nui roua and extensive co- lonies and possessions, cover an area of more than 8,000,000 square miles, with a population of about 236,000,000 ; so that, although small in the extent of home territory and population. Great Britain is the most important country in the world, ruling over nearly one-sixth of the whole land surface of the globe, and nearly one-sixth of its population. It is also the first country in the world for commerce and manufactures, exporting annually goods to the value of 1,200,000,000 dollars, consisting chiefly of cotton, woollen, and iron manufactures, aud importing annually to the amount of 1,500,000,000 dollars. The great wealth of Britain is derived from its mines and manufactures. Its coal and iron mines are almost inexhaustible ; and its lead, copper, and tin mines are very extensive. Tho cotton manufacture alone employs 500,000 persons, and it is estimated that four millions of people derivo their support from it. As a natural consequence of the extensive commerce, the facilities for internal communication are very great. Nearly 10,000 miles of railway are now oompljteu, and canals connect every important point. The number of vessels belonging to Great Britain is nearly 22,000, of which more than 1600 are steam-vessels ; and tho number of seamen employed is .ibout 200,000. Tho British navy is nearly as powerful as all tha navies of tho world put together, although the vessels ara not so numerous. The annual revenue of Great Britain is 340,000,000 dols., not including that of India or other colonies, and is equal to more than a fourth of tbo revenue of all the states of Europe. The national debt ir. enormous, amounting to neatly 4000 millions of dollars, a'ld has been contracted chiefly in various European wars. Many of the advantages enjoyed by Great Britain are de- rived from the excellence of the system of government, which is perhaps tha most perfect in existence, combiuing in a great measure the advantages of other forms, without their defects. It is a limited monarchy. Tho Queen is tlio hca 1 of the State, and carries on tho government through her ministers, who irust also possess tlie conlidciico of tho people, ns represented by the Houso of Commons ; and of the aristocracy and clergy, as represented by tho Iluuso of Lords. No law can take effect without receiving the sanction of the Queen aud of both Houses of Farliamout. How Is tho British Empire com- posed ? Name the colonies and possessions in Europe. Point them out OD tbe map. Name those In North America. Point tbcm out on the map. Name those in Soutli i.merica. Point them out on the map. Name those in Asia. Point them out ou the map. Name those in Africa. Point tliom out on the map. Name those in Austialasla. Point them out on the map. What extent and population do these coloni'^s and possessions comprise? For what is Britain the flrnt coun- try in tho world ? F' -^ih what does It derive a great part of its wealtli ? What Is said of Its railways, Ao. f Of Its shipping nnd navyf What Is said of Its revenue, 4o. ? govurnmcat, government. Of lU Describe the form of live in? What Is tho most southern point of Euroiis called? Tbe south-west point ? The most northern point? What large rivers flow into the Black Sea? Thu Mcaitcrrnnran ? TIte North Hen? Tbe Daltlo ? In what direction la Iceland from Norway T /< / / •3 t%t A ( — -. — p f / ' ■ / '/ . u^itXctJU V> w 7::^: Z»c^ e^ r-o - m what (loet of lU wealth f •allwftTi, Ac. I uavyt Wh«t hithetormof I callPtlt Th* irRC rlTort flow rUi aeftt Tb« ^ I -;, EiGMMB MALE! mmmmmm: mmm wmm EUSOPB. 47 ENGLAND AND WALES. ATM, 68,320 square miles; population, S2, 700,000 ; persons to square mile, 391 ; rather more than twice the size of New Brunswiclc. Capital, London. England and Wales occupy the southern portion of the island of Great Britain. England is bounded on the North by the JRiyer Tweed, Cheviot Hills, and Solway Firth, which separate it from Scotland ; on the West by the Irish Sea and St George's Channel ; on tho South by the English Channel ; and on the East by the North Sea. England is divided into 40 counties or shires, and Walevi into 12. The Counties of England arc : — Six Northern. Frinciiial Towns, Newcastle, Berwick, Alnwick. Carlisle, Whitehaven, Penrith. Appleby, Kendal, purhani, i^underland, Stockton. York, Leeds, Sheffield, Hull, Bradford. Lancaster, Liverpool, Manchester, Preston. Four Weste-ti. Chester, Stockpo ' M.icclcsfleld. Shrewsbury, Ludlow, BrldKCnorth. Hereford, Leominster. Monmouth, Chepstow, Abergavenny. Four Eastern. Boston, Lincoln, Stamford, Grimsby. Norwich, Yarmouth, Lynn. Ipswich, Bury St Edmund's, Sudbury. Chelmsford, Colchester, Uarwiuh, Ten North Midland. Nottlnfihnm, Newark, Derby, CliustcrOeld. StulTord, Wolverhampton, Stoke. Worcester, I)uj)beil A< San.ToraM«. ^...^iMiaaia kBoa Sine Middle. OoantlH. Principal Towni, PoBVAR, .... Torfkr, Dundee, Montroie, Arbroath, Brechin. Pertv. .... Perth, Crieff, Dnnkeld, Danblane. {•in Cupar, St Andrews, Dunfermline, Kirlccaldy, Dysart. K1NROB8, .... KinroM. CiACKMANNAH, . . . Clackmannan, Alloa. Btirlinq Stirling, Falkirk, Bannockbum. DuMBAKTON or Lennox, . Dumbarton, Kirkintilloch, Helens- burgh. Akotle, .... Inverarjr, Campbelton, Oban. BuTB Bothesay, Lamlash, (Isle 0; Arran.) Thirteen Southern. Haddinoton or East-Lothian, Haddington, Dunbar. Edinburob or Mid-Lothian, Edinburgh, Lelth, Musselburgh, For- tobello, Dalkeith. Linlithgow or West-Lothian, Linlithgow, Borrowstounness, (or Bo- ness,) Bathgate. Berwick Greenlaw, Dunse, Coldstream. RoxBUHOH, .... Jedburgh, Kelso, Hawick, Melrose. Selkirk, .... Selkirk, Galashiels. Peebles Peebles, Inrerleithen. Lanark, .... Glasgow, Lanark, Airdrie, Hamilton. Renfrew, .... Renfrew, Paisley, Greenock, Port- Glasgow. Ayrshire, .... Ayr, Kilmarnock, Irvine, Girvan, Ar- drossan, Troon, Saltcoats. Dumfries, .... Dumfries, Annan, Bloffat, Langholm. RiRKCuoBRiOBT, . . • Kirkcudbright, New Galloway. WiQTON, Wigton, Stranraer, Portpatrick. Scotland is very mountainous, especially in the north and west. The Grampian Mountains form the principal chain, and extend from Argyleshire in a north-easterly direction to Aber- deenshire; Ben Nevii, the highest summit, rwes 4406 feet above the sea. Tlie north-west is entirely occupied by rugged masses of mountains, and is called the Northern Highlands ; the highest summit is Ben Attow, 4000 feet high. The south and east consist chiefly of gently undulating plains, crossed by emaller ranges of hills, as the Lowther and Cheviot Hills in the south, the Lammermuir and Ochil Hillt in the east, be- sides other small ranges. The mountains in the north and west divide the country into the Highlands and Lowlands ; the former, as the name imp^es, being mountainous, and the latter more level. The inhabit- •nts of the Highlands are Oelts, and still speak the Celtic or Gaelic language, while those of the Lowlands are chiefly of Saxon origin, like the English. The general slope of the country is easterly from the High- lands, the Clyde being the only river of importance flowir^ westwards. The principal rivers are— the Tweed, Forth, Tc.y, Dee, and Spey, flowing east ; the Clyde, flowing west ; and several small rivers, flowing into the Solway Firth. Scotland abounds with lakes celebrated for their picturesque beauty, being generally surrounded by lofty rugged moun- taius. Among tlio Qrimipisins are Loch Lomond; Tioch Katrine, Loch Earn, Loch Tay, Loch Rannoch, in Perthshire; Loch Awe, in Argyll. In thu Northern Highlands are Loch Nesa and Loch Lochy, in the great Caledonian valley connecting the Morny Firth with the Atlantic Ocenn ; and farther north, Loch Marce, Loch Hhin, and Loch Assynt ; Loch Ericht and others in luveruess, and Loch Leven in Kinross- shire, Scotland is remarkable for its irregular coast-line, numerous firths and lochs extending deep into the laud. The .Firth of KxERCisGS ON THS Map— SCOTLAND.— Ilow Is .liootland Separated from Siigland? From Ireland f From what countries does the North Sea separate Scotland, (Europe?) What groups of islands lie to the north r Which oouutlss bontsi on the Atlantic t Which en the North EUBOPE. 49 Forth and Firth of Clyde almost intersect the southern part, and are connected by a canal 38 miles long ; while the Moray Firth and Loch Linnhe, almost connected by Lochs Ness and Lochy, intersect the northern part. Besides these, on the east are the Firth of Tay, Cromarty Firth running into Moray and Dornoch Firths; on the west are Loch Broom, Loch Fine, and Iioch Long; and on the south Luce and Wigtan Bays, and Solway Firth. The sea between the Hebrides and main- land is called the Minch ; the other channels are the Little Minch and sounds of Sleat, Mull, and Jura ; and the Pentland Firth, between the Orkney Islands and the mainland. The principal capes are — Duncansby Head, Dunnet Head, and Cape Wrath, on the north ; Mull of Cantyre and Mull of Galloway, on the south-west ; Kinnaird^s Head, Fife Neat, and St AWa Head, on the east. The islands on the coast of Scotland are very numerous, but are rocky and barren, and important chiefly from their fisheries. The principal are the Shetland and Orkney Islands, on the north ; and the Hebrides, divided into the Inner and Outer, and comprising most of the islands on the west coast. The principal in the Outer or Western Hebrides are — Lewis, North and South Uist; in the Inner are Skye, Mull, and Islay, with Arran and Bute in the Firth of Clyde. Staffa, a small island in the Inner Hebrides, is celebrated for its basaltic columns and caverns, the principal of which is Fingal's Cave. The climate in the north and west, or mountainous part of Scotland, is generally moist and mild, but the soil is bnrren, although admirably adapted for grazing ; and vast herds of sheep and cattle are reared. In the south and east, or in the Lowlands, it resembles England, and is warmer and more fertile, and in a high state of cultivation. The principal minerals are coal, iron, lead, stone, and slate. The coal region extends across the country from Fifeshire to Ayrshire. Iron is chiefly found in the neighborhood of Glas- gow, lead in the Lowther Hills, aud slate in Argyleshire. Cotton, linen, woollen, and iron manufactures are extensively carried on, and the Clyde is celebrated for its iron ship-build* ing trade. The fisheries on the coast and on the islands are important, especially those of the herring and salmon. Scotland and England were united under one king in 1603, when James VI. of Scotland ascended the throne as James L of England ; the parliaments of the two countries, however, were not united till 1707. The established religion is the Pres< byterian, of which there are several branches. Edinburgh, (212,000,) the capital, is situated near the FirtU of Forth. It is divided into the Old and New Towns. Tlie former is very ancient, and is built on hills, giving it a very picturesque appearance ; and the latter is celebrated for its beauty, and for its numerous fine monuments and buildings. Edinburgh has long been distinguished as a seat of learning and literature, and possesses a fine university. It has few manufactures, but earries on an extensive trade through its seaport, Leith (44,000). Glasgov) (534,000), on the river Clyde, is the largest and most important city in Scotland, and the second in Great Britain in iM)pulBtion. It carries on larpe manufiiotures, and is celebrated for its iron steam ship building. It possesses a fine catliedr.al, and is the seat of a university. Beaf Which adjoin England? Which large cities are on the west coast T Which on the east coast * In what direction from Edinburgh Is Glasgow? Aberdeen? Inver m? Dumfries? Paisley? Berwlckl BtlrUng? Ayr? What Is the n( UEogllih townf ^- fiO EUBOPK. Greenock, on tbe Clyde, ii an Important seaport. Paisley (48,000) has extenuTO cotton and shawl manufactures. Abei'- dem (88,000) is the principal city in the north, and is built chiefly of granite. It has a large shipping and shipbuilding trade, and is the seat of a university. Near it is Balmoral, the favorite Highland residence of the Queen. Kilmarnock and Dumfries are manufacturing towns. Dundee, (119,000,) Arbroath, and Montrote, are important seaports, with linen manufactures. Dunfermline also has extensive linen manu- factures. Perth and Stirling are beautiful towns. Near Perth is Scone, where the Scottish kings were crowned. Inverness is the capital of the North Highlands. What is the area of Scotland T Population? Sizet Capital t How is it bounded ? Hrw U it divided ? Name the counties and their cliief towns. How is each bounded; Where are the towns situated? Describe the surface of Scotland. What are the principal mountains ? Where are they situated ? Point them out on the map. How do the mountains divide the country ? In what direction does the land slope ? Name the principal rivers. Trace them on the map. What towns do they flow past? For what are the Ecottish lakes celebrated ? Name the principal. Where are they situated? Point them out on the map. Describe the coost-nne of Scotland. Name the principal firths or t)ays. Where are they situated ? Point them out on the map. Name the principal capes. Where are they situated ? Point them out on the map. What is said of the is- lands of Scotland ? Name the prin- cipal. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated 7 Describe the climate of Scotland. Soil. Pro- ducts. Minerals, and where they are found. What is said of tbe manufacturesand fisheries? When were Scotland and England united ? What is the religion of the country ? Describe the chief towns? Where are they situated? IRELAND. Area, 31,874 square miles ; population, 6^11,000 ; persons to a square mile, 170; one-seventh less than Newfoundland in sise. Capital, DcBLiK. Ireland is an island in the Atlantic Ocean to the west of Great Britain, from which it ia separated by the North Channel, Irish Sea, and St George's ChanneL It !■ divided into four provinces, — Ulster, Connaught, Leiniter, and Muntter, which are subdivided into 32 counties. Ultter, Nine Counties. Frlnol|i4l Towni. Iiondonderrv, Coleraine. LilTord, Ballyshannon. Belfast, V.3burn, Ballymena, CarrlclrVrgtts, Newry, DownpatriclE, Donaghtdee. Armagh, Portadown. llonaghan. Omagh, Dungannon, Strabaoe. BnniskiUen. Cavan. Connaught, Five Counties, Roscommon. Oarriok-on-Sbannon. Bligo. Oastlebar, Westnort. Oalway, Tuam, Uolllnasloe. Leinster, Twelve Counties, Dublin, Kingstown. Wlcklow, Arklow. Wexford, New Rois. Kilkenny. Oarlow. Athy, Naas, Maynooth, Kiidare. Maryborough. TuUamore, Birr or Parsonatown. Ooantld. LoNDONDiBar, DONEOAL, . Antrim, . Down, . Armaqh, . MoNAOHAir, TVUONB, . Fkrhanaob, Cavam, . ItOSCOMUOl, liGITnlM, . Blioo, Mayo, . Oalwat, . DCBLIN, . • Wioklow, . Vexforo, > KlLKEMMT, ■ Carlow, . . KiLDABX, . Sdebm'i Couirrr, i.No's County, f< Kxercises OS TBB Map— Ireland What is the most northern point ef Irtland.called? What is the moat loutliern point of Ireland called ? How la Ireland senarntoil (Tom England? From Scotland? What h UM D«iur«i( town In Scotland ? Which countlH are on Uts wsst eoMt T Ooontln, Westmeath, . IiONOFORD, Meatb, . I Louth, Waterford, TiPPERARY, C LARE, . Limerick, Cork, Kerry, . Frindp*! Teviu, Mallingar, Athlone. Longford. Trim, Navan. Dundalk, Drogheda, krdee. Munster, Six Counties, Waterford, Dungarvan, Lismore. Clonmel, Cashel, Nenagh, Thurlea, Tipperuy. Carrick-on-Suir, Templcmore. Bnnis. Limerick. Cork, Queenstown, Bandon, Toughal, Kinsale, Fermoj. Tralee, Kiiiamey, Dingle. The surface of Ireland is generally low, and about two-fifths of itis covered with peatbogs. Mountains occuriu detached masses, generally near the coast, and most frequently in the north and west. There are numerous beautiful lakes, and the scenery in the mountainous districts is exceedingly varied and picturesque. The principal mountains are— Magillicuddy's Reeks, with Cam Tual, the highest summit, in King's County, 3400 feet; Mount Nephin in Mayo, and Lugnaquilla Mount in Wicklo w. Besides these are the Donegal, Antrim, and Connemara Mountains, Owing to the level country through which they flow, the rivers of Ireland are alow, and navigable for the greater part of their courses. The principal rivers are — the Shannon, with its lake expansions. Loughs Allen, Bee, and Derg, flowing west, 224 miles long, and navigable for 213 ; the Blackwater, Suir, and Barrow, flowing south ; the Hffes/ and the Boyne, flowing east ; the Bann, draining Lough Neagh, the largest lake in Britain or Ireland, the Erne, draining several beautiful lakes, ond the Foyle, flowing north. The Lakes of Kiiiamey, oele* brated for their beautiful scenery, are situated among the mountains of Kerry. Ireland, like Scotland, is deeply indented with bays and loughs, especially on the west. The principal are — Loughs Foyle and Swilly, on th i north coast; Donegal, Clew, and Oalway Bays, mouth of i he Shannon, Dingle, Kenmore, and Bantry Bays, on the west coast ; Cork, Waterford, and other harbors on the south ; and Wexford Harbor, Dublin, Dundalk, and Carlingford Bays, and Belfast Lough, on the east coast. The principal capes are — Howth Head, near Dublin, on the east ; Fair Head, Malin Head, and Bloody Foreland, on the north ; Rossan Point, Slyne, and Dunmore Heads, on tbe west ; and Cape Clear, and Camsore Point, on the south. The climate of Ireland is mild and healthy, but very moist, owing to the prevailing westerly winds. To its moist climate it owes the beautiful verdure with which the fields sre always clothed, and which has caused it to be named the " Emerald IsIr." The soil is fertile, but is not so highly cultivated as in Britain, owing to the poverty of the people, and much of the land being in possession of non-resident owners. Flax and potatoes are the staple agricultural productions. Cattle are extensively reared, and exported to Britain, aa well as all kinds of dairy and farm produce. Irehmd possesses valuable minerals, but these are little wrought. The peat bogs supply valubble fuel, peat being used instead of ooaL The linen manufacture ia the chief branch of industry, and is carried on principally in the north. On the north? On the east? On the south? What cities as* on the Shannon? Which are the chief towns on tbe east coast? Onthenorth? Oil the west ? On tbe south ? In what direellon from Dublin is Londoa* deny? Cork? BeUut? Oalway? Bligo? Unsriekt i *^ u 1 i 1 is ^ '^TIff|--1Mrilfflmffimw-T--1t' ;^^.„.^..-..„^..^:^.^^.^.-..--^ ,:..^„.^..:^.:^^^ .,.- ■.■■..,...,^-.M ..- .,..--■ -..■^.....-p.^ .^^i^j^i^gggjmil^illllllllgj wrrsmus J awfttf C««f M' * H'm.Toivutt' r. ,.»: ' -mj/ti^ h^.MSM:. \M' ^lU'ij^ i I * sssoauma »>»'•• James Campliell k Son. Toronto. N D ^ ^L»2i ,1.. a; Kb<»"( |int L„lU» w The native Irish are Celts, but a large part of the popu- lation, especially in the north, came originally from the neighboring island. No religion is now established by law, but four-fifths of the population are Boman Catholic. Since the year 1800 the parliament of Ireland has been united with that of Great Britain. The Queen is repre- sented in Ireland by the Lord-Lieutenant, who resides at Dublin. Owing to the failure of the potato crop, and other causes, which led to extensive emigration to America, the population of Ireland has decreased 2,760,000 in 30 years, oi about one- third of the entire population. Dublin, (245,000,) the capital, is a large and beautiful city, and is celebrated for the number of its fine buildings, its beautiful bay, and the surrounding scenery. It is the see of an archbishop, the residence of the Lord-Lieutenant, and the seat of a university. Its trade is carried on chiefly with Liver- pool. Near it is Maynooth, with a Roman Catholic college. Belfast (174,000) is one of the most rising cities in the British Islands. It has risen into importance chiefly within the last century, and is now the second city in Ireland. It is the centre of the linen and sewed muslin trade. Cork, (78,000,) the third city in Ireland, has a magnificent harbor, and is the centre of a large trade. Oalway ia the largest town in Connaught, and possesses an excellent harbor. Limerick and Waterford are important towns, with large manufactures. Londonderry, Nevory, Dundalk, Drogheda, Wexford, and Sligo are seaports, engaged in the export of provisions. Kilkenny and Clontnel are the most important inland towns. Near Coleraine is the celebrated Giant's Causeway, a mass of basaltic columns extending into the sea: Name the principal bays, fto. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated T Name the principal capes. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe the climate of Ireland. For what is it remarkable? De- scribe the soil, products, minerals, manufactures. To what races do the Irish belong? What is their religion? What gOTcmment has Ireland? What is said of the de- crease of population? Describe the principal towns. Where are they situated ? What great natural curiosity exists in Ireland? What is the area of {Ireland ? Population? Size? Capital? How is it bounded ? How is it divided ? Name the counties and their chief towns. How are the counties bounded? Where are the towns situated? Describe the surface of Ireland. Name the principal mountains. Point them out on the ksap. Where are they situated ? What is said of the rivers ? Name the principal. Trace their courses on the map. What towns do they flow past? What are the principal lakes, and where are they situated ? Describe the coMt-line of Ireland. SWEDEN AND NOBWAT. Sweden and Nobwat form the peninsula of Scandi- navia, situated between the Atlantic Ocean, Baltic Sea, and Qulf of Bothnia ; and form one power under the same crown, but with separate governments. They are separated from Denmark by the Skager Back, Cat- tegat, and the Sound. NOl.'AT. Area, 131,400 square miles ; popul • tn, 1,760,000 ; persons to a square mlle^ 14 ; two-thirds the site of Ontario. Capital, CURISTIANIA. NOBWAT oeonpiea the western pari of the peninsula, and ex- tends from the Arotio Ocean to the Skager Back. It is divided into six provinces. EXERClSEa ON THE MaP— SWRDEl AND NORWAY.— IIOW iS BweUeU separated from Kussia? From Prusitia? From Denturk? How is Norway separated from Denmark ? What !' i xidsare oi the west coast •f Norway t What islands are in the Balti "w is c.iristiania eitu- f ■EUROPE. g\ The surface is very mountainont, being oompcted of high mountains or table-lands, extending the whole length of the peninsula, nearly 1100 miles, and called the Kiolen Uountaint in the north, the Dovrefidd Mountains in the middle, and tha Hardangerfidd Mountains in the south. These mountains risa chiefly from high plateaux, and are most abrupt and precipi- tous on the west, where they sometimes form the sea-coast, and in Sweden decline more gradually towards the Baltio Sea. The principal plateaux are Langjleld, Sognefield, Lovre- field, and Hardangerfield. The rivers, owing to the formation of the country, are com- paratively short rapid torrents ; the principal is the Olommen, flowing into the Skager Rack after a course of 340 miles. The coast-line of Norway is remarkable for its deep indenta- tions called fiords, narrow arms of the sea, extending sometimes 50 miles into the land between precipitous mountains, and abounding with grand and picturesque but wild scenery. The principal capes are the North Cape, the northern extremity of the country, and the Naze, the southern extremity. Numerous small islands extend along the coast, the principal of which are the Lofoden Isles, with important fisheries. Near them is the dangerous and celebrated whirlpool, the Maelstrom, caused by the meeting of opposite tidal currents. The climate of Norway is very severe but healthy, and owing to the Atlantic Ocean is much more moist than that of Sweden. The soil is in general rooky and barren, although some tracts are fertile and well cultivated. In the northern part, within the Arctic circle, the sun does not set for weeks together at midsummer, and is not seen for the same length of time at midwinter. The chief wealth of Norway is derived from its mines, forests, and fisheries. Timber, iron, and eider-down are largely exported. It possesses also silver and copper mines. Norway was an independent kingdom previous to 1397, when it was annexed to Denmark. It was ceded to Sweden in 1814, and is now governed by a Viceroy, but enjoys a free constitu* tion. The religion is the Lutheran. It is the most thinly peopled country in Europe^ Christiania, (65,000,) the capital, is situated at the head of a fiord of the same name. It u largely engaged in commerce, and has a university. Bergen (30,000) is the second city in size, and an important seaport, with large exports m Asia? What five seas wash the shores of Iluaaia? What coutitr;j8 adjoin Ruisia on the south-west? What large rtrers flow into Us filMk Sea ? The Ouplan ? What are tho prlnoipal cities on the RUSSIA IN EUROPE. Area, 2,128,000 square miles ; population, 71,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, 38 ; rather larger than the Hudson Bay Territoiy. Capital, St PanasBURO, Russia in Europe is bounded on the Nortli by the Arctic Ocean ; on the West by Sweden, the Gulf of Bothnia, the Baltic Sea, Prussia, Austria, and Turkey ; on the South by Turkey, the Black Sea, and Mount Caucasus ; and on the East by the Caspian Sea, the Ural River, and Ural Mountains, which also separate it from Siberia or Asiatic Russia. The empire of Russia, of which by far the greater portion is in Asia, comprises about one-half of Europe and one-third of Asia ; the whole extent being a little less than that of the empire of Great Britain, and about one-seventh of the whole land surface of the globe. In population, it is far inferior to the British Empire, containing altogether only about 80,000,000 inhabitants, of which Russia in Europe haa the greater part. Russia in Europe is divided into 61 governments. It consists of one vast level plidn, with few hills, and without a single mountain, except on the boundaries. South and east of St Petersburg are the Valdai Hills, a raised tableland, in which most of the large rivers of Russia rise. In the south-east are vast steppet or desert sandy plains. The Ural Mountains, forming the eastern boundary, extend about 1200 miles from the Arctic Ocean southward, nearly to the Caspian Sea, rising in some parts upwards of 6000 feet in height. TIm ifountB Caucasus extend from the Sea of Azov along the north-eastern shore of the Black Sea an('. eastward to the Caspian Sda ; Mount Elhurz, the Iiighest peak, being 18,571 feet liigh. The rivers of Russia are large but slow, owing to the level nature of the country which they traverse. The principal are the Petchora, flowing into the Arctic Ocean; the Dvina, flowing into the White Sea ; the Neva, Duna, Niemen, and Vistula (the latter rising in Russian Poland, and flowing through Prussia) into the Baltic ; and the Dniqper, Don, and Volga, flowing south into Che Black Sea, the Sea of Asov, and the Caspian Soa respectively. The Volga is the largest river in Europe ; it is about 2100 miles long, and is navigable for almost tho entire length of its course. A number of large lakes extend from near St Petersburg to the White Sea, and, by means of these and a series of canals, the Wliite Sea is connected with the Baltic. St Petersburg is also connected with the Caspian Saa by the Volga River and canals. The principal lakes are Ladoga, Onega, and Saima, Ilmen and Peipus, Russia possesses but little sea-oonst compared with the extent of its territory ; the Whitt Sea and Arctic Ocean are on the north ; tho oasturn portion of tho Baltic, with the Oulfs of Both' nia, Finland, and Riga, on thv. west ; the Black Sea and the Sea of Atov on the south ; and the Caspian Sea, on the south-east. Tho Islands belonging to Russia are Waigatz, Nova £embla, and Spitsbergen in the Arctic Ocean ; the Aland Isles, and Dago and Oesel in tho Baltic. Between the Black Sea and Sea Baltic? On the Blaok Sea? On the Volga? How Is St Petersburg situated? Moscow? Sebastopol? Archangel? la What direotton from Bt Petersburg Is Moscow? NUnl Novgorod? Arohangel? Odessa t Vienna? Warsaw? HilslDftenl Blgk? LoDdon? I EUROPE. on 71,000, 000 ; persons to a snuan he Hudson Bay Territory. riBBBrao. ided on the North by the hy Sweden, the Gulf of iia, Austria, and Turkey ; e Black Sea, and Mount by the Caspian Sea, the ams, which also separate sia. by far the greater portion ia of Europe and one-third of attle less than that of the It one-seventh of the whole •pulation, it is far inferior ing altogether only about Russia in Europe has the 51 governments. It consists hills, and without a single les. South and east of St raised tableland, in which a rise. In the south-east ns. The Ural JIfountams, end about 1200 miles from ' to the Caspian Sea, rising t in height. The Mounf ov alons the north-eastern ard to the Caspian Saa ; ng 18,571 feet high. t slow, owing to the level mrse. The principal are otio Ocean; the Dvina, 'era, Duna, Niemen, and lan Poiand, and flowing id the Dnieper, Don, and K Sea, the Sea of Asov The Volga i. the largest les long, and is navigable trse. )m near St Petersburg to se and a series of canals, B Baltic. St Petersburg » by the Volga River and 'oga, Onega, and Saima, omparedwith the extent irctic Ocean are on the .with the ; nx tfii'7t'ni»w^i^^ EUROFS:. 53 f. of Azov b the peninnda of the Cfrinua, Joined to the mainland bjr the Itthmut o/Perekop., The climate ia cold and severe in the north, but not bo extreme ai in North America in the aame latitude. In the Bouth it ia warmer. The Boil ii barren in the north, and in the Bonth-eaat where the vaat ateppea cover the country ; but fer- tile in the south and west, where barley, oats, and wheat are extensively cultivated and exported. Hemp is grown in the west to a great extent. The Ural Mountains contain valuable mines of gold, silver, copper, and iron. Manufactures are greatly neglected. The chief exports are timber, hemp, grain, flax, tallow, pitch, wool, and furs. The government is an absolute monarchy, and the religion that of the Greek Church. The Czar is the absolute head both of the Church and of the State. Until March 1861, the peasants were serfs or vassals of the proprietors of the land upon which they were born. They are now free ; and 'education, which was formerly altogether neglected, is now becoming more dif- fused, and the condition of the people improved. The nobles are wealthy, and live in a very magnificent but rude style. St Peterahurg, (670,000,) the capital, is situated on the left bank of the Neva, and on two small islands adjoining. It was founded by Peter the Great, and is one of the most magnificent and important commercial cities in Europe. Kronttadt is its port, and the chief station of the'Rvssiannavy. It is strongly fortified. Biga, Bevel, and Heltingfora on the Baltic are im- portant commercial towns, strongly fortified, with large ex- ports of flax, hemp, timber, and grain. Archangel, on the Northern Dvina near its entrance into the White Sea, is an im- portant commercial town. Vilna, the former capital of Lithu- ania, has a large trade. The greater part of the inhabitants are Jews. Moscow, (368,000,) the former capital, in the centre of the country, is the great emporium of trade in the interior. It is celebrated for having been destroyed by the Bussians themselves in 1812, causing Napoleon Bonaparte to commence his disastrous retreat. Odeua (170,000) is the chief port on the Black Sea. It is strongly fortified, and makes largo exports of grain. Taganrog, on the Sea of Azov, has a large trade in grain. Sebattopol, in the Crimea, is celebrated for its siege by the Allies in 1854-55 ; since the destruction of Sebastopol, Niko- laiev is the chief naval station of the Russians in the Black Sea. Kiev, on the right bank of the Dnieper, is one of the oldest cities in the empire. It was here that Christianity was first introduced, and it is regarded as a sacred city. Tula, about 100 miles south of Moscow, has large manufactures, chiefly of iron and steel, Astrakhan, on an island at the month of the Volga, is the emporium of the trade on the Caspian Sea with Persia and other eastern countries. Nijni Novgorod, at the junction of the Oka with the Volga, is celebrated for its annual fairs, lasting from July to September, and attracting upwards of 100,000 persons from all parts of Europe and Asia. Kaian, 430 miles east of Moscow, near the Volga, has a large trade with Siberia and Tartary. Oireassia is situated between the Black and Caspian Seas, on the north of Mount Caucasus. The men are celebrated for their bravery, and have long defied the power of Russia ; and BxcnciSKS OH TBK Map— EunoPB.— What countries adjoin Poland? On what river In Warsaw iltuatitdl Whem does It empty 1 Through what oouutries docs It flow ? Uoi.LAJ(UANuUiii.uiuM.— Wbatoouutrloiadjoln Ilollandf What sea tho women ai« famous for their beauty. They an now deserting the country, and emigrating in large numbers to Turkey, rather than submit to Russian rule. Finland, in the north-west, between the Gulfs of Finland and Bothnia, formerly belonged to Sweden, bat waa annexed to Russia in 1809. What is the area of Russia in Europe r Population ( Slief Capi- tal? Uow is Russia bounded? Point out the boucdartes on the map. What is said of the Ruisian Empire? How is Russia in Europe divided? Describe the surface. The principal mountains. Trace them on the map. Describe the rivers of Russia. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the lakes of Russia. Point them out on the map. Where are they situ- ated? Describe the sea-coast. Its principal features. Point them out on the map. State where they are bl'.uated. Name the principal islands. Point them out on the map. What peninsula is in the south-east ? Describe the climate. The soil and products. The miner- als. The government. The state of the people. Describe the princi- pal cities. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe Circassia and its people. Describe Finland. Where are these countries situated? FOtAND. Poland lies to the Bouth-west of Russia, between Prussia and Austria. It was formerly a powerful independent king- dom, but towards the end of last century was seized and divided between Russia, Prussia, and Austria. It wus for- merly rather larger than France, and contained 12,000,000 inhabitants ; the greater part is now subject to Russia. It is level in surface, and well adapted for the production of grain, which is largely exported. The Poles are a brave and patriotic people, and in 1830, and later in 1863, made determined but unsuccessful attempts to throw off the foreign yoke. Warsaw, (250,000,) on the Vistula, was the ancient capital. It suffered greatly in the sieges of 1794 and 1831, and ii now the principal station for the Russian army in Poland. Iti university was suppressed in 1834. About 36,000 of th« inhabitants are Jews. Where is Poland situated? What was its former state? What was Its former extent and population ? Describe the surface. The people. The chief city in Russian Poland. Point it uut on the map, and state where it is situated. Of what his- toric interest is it? HOLLAND, OR THE NETHERLANDS. Area, 12,781 square miles ; population, 3,674,000 ; perHons to a square mile, 200; nearly two-thirds the sise of Nova Scotia, Capital, AiiSTxaDAM. Holland is bounded on the North and West by the North Sea ; on the South by Eelg i ; and on th« East by Qermany. It is divided into twelve provinces, including those portiona of the old Duchies of Limburg and Luxemburg (the latter lying to the south-east of Belgium) which belong to it. Until 1866, Dutch Luxemburg formed part of the German Confoderation, Holland is the lowest and most level country in Europe, • great part of the surface being below the sea-level at high water. It is protected from the enoroaohment of the sea by enormouB dykes, or banks faced with itone and wood. Canals, which are very numerouj, have long formed the chief highways for traffic, but railways now eonneot the principal points. washes Its shores ? What cnuntries adjoin Belgium? What large rivsr flows through Holland? Wli»t ntlirr countries does It flow through or past? How is Amsterdam Hitunted? How is Rotterdam situated t Antwerp ? In what direction from Amittrdam Is Loudon ? Brussels t h 54 EUROPE. Tbe ooMt*IIne ii e iiuh broken bjr tlie ettnaiieB of the Siven Shine, Meuie, and Scheldt, which enter the sea by a number ofmoathi, and form ntunerona large islandi. The principal other inleta are the Zupder Zu, and the DoUart. These were formerly inland lakes, bat the sea has broken In npon them. Aom the month of the Zuyder Zee, a chain of islands extends north-east along the coast, the principal of which is Ttxd. There are many lakes near the coast, which are gradually being droined. The Salt Lake, near Dort, at the mouth of the Meuse, was, in 1440, formed by an inundation of the sea which destroyed 72 Tillages, and more than 20,000 persons. The climate is damp and cold, but the soil is rich and moist, and is industriously cultivated. Horticulture has been brought to great perfection ; and cattle are reared in large numbers. The manufactures are large and valuable, consisting chiefly of linen and earthenware. Holland, after throwing off the Spanish yoke, was the fore- most commercial nation in the world ; but successive wars, and rivalry of Great Britain and other commercial powers, have greatly diminished its trade. Its foreign possesrions now comprise — Java, the Molucca! or Spic4 Iilanda, Sumatra, Borneo, Celebes, &c., in the East Indies ; Curafoa and several other islands in the West Indies (see page 38) ; Surinam, or Dutch Guiana, in South America t and some forts on the coast of Guinea in Africa. Amderdam, (278,000,) the capital, is one of the first com- mercial cities of Europe. The site of the city is marshy, and the houses are built on piles. It is intersected by canals, crossed by about 300 bridges. Jtotterdam (123,000) is next in importance and commerce. North of it is " The Hague," (92,000,) the residence of the Court, and a beautiful city. Ltydrn is cele- brated for its university, and for its heroic defence against the Spaniards in 1673. CTitrecM is famous for its treaties, and has large woollen manufactures. Boie le Due has linen manufac- tures. EaavUm, Maattrickt, and Luxemburg are important towns. What Is the area of Holland! Popniatlont BIset Oapltair How is Holland bounded t Point out the boondartss on the map. How lilt divided t Describe lU surface. What Is said of the canals t De- scribe the eosst-llne. Its principal featnrss. Point them out on tba map. What rivers flow through Holland f Trace the whole of their oeunes oa the map. Dssorlbe the Islands. Point them out on the map. What is said of the lakes r Of the Salt Lake near Dort? De- scribe the climate and soil. In- dustry and manufactures. What Is said of Holland r What fbretgn poisesiions has it ( Where are they situated T Point them out on the map. Describe the chief cities. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. BELGIUM. Area, 11,600 square miles ; population, 6,100,000 ; persons (o a square mUe, 440 ; three-fifths the sise of Nora Sootia Capital, BacsssLs. BsLOintf is bounded on the North by Holland ; on the West by the North Sea ; on the South by France ; and on the East by Germany. It is divided into nine provinces. The surf ace is in general level, but not so much so, nor so low, aa in Holland. More tspeoially in the south and east it {MrsMnta » pleasing variety of gentle eminences and undulating plains. RxuMisn OH TRi Mait— Holland amd BiLoinM.— In what direction from Brusiels Is Antwerp? Oitendf Liege t What Is the length of Hol- land f OfBelflnmt Their breadth f VBAMoa.— what Is the latitude and longitude of franoet How long The principal rivers are the Sehelde, draining the west, and the Meuse, with its tributary the Samibre, droning the east ; both flow through Holland into the German Ooean. The eoast is low, and the country is protected from the sea by sand* hills or dunes. The climate is mild and pleasant, and the soil prodnetlve, andmostindustriously cultivated. Belgium is the most densely peopled country in the world, and has large and important manufactures, chiefly of lace, cambric, woollen, and iron. It aJsu possesses extensive iron and coal mines. Belgium was at one time the foremost commercial ooimtiy of Europe, but gave place to Holland, which in turn has given way to Great Britain. Belgium, formerly called Flanders, belonged successively to Burgundy, Austria, Spain, and France. In 1814 it was joined to Holland, forming the Kingdom of the Netherlands. In the Bevolution of 1830 it acliieved its independence, and Leopold of Saxe-Cobuxg, uncle of Queen Victoria, was elected king. Bruttda, (260,000,) the capital, is one of the most beautiful cities of Europe, and has a large trade, with manufactures of lace and carpets. Seven miles to the south is the famorvs battle-field of Waterloo, where Napoleon .was defeated by the British in 1816. Antuierp (126,000) is the most important port, and carries on the largest trade. It was formerly the first city in Europe for commerce, and has a celebrated cathedraL Ghent and Bruges have large cotton manufactures. Ottend is an im- portant seaport. Mon$ and Namur are important fortified towns, the first with iron and coal trade, the latter with manu- factures of cutlery and hardware. Louvain has the prin- cipal university. Malinet or Mechlin is famous for its lace manufactures. Liege is the most important iron manufactur- ing town on the continent. What Is the area of Belgium! Population t Sisef Oapitkir How Is Belgium bounded t Point out the boundaries on the nwp t How Is it divided? Describe Its surthoe. Its principal rivers. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the eoast4lne. The climate and soil. What Is said of the population and trade of BelglumT Of Its mines? What Is sud of the fbrmer position of Belffiom? What hia- torioal account is given f DessHbo the chief cities. Point them out on the map. Where are they sIfMtedt FRANCE. Area, 201,600 square miles ; population, 36,100,000 ; persons to a square mile, 179 ; about the same else as the province of Quebec. Capital, Pabis. Francs is bounded on the North by Belgium and the English Channel ; on the West by the Bay of Biscay ; on the South by Spain and the Mediterranean ; and on the East by Italy, Switzerland, and Germany. Previous to the revolution in 1789, France was divided into 35 provinces ; after that event it was divided into' 86 depart- ments, named from the rivers or mountains within their boundaries. In 1860, the Duchy of Savoy and oonnty of Nice were ceded to France by the King of Italy. At the dose of the late war (1871) Alsace and part of Lorraine were ceded by France to Germany. The surface of France consists chiefly of undulating plains, except in the nnit, which is mountainous. The highest moun- tains in the south are the Pyrenees, forming the boundary Is It? How Is France separated from Oermsnjr ? From Bwltasrland? From Italy ? From Spain ? From Kngland f What targe bay Is on the west coast? What islands belonging to Britain are off the north-WHt ooait ? What large Island In the Mediterranean belongs to franoet BUBOPE. 05 p between France and Spain. In the east are the Alps, form- ing the boundary between France and Italy, with Mont Blanc, 15,781 feet above the lea, the highest mountain in Europe; the Jura Mountaint between France and Switzerland; and the Vosges Mountaint between France and the lately ceded province of Alsace. To the west of the Jura Mountains is the plateau of Burgundy, from which the Cevenna extend south-west, forming the boundary between the basin of the Rhone and the rivers flowing west into the Bay of Biscay. To the west of the central Cevennes chain are the mountains of Auvergne and Forez. France may be divided into four great river-basins, all sloping from the mountains in the eastern part of the country to the sea— that of the tributaries of the Shine, the Moselle, and the Meuse, flowing north; the Seine, flowing into the English Channel ; the Loire and Oaronne, flowing west from the Cevennes to the Bay of Biscay ; and the Shone, flowing south into the Oulf of Lyons. The extent of navigable riven and canals is upwards of 8000 mUes. France is very compact in territory, and is washed on three sides by the sea. The principal cape is Cape de la Soffue, in the north. The principal bays and gulfs sre—8t MiehaePt Bay, on the north-west ; the Bay of Biscay, on the west ; and the ChUf of Lyons, on the south. The only island of importance belong- ing to it is Corsica, which is mountainous, and celebrated aa having been the birthplace of Napoleon Bonaparte. The JBiire$ Islands, near Toulon, in the Mediterranean, are celebrated for the salubrity of their climate. On the north-west is Ushant} and in the Bay of Biioay, Bdle IsU, Si, Oleron, and others. The climate of France is one of the finest in Europe, as the country is situated about the middle of the temperate lone, and b protected from extremes by the influence of the Atlantic Ocean. The soil is fertile, and favorable for agriculture, whieh forms the occupation of three-fifths of the population. Its productions are various ; in the north, wheat ud grain; in the middle and south, the vine ; and in the south, oUtm, figs, oranges, almonds, and other southern fruits. The wines and brandies of France are celebrated, and are eonsidered to be among the best in the world ; Champagne is made in the north-eaat, Burgundy in the east, and Bordeaux in the south* west ; the best brandy comes from Cognac on the Charente. Iket-root is extensively cultivated for the manufacture of sugar. In manufactures and commerce, France is one of the first countries in the world, but still much inferior to Oreat Britain. The principal manufactures are silks, woollens, porcelain, jewellery, artioles of fashion, laces, gloves, and fancy wares. Its imports and exports amount to about 700,000,000 dels. Franco is one of the five great powers of Europe, and mdn- talns a standing army of from 600,000 to 600,000 men, which is kept up by conscription. The annual revenue if about one-third more than that of Oreat Britain, and since the laii war the public debt is the largest in the world. France has been the scene of many revolutions and changes, oommenoing with the memorable revolution of 1789. The present government is republican; but its political affairs are very unsettled, and there are many daimaati for the inprtflM power. ■xBaonss ov nn Mat— Fbanob.— What large rivers flow Into the Bay of Biscay I Into the Msdlterraneant Into the BngUsh Ohannsir What Is the most westerly liltnd of Vrance calltdt On what rivsr Is Paris situatsdt What other Urge oltl«g are iltiuted on In literature and selenee, haaee hat alwayi helA a higlt position in the world; but popular education was mnoh neglected until Louis Philippe ascended the throne, sinca which time an extensive and weU-organised system has been established under the control of Government. The established religion is the Soman Catholic, but all are tolerated, and Protestant clergymen are also paid by tho state. The foreign possessions of France are the colony of Algeria^ in the north of Africa ; Senegal, and other settlements in the west; and portions of Madagascar, the island of Be- umon, or Bourbon, with some smaller islands, in the Indian Ocean. In Asia, Yanaon, Chandemagore, Karikai, and Pondicherry, on the east coast of Hindostan, and MaltS on the west; and Saigon, with the surrounding territory, in the south-east of Cochin China. In North America, the islands of St Pierre, Langley, and MiqueUm, oft the coast of Newfoundland ; Ovadaloupe, Martinique, and other islands, in the West Indies; and French Cktiana, in South America. In Oceania, New Caledonia, the Marquesas Islands and other settlements. .jfParis, (1,850,000,) the capital, situated on the Seine, is the second city in Europe for size ; but for architectural splendor and beauty, it ranks first. It was much improved under the reign of the late Emperor. It is the great centre for the manufacture of articles of taste and fashion ; and Is distin- guished for the number and high character of its literary and scientiflo institutions, no less thm for its muneroua splendid palaces, churches, and places of amusement. Many of its finest public buildings have, however, been destroyed in the recent civil conflict. Near Paris are Versailles, cele- brated for its palaces and gardens, and Slvres, for porcelain manufactures. Z/yms, (324,000,) on the Rhone, the second city in France for siae, is celebrated for its silk manufactures. MarseUlet, (312,000,) on the Mediterranean, is one of the oldest and most important cities in Europe. It is the great channel of communication between France and the Levant, and hi the largest seaport in France. A little to the east of it ii Toulon, (69,000,) an important naval port and arsenaL The other seaports are Bordeaux, (194,000,) with a large wine trade, on the Oaronne ; La SochelU, near the mouth of the Charente ; and ITantet, on the Loire, on the west coast ; and St Malo, Havre, at the mouth of the Seine, »ud Dieppe, on the north coast. The other fortified naval ports are Chejfiourff, on the north, and Brest, L' Orient, and Sochefort, on the west. In the Rhone basin axt—Montpdier, near the Uediter^ ranean, noted for its salubrious climate; Ntmei, with many old Roman antiquities ; Avignon, on the Rhone, the ancient residence of some of the Popes ; D\fon, the eentre of the Burgundy wine tmde ; and Ohambery, the chief town o( Savoy. In the north— Jloum, Amieni, AhbirtUi, LHU, and JUMm have large woollen and ootton manuf aoturei ; Bonea ii tt* chief seat of these. Amiens has a fine eathedral, and is Bemoc> able for the treaty made there in 1802 between France and Its baakst On the BhiaeT On the BhMSt On the loifer Oa the Oaronne I What large eltles are on the Medlterraneaa sheret In what dIreetlOB Arom Paris Is Btrubnrgt MaraeUlesT Lyon} Bor. deaaxT Brett t BhehnsI HowUBpalaBer*r«MI t ! j«, . . !*-«i«ap«wfM«es8B?aateSSa» ^ S6 XUBOFE. JBnglftnd ; in the Mtbednl of Rheims the French kings were OBually crowned; near Abbeville is the ancient battle-field of Creey, and farther north that of Agincourt ; Lille is strongly fortified. Valtncienna is celebrated for its lace. In the basin of the Loire are— 7our< and Orltani, with manu- f aetores of doth ; Orleans is celebrated as the scene of the ex- ploits of Joan of Arc ; and St Etimne, the chief seat of the iron manufactures of France. Farther south are — Limoges, on the Vienne, and AngouUme, on the Charente, with porcelain manufactures ; Toulouse, on the Garonne, where Wellington defeated Soult in 1814, has a large trade ; Pau, near the Pyrenees, a favorite resort for invalids ; Bayonne, where the bayonet was invented ; and Biarritz, a fashionable watering-place. Wbat ii the area of France T Population r Size! Capital r How is France bounded f Point out the boundaries on the map. How is Prance divided T What parts of the country were ceded to France in 1860 r Where are they situated? Describe the surbce of France? Name the principal mountains, and describe their positions. Point them out on the map. Into what natural divisions may France be divided? Name the principal rivers, •nd trace their courses on the map. What is said of the rivers and canals ? Wliat is said of the outii ne of France ? Of the islands ? Of the bays and goMt t Of the capes t Point them out on the map. State where they are situated f Describe the climate of Fnnce. Its soil, &c. Its productions. For what is it celebrated ? For what is beet-root used ? What is said of the manu- factures and commerce of France f What is sr'1 of the army ? Wbat is said of .lie political history of France? What is said of litera- ture and science in France? Of education? Of religion? Name the foreign possessions of France. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe the chief cities of France. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated t SPAIN. Area, 198,000 square miles ; population, 17,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, 87 ; about the same size as Ontario. Capital, Madbid. Spain is botinded oa the North by France and the Bay of Biscay; on the West by Portugal and the Atlantic Ocean ; on the S'.:uth and East by the Mediterranean. It was formerly divided into 14 provinces ; but since 1833 it has been subdivided into 49 smaller provinces or governments. Spain is the most mountainous country in Europe, with the exception of Switzerland. The central region is an elevated table-land, occupying about one-half of the whole area of the country, and nearly surrounded by mountains. The principal mountains are the Pyrenees, forming the boundary between Spain and France, extending westward under the name of the Cantc&rtan chain, or mountains of Asturias, and terminating in Gape Finisterre on the Atlantic. Farther south, and ex- tending from east to west, are the mountains of Castile ; the Sierra Toledo and the Sierra Morena; and on the south coaat ihe Sierra Nevada. Between these chains are large and fertile plains, through which the principal rivers flow, the elevated central plateau forming the boundary between those flowing west and those flowing east ; the Minho, Douro, Tagus, Quad- iana, and Guadalquivir, flow west into the Atlantic ; and the £bro, Ouadcdaviar, Xucar, and Segura, flow east into the Medi- terranean. The ooMt is bold and mountainous; and the principal capes •re OrUgml, Finisterre, and Trafalgar, (where Nelson fell vioto- EzBaoisKB ON Till MAP — BpAiN.— How is Spain separated from Africa? What ocean and sea wash its shores? What other country occupies part of the same peninsula ? What islands are olf the east coast t wbat large rivers of Spain flow into the Atlantic? Into the rioua in 1805,) on the west ocaat ; Cape Tarifa and Europa Point on the south ; and Capes Oata, Palos, De Nau, and Creuse, on the east. The islands belonging to Spain are the Balearic Isles, (including Majorca, Minorca, Ivica, and F&r- mtntera, and two smaller islands,) in the Mediterranean. The climate of Spain is varied. In the valleys the heat ia excessive; and the high table-lands are alternately subject to scorching hot winds and freezing winter blasts, both destroying vegetation. The soil is in general rich, but it is poorly culti- vated. Olives, figs, vines, oranges, and lemons grow in great abundance. Vast flocks of merino sheep, the wool of which is particularly valuable, are reared on the high lands; and the horses of Andalusia, in the south, are famous. The mines of Spain are also valuable, especially those of iron, lead, and quicksilver ; but they are little wrought. The ddef export* are wool, wine, cork, lead, and grain. Spain was formerly one of the first powers of Europe, and ruled over a large part of it, besides possessing the greater part of America, from Mexico southwards ; but it now ranks only as a second-rate power. Of all its vast foreign possessiona there now only remain the islands of Cuba and Puerto Rico in the West Indies, the Philippine and Ladnme Islands in the Pacific, and the Canaria and other small islands off the coast of Africa. It also possesses Oeuia and some small settlement! on the north coast of Africa. The government, after the revolution of 1820, was a limited monarchy, but in 1868 Queen Isabella was driven from th« throne. After various changes of government, Alfonso, son of the ex-Queen Isabella, became king in 1874. The prevailing religion is the Roman Catholic. The Inquisition, which for- merly prevailed there in all its power, was abolished in 1820. Spain once possessed many universities, but now they ar« neither numerous nor well attended. Popular education is in a very low state, and the people are very ignorant. Bull- fighting was formerly a favorite amusement, but has now somewhat decVined. Madrid, (330,000,) the capital, is situated on an elevated plain about 2000 feet above the sea, near the centre of the country. About 30 miles north-west is the celebrated palace, the EscuriaL Barcelona, (190,000,) on the Mediterranean, ia the second city in size, but the chief in importance for com- merce, wealth, and manufactures. Seville, (160,000,) the for- mer Moorish capital of Spain, on the Quadtdquivir, is a large and handsome city. Cadiz, on the Island of Leon, in an impor- tant naval and commercial port, strongly fortified. Mureia, on the Segura, and Valencia, on the Ouadalaviar, near the Mediterranean, have large manufactures of silk. Malaga, Almeria, and Alicante, on the southern coast, have large ex- ports of fruit. Xeres, near the mouth of the Guadalquivir, is celebrated for its sherry wine. Ferrol, on the north-west, and Cartagena, on the south-east, possesses very fine harbors, and are naval stations. Near Ferrol is Corunna, with a fine har- bor, where Sir John Moore was killed. In the valley of the Douro Kta—Valladolid, in former times the capital of the Spanish monarchy ; and Salamanca, eblebrated for its univer- sity. On the Tagus is Toledo, an ancient city, celebrated for its sword manufactures. On the Guadalquivir is Oordovot Mediterranean ? Where is Madrid situated ? What large oitlss are on the Bbro? Douro? Tagus? Guadianat Ouadalaulvlrt On the southern coast? On the northern coast f Uow Is Lisbon situated? How is Oporto situated t famou In ancient and mediaval hiatoiy, nnder the Bomans and the Moors. Cfranada, in the south-east, a former capital of the Moorish kings, contains the celebrated palace of the Alhambra. Saragoua, on the Ebro, is celebrated for its de- fence against the French in 1808-9. Many of the cities of Spain tre celebrated as the scenes of great battles and sieges during the Peninsular War, between Great Britain and France, at the commencement of this century; as Badajoz, Talavera, Ciudad Bodtigo, Salamanca, and others. Gibraltar, at the extreme south of Spain, is the strongest fortress in the world. It is built on a precipitous rock, 1500 feet high, and has stood three sieges, the last and most memorable of which lasted for three years, against the French and Spanish forces in 1779-82. It has belonged to Britain since 1704. What ii the area of Spain? PopalaUenT S'ti^t Capital t Hotr is Spain bouDu^.i t Point out the boundaries on the map. How is it dlTidedr Describe the surface. The principal mountains. Point them out on the map. Name the principal rirers. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the coast-line. Name the principal capfs and ishinds. Point them out OD the map. Where are they situ- ated f Describe the climate of Spain. The soil. Productions. Ani- mals. Minerals. Exports. What did Spain fbrmerly possess f What fo'eign possessions has it now? WLcre are ther situated? Point them out on the map. What is said of the government and reli- gion ? What is said of education, cc. t Describe the chief cities. Point them out on the map. W here are they situated t What is said of Gibraltar? Where is it situated? EUROPE. 5^ The foreign possearions remaining to Portugal are Sladrira^ the Cape Verde Islands, Angola, Benguela, Mozambique, and other settlements in Africa ; Ooa, and several other settlement! in Hindostan ; Macao, in China, and settlements at Timor, in the Indian Archipelago. The Azores Islands also belong to PortugaL Brazil, in South America, formerly in ita possea- sion, became independent in 1822. The government is now a limited monarchy, and the estab* lished religion ilir Roman Catholic. Lisbon, (280,00( ,) the capital, is situated on the Tagus, which here widens, forming a magnificent harbor. It is finely situated, but poorly built. It was nearly destroyed by an earthqi- hd in 1755, when 60.000 persons are said to have perished. Oporto, (80,000,) t the mouth of the Dourc, is the second city in size and importance, and exports port-winei, principally to Engl:. . Mannheim, at the confluence of the Neckar and Rhine, has a large trade. Hissi-Darmstadt lies north of Baden. Darmstadt is the capital. At Worms, Luther appeared before the Diet. Alsaob, chief city Strasburg, and Lobbairi, chief city Mett, were wrested flrom France in the war of 1871. What li the area of Oermanyt Populstiont Bliet Uow is It bounded? Point out the boun- darlei on the map. What doM it comprise ( What ii lald of its con- dition before and lince 1866 1 Uow ii It divided t Describe the moun- tains of Qen&anjr, Trace them on the mtp. Name the principal riven. Trace their oouries on the nap. What states do they flow through! What ii lald of the sea- coMtr Of the climate T Of the ■oil and products r Of the mtne- ralt;t Or the people, education, and religion? Deiorlbe the positions of the principal itatei. Point them out on the map. Describe the principal oltiet. • In what itatc Is each? Bow are they situated t Point them out on the map. Bxmoissa on ths Map— Obrmak Bhpirb,— <. aat states are com prised In Prusila ? What countries adjoin Pruula T What large cities belonglDc to Prussia are on the Ualttc? On the Rhine? On the Oder? Uu the SIbet What river and mountains spparate Prussia from PRUSSIA. Area, 187,000 square miles ; population, 24,700,000 ; persons to a square mile, 180 ; one-third smalier than the province of Quebec. Capital, BsBLiK. Prussia is the first country in Germany for size, population, and importance, and is bounded on the North by the Baltic Sea, Mecklenburg, Denmark, and the North Sea ; on the West by Holland, Belgixim, and France ; on the South by some of the smaller German States and Austria ; and on the East by Russia. By the wars of 1864-66, Prussia added to her nine provinces the Duchios of Schleswig-Holstein and Lauenburg, the king- dom of Hanover, the Electorate of Hesse-Cassel, the Duchy of Nassau, parts of Bavaria and Hesse-Darmstadt, and the free city of Frankfort, thus consolidating her territory, which was formerly scattered and isolated. The surface is in general flat, sloping towards the north. In the south are the Hartz, Riesen OeMrge, and Svdetie chains of mountains,* in the north-east it is covered to a great extent with vast sandy and marshy tracts, and numerous small shal- low lakes. The rivers are slow and favorable for navigation. The principal are— the Rhine and Elbe, flowing into the North Sea, and the Oder, VUtula, and Niem*n, flowing into the Baltic Sea. None ofthese rise in Prussia. The sea-coast of Prussia is on the Baltic, with a small portion on the North Sea. Opposite the mouths of the ...ers, longsand- banks or islands nearly enclose the Gulfs called the ^eUiiur Hajf, Frische Haff, and CurticAe Haff. The climate in the east and north is subject to extremes, but in the western provinces it is milder and more favorable to agriculture. The soil in the west and south is fertile, and all the ordinary grains are raised in sufficient quantities for ex- portation. The vineyards of the Rhine are celebrated, and tobacco is grown in the south. Prussia is not rich in minerals, but iron, copper, lead, and coal are found in the mountain ranges. Amber is found on the shores of the Baltic. The commerce of Prussia is large, being principally carried on through the iialtio ports, and is greatly aided by the rivers and canals. The principal exports are gndn, wool, linen, flax, and Rhenish wines. It has also important linen, woollen, cot- ton, and iron manufactures. Prussia is one of thr five great powers of Europe, and owes its position greatly to the attention paid to ita standing army since the time of Frederick the Great. The form of government is a hereditary constitutional monarchy, with Upper and Lower Houses of Represfintatives ; but the King, who is also Emperor of Germany, still possesses great power. The constitution was granted by Frederick Wil- liam IV. in 1860. The royal family, and the greater part of the inhabitants, are Protestants, bat all religions are equally tolerated. The system of education is very complete, and every child is required by law to attend school. Berlin (1,000,000), on the Spree, a tributary of the Elbe, is the capital ; it is the largest city in Germany, and one of the first Southern Germany ? Uow Is Berlin situated ? In what direction from Berlin Is Breslau ? Cologne T Dansig? Munich? Stuttgart? Dres- den? Hamburg? Frankfort-on-Matn? Brussels ? (see Burope). ParbT London? Point out the position of Oldenburg. Of Baden. as iintT"nivmi ..j^.u.,«!!«,5i»j<,«w«»*y!fta«*?>B»>- . 'Vfia»)mimimmm^U'M I 60 £I7R0FB. in Europe ; it is celebrated for its university. Potsdam, near Berlin, is celebrated for its royal palace of Sans Souci, and la the head-quarters of the Prussian army. Wiesiaden, in the former Duchy of Nassau, is famous for its hot-springs. On the Oder a.re—Breslau, (208,000,) the second city in size and importance, with large woollen and linen manufactures ; and Frankfort, (43,000,) with large manufactures of cloth, and on extensive trade. On the Elbe a.n— Magdeburg, one of the strongest fortresses in Europe, sacked by Tilly in 1631 ; Wittenberg, where the Beformation began ; Altona, the capital of Holstein. Halle, on the Saale, a tributary of the Elbe, has a celebrated university. On the Rhine are — Cologne, celebrated for its magnificent cathedral, the principal seat of the commerce of the Khine ; Bonn, with a university ; DUaeldorf, an important town and river-port for the cotton and silk manufactures of Elberfield, Barmen, &c. ; Coblentz, at the junction of the Moselle with the Rhine, with Ehrenbreitstein, on the opposite side of the river, one of the strongest fortresses in Europe ; Singen, with a large wine trade ; and Mayencc, a strongly fortified town. Aix-la-Chapelle, or Aachen, 30 miles west of Cologne, has famous baths, and is noted for the treaties which have been negotiated ther'^. Treves, on the MoseLo, is the most ancient town of Germany, with many old Roman remains. Frankfort- on-the-Main (90,000) has a large banking business. The principal seaports are — Stettin, at the mouth of the Oder, with grain trade ; Dantzic, at the mouth of the Vistula, with foreign commerce ; KSnigsberg, on the Fregel ; Memel, at the entrance of the Ourische Haff, with exports of grain and timber ; Kiel, on the Baltic, the capital of the former Duchy of Holstein, with its university, library, observatory, &c. ; and Flentborg, in Schleswig. In the former kingdom of Hanover an— Hanover, the capital; Oottingen, with a university; Emden, the chief seaport. Wliat is the area of Prussia? Population r Size? Gnpital? Ilonr bounded r What did it gain in IStl-i-CO t What is said of its shape, A'c. t Describe the surface. The mouDtalni. Whtre are they situ- ated? Point them out on the map. Name the pi'lnclpal rivers. Trace their courses on the map. Vhere do they rise ? Uuscrlbe t)io coast-line of Prussia. The gulfs. The climate The soil and pro- ducts. The minerals. The com- murcn and exports. The nianu- fnctures. To whut does Prussia owe its position? What is said of tiie government; Of tlie religion '/ Of education? Describe the cliief towns. Point them out on the map. Where are they situiited ? AUSTRO-HUNGABY. Area, 227,000 square miles ; population, 36,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, 158 ; larger than Quebec. Capital, ViENKA. TheAusTRo-HuNOARiAN J-fonarchyis bounded on tlio North by Russia, Prussia, and Saxony ; on the West by Bavaria, Switzerland, and Italy ; on tho South by Italy, tho Adriatic Sea, and Turkey; and on tha East by Turkey and Russia. It is one of the five great Powers, but has, during the last ExRnoiRRS ON TRR Map— AUSTRIA.— Whst oouDtrlcs adjoin Austria? How is it separated from Turkey on the east ? On the south ? How is It separated from Northern Germany and Poland ? How is Vienna situated ; Wliul other large cities are on the Danube ? Uow few years, lost much territory, and much of its former prestige i in contests with France, Italy, and Prussia. Although it has, through the influence of its ascendant rival, Prussia, been excluded from all connection with the political division of Europe called Germany, still, as the inhabitants of the western portion of the Empire speak German and are of German de- scent, it is divided into German, or Cisleithan Austria, or Austria Proper, and Transleithan, or Hungarian Austria. The German part ia mountainons. The Sudetio chain ex. tends along the northern frontier, and Bohemia and Moravia are almost enclosed by mountains, (see page 58.) The Alps, in the south, extend from the Tyrol in two chains, in a north- easterly and south-easterly direction; the Norie Alps, towards Vienna ; and, farther south, the Carnic and Julian Alps extend into Turkey. The Carpathian Mountains extend from near Vienna in a circular direction, enclosing Hungary and Transyl- vania, and separating them from the province of Galicia, and from the Turkish provinces of Moldavia and Wallachia on the east and south. Some of the summits rise to the height of 80UO feet. On the north they are abrupt and precipitous, but on the south they slope more gradually into Hungary, which forms a vast plain, almost surrounded by mountains. The principal river of Austria is the Danube, which flows in an easterly and south-easterly direction through the country, receiving the Inn, Drove, and Save from the Alps, and the March, Waag, and Theisa from the northern mountains. The Elbe, Oder, and Vistula rise in Austria and flow through Prus- sia into the Baltic Sea. The principal lakes are— tho Neusied' ler See (now drained) and Balaton Lake, both in Hungary. Austria possesses a small portion of coast-line on the Adria- tic Sea, less than any of the other great countries of Europe. The climate, owing to the inland position of the country, ia more subject to extremes than in most other countries of Europe in the same latitude. North of the Carpathians it is subject to the greatest extremes, and .'n Hungary it is warmest ; while in tlie mountain regions it varies according to the elevation. The soil, especially in the south and east, is fertile, produc- ing com and wine abundantly. Wheat is largely exported, and Hungary produces the celebrated wine, Tokay. Agriculture forms the chief occupation of the inhabitants, but is not in such an advanced state as in the west of Europe. The mines of Austria are very valuable, producing almost every metal ; iron, copper, and lead are found in great quanti* ties, as well as gold, silver, and quicksilver. The salt minea near Cracow are celebrated, and are probably the largest in the world. Goal is also found in Bohemia. Commerce, owing to the small extent of the sea-coast, is limited ; and manufactures, considering the vast resources of the country, are small. Glass, woollens, and linens in Bohemia, are the principal. Austria comprises under its Government, nations speaking various languages, and differing in laws, manners, and cus« toma. They are generally Germans in the west, Hungarians in the east, and Solavoniana in the north and south. Jewa are numerous. The Zingari, or Gipsies, are a wandering race, existing chiefly in the Hungarian and Polish provinces. A large portion of Northern Italy was formerly under tit* is Prague situated t What seaport belongs to Austria? On what sea is HT In what direction from Tisnua is Peithr Prague ? Trieitst Innsbruck? Cracow? Berlin? Hunieh? Nuremberg? Parts (sea Xurops)? LenaoB? WhsrsdoM thsDaavbeltaTsAualrUt ■s a •M ■«■■■« ■■■■■■■■i wmmm ex. EUKOPB. 61 power of Austria ; bat in the war of 1859 Lombardy was an* nexed to the kingdom of Italy, and Venetia in 1866. The military force of Austria is large, being computed, when on the peace footing, at 283,000 men. The revenue of the country is about two-thirds of that of Great Bntain. The form of government is an hereditary monarchy, with the Emperor as head. A Council of the Empire sits at Vienna, and Provincial Diets in the different countries. The Koman Catholic u the prevailing religion, but all are tolerated. Education is carefully provided for by Government. Vienna, (825,000,) the capital of the Empire, is situated on the Danube, and is one of the first cities in Europe for science, literature, and refinement. It is an elegant city, possesses a famous university, and carries on the chief trade of the country. Prague, (157,000,) the capital of Bohemia, is the second city of Austria. It has a university, and is celebrated in European history. In Moravia are the important fortresses Olmiltz, and Trop- pau ; BrUnn, with large woollen manufactures ; and AtuterlUe, famous for Napoleon's victory in 1805. In Styria, Oratz has large iron manufactures. Salzburg is celebrated for its salt manufacture. In the Tyrol are Trent, where the famous Catholic Council was held in 1545 ; Inntbruck, an important town with a uni- versity ; Klagenfurt and Layltach are important manufactur- ing towns. In Hungary are Peith and Buda, on opposite sides oi the Danube, forming one city, with a population of 200,000. They are now the capital of Hungary. Preahurg, also on the Danube, was the former capital Kremnitz and Schemnitz have gold and silver mines. Tokay, on the Theiss, is famous for its wines. Lemberg is the capital of Galioia. Cracow (50,000) was the former capital of Poland, and has a university and a splendid cathedral, where the Polish kings were cruwned, and many of them buried. Klausenburg, Hermannstadt, and Kronatadt, are large and important towns in Transylvania. Trieite (70,000), the chief Austrian seaport, and Fiume, the seaport for the Hungarian provinces, are both on the Adriatic Sea. What is the area of Austria? flowthrougli? Name tlie lakes of Population? Size? Capital? How is it bouuded ? Point out tlie boundaries on the map. What is said of tlie importance of Austria ? What are ita divisions ? Point them out 00 the map. Describe the sur- face of Austria. Describe the principal mountain chains. Trace them on the map. Where are they situated ? Describe the principal rivers. Trace their courses on the map. What countries do they Austria, and state were they are situated. What is said of the coast-line of Austria ? Of the cli- mate ? Of the soil and products T Of the mines ? Of the manufac- tures? Of the inhabitants? Of Italy? Of the military power of Austria? Of the government? Beligion and education ? Describe the chief cities. Where are they situated? Point them out on the map. SWITZERLAND. isqi 9.1 mile, 107 ; about four-fifths the sise of Nova Sootla. Area, 15,000 square miles ; population, 3,670,000 ; persons to a square ' four-fifths the sise "" ~ ' Capital, Uebne. Switzerland ia bounded on the North by Germany ; on the West by France ; on the South by Italy ; and on the East by Austria. BxBROisEB OK THE Map — AUSTRIA. — PoInt Out and give the boundaries of Boliemia. Of Sloravla. Of Transylvania. Of the Tyrol. Of Vorarlberg. Of Ualicia. Is there any other province of Oallolaf What country adjoins Swltierland on the west? On the It is a Kepublio, consisting of twenty-two cantons united under one federal government. It ia the most mountainous country in Europe ; two-thirds of the surface being covered with mountains, and the re- mainder conristing of an elevated plain. The Jura Mountains, ' on the west, separate it from France, and in the south and east are the celebrated Alps. These form several distinct chains, the most southerly being the Pennine Alps, extending south- west, and the Shatian or Tjrrolete Alpt, east ; a little tarthar north are the Berne.; Alpt, on the west, and the .SeJvettan Alpi extending north. In the Pennine Alps are the highest summits, Monte Bosa, 16,200 ft., and the Matterhorn or Mont Cervin, 14,630 ft. In the Bernese Alps the Jungfrau rises 13,700 ft., and Finsteraarhorn 14,100 ft. Mont St Bernard is celebrated for its convent, and sagacious breed of dogs. The Alps are remarkable for their numerous glaciers or vast fields of ice, filling the higher valleys between the mountains; they are estimated at more than 400 in number. These form the sources of many of the large rivers of Europe ; the Bhont and Ticino flowing south ; the Aar, Bhine, and Inn flowing north. Switzerland is also celebrated for its numerous and beautiful lakes, Geneva, Ifeufchatel, Conatance, Laceme, Zurich, &c. The scenery of Switzerland is most varied and beautiful, and renders it the favorite resort of tourists. Enormous rugged snow-capped mountains, with fearful precipices, glaciers, ava- lanches, and dashing waterfalls, form a striking contrast to the peaceful scenes in the valleys, with their picturesque chalets, waving fields of grain, orchards ripening under a southern ■un, and the deep clear lakes almost hidden by the mountains. The soil of Switzerland varies greatly with the locality, and wherever it is possible, it is industriously cultivated. The valleys yield grain, wine, and various fruits, and the moun- tains give pasturage to vast herds of cattle and goats. The manufactures are chiefly cottons, woollens, and watches. The Swiss are a brave, industrious, and frugal people, and are celebrated for their love of liberty. They speak the French, Italian, or German language, according to the country hey border upon. Three-fifths of the population are Protestants, and the remainder Roman Catholics. Berne, (36,000,) on the Aar, the chief town of the largest canton, is also the seat of the Federal Diet. Geneva, (47,000,) is beautifully situated on the lake of the same name, and haa important manufactures of watches and jewellery. Bade and Schaffhavten on the Bhine, and Zurich on the lake of the same name, carry on the principal commerce. St Gall is a manufacturing town. Neufchiatel has dock and watch manu- factures. Lucerm is beautifully situated on the lake of that name, and near it are most of the scenes rendered famous by William Tell's exploits. Name the principal rivers. Trace their courses on the map. Name the principal lakes. Where are they situated ? Describe thescenery of Switserland. The soil and pro- ducts. The people— their language and religion Describe the ohIeC towns. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated I What Is the area of Switzerland t Population? Sise ? 'Capital ? How ik Switserland bounded? Point out the boundaries on the map. Of what is it composed ? Describe the surface. The principal mountain chains. Trace them on the map. Name the highest mountains. For what are the Alps remarkable? north ? On the south ? What large towns are on the Rhine ? How is Zurich situated ? Lucerne? Geneva? (see France). In what direo- tioa is Geneva from Paris? (see Europe). Berne Arom Strasburg? Berne from London? 1 .b MMMIHI HiM ■v^ m. 62 EUROPE. . ITALY. Areft, 113,000 square miles; population, 26,700,000; penons to a square mile, 230 ; rather more than half the size of the province of Quebec. Capital, BoMi. Italy is bounded on the North by Austria and Switzerland ; on the West by France and the Medi- tenlmean ; on the South by the Mediterranean ; and on the East by the Adriatic Sea and Austria. Prior to the year 1859, it comprised eight separate states, some independent, and others under the power of Austria, but is now united into a single independent state, the Kingdom of Italy. The Kingdom of Italy comprises Piedmont and Lorn- . bardo-Venetia, the former Duchies of Tuscany, Lucca, Parma, and Modena, the Island of Sardinia, the Papal States, and the Kingdom of Naples, including the Island of Sicily. The kingdom has only been formed since the war and revolutions of 1869-60, when France and Sardinia defeated the Austrians and gained Lombardy. Garibaldi gained Naples and Sicily, and the other states voluntarily annexed themselves to Sardinia ; Victor Emmanuel, King of Sardinia, becoming 'the first King of Italy. Savoy and Nice, formerly belong- ing to Sardinia, were at the same time ceded to France. In 1866, Austria was compelled, after a short war, to cede Yenetia to the new kingdom. Borne was acqiiired in 1870. Italy is a long, narrow peninsula, much resembling a boot in shape. Its snr&ce is much diyeisified, presenting every variety of rich and varied landscape. The Alps curve round it on the north and north-west, and the Apennines extend from the Maritime Alps, the southern extremity of the Pennine Alps, through the entire length of the peninsula, rising in the Bouth to the height of about 10,000 feet. These mountain chains divide the country into three parts ; the large fertile plains of Piedmont and Lombardy in the north, between the Alps and Apennines ; and the eastern and western slopes from the Apennines to the sea. Italy is well watered by rivers, and their basins are remark- ably fertile. The principal are the Po, with its tributary the Ticino, and the Adige, flowing into the Adriatic through the northern plains; the Arno and Tiber, flowing west into the Mediterranean. North of the Po, at the foot of the Alps, are the beautiful Lakes Como, Lugano, Maggiore, Oardi, ko. Tho coast is irregular, and bdented with many fine gulCi and bays, of which the principal are the Cht^a of Otnoa and Oatta, Bay of NapUi, and Gulf of Salerno, on the west coast ; BxKBCiiES ON THi MAP— ITALY, Ao.— How Is Italv Separated from France 1 From Switcerland r From Auftria t What i«a washes the eait coast of Italy I How li this Hea connected with the Medlter- nmeaat How is Sicily separated from luljr ; Bardiuia from Corsica? the Gtilf of Taranto on the south ; and the Ovlfof Venice on the east, at the head of the Adriatic Sea. The principal'capes are Pattaro, on the south of Sicily, and Spartivento and Leuca, the southern points of the mabland. The Strait of Meatina separates Sicily from Calabria, and the Strait of Bonifacio is between the islands of Sardinia and Corsica. The islands belonging to Italy ste— Sardinia, separated from Oortiea, which belongs to France, by the Strut of Bonifacio, and intersected by a range of mountuns. The inhabitants are chiefly agricultural, and have also important fisheries of anchovy, tunny, and sardines. SicUp, the largest and most fertile island in the Mediterranean, separated from the munlaiid by the Strait of Messina. In the east is Mount Etna, the largest European volcano, nearly 11,000 feet high. Elba, on the west coast of Italy, between Corsica and the mainland, the first place of banishment of Napoleon. The Lipari Iikmdt, north of Sicily, with StnmboU, called the Lighthouse of the Mediterranean, from the volcano it contains, which is always burning. The climate of Italy is delightful, but on the west coast, between the Island of Elba and the Gulf of Qaeta, the heat of summer causes malaria from the marges, rendering large tracts of the country uninhabitable. These tracts are called the JUaremma, Pontine Marshes, and the Campagna. The soil is very fertile. Bice, wheat, and mtuze are extensively cultivated, and vines, olives, oranges, and lemons are abun- dant. Italy possesses few minerals, but is celebrated for its fine marbles and alabaster. Silks are manufactured in the north, and are almost the only manufacture of conse- quence. Although till 1859 disunited and unsettled, Italy is famous as havmg been the seat of the old Boman Empire, the mistress of the world in the early ages, and possesses many interesting dassio remains of its former grandeur, forising an ample and interesting study to the raveller and scholar. It was also the seat of several of the most powerfiil commercial republics of the middle ages, Venice, Qenoa, lie., and is still celebrated as being the great centre of the fine arts, painting, sculpture, moue, and architecture. The government is a limited monarchy, and is formed npon the pattern of that of Britain. The Roman Catholic is the established religion, but all others are tolerated. It possesses a great number of large towns, most of them celebrated in history. In the former Papal States— lZom« (244,000), the oapital, on the Tiber, formerly the mistress of the world, although sadly decayed, possesses magnificent remains of its former grandeur, and is still celebrated for its splendid buildings, and for the architectural beauties of its old ruins. The Pope, although no longer a temporal sovereign, still holds his court in Borne. Civita Vecehia is its seaport. In Piedmont— Turin (218,000), formerly the oapital of Sardinia, a fine city, with extensive trade, noted for its silk manufootures; Oenoa (130,000), the chief seaport of Italy, with important manufactures of silks and velvets; formerly the capital of a powerftil repnblio of the same name } iS^na, How ii Rome situated r What famous city Is on the Adriatic ? Where is Turin situated t Milan t Florence T In what direction ftom Bo|ne is Naples? Palermo T Venice t Florence t Turin t Paris? (see Europe). London t Berlin? Vienna? •1 8 :. mm '^^ m. ■MMm wm H i w •8 i2 r 1 1 E i EUROPE. the chief ratnl station, with an excellent harbor; and Aleuandria, a atrongly-fortified city, with silk ma-inflEu;- tares. In Lombardy— Iftfan (200,000) is a beantifnl city, wi^V a magnificent cathedral of white marble, and large trade; Ber- gamo, Brescia, and Piacenza are important towns ; Parma and Modena, the former capitals of the duchies of the same name, and Bologna, with the oldest nniveruty in Italy, are important inland towns. Near Milan is Magenta, and near Brescia is Soliferino, where the Anstrians were defeated by the French in 1869. In Tnscany— ^2or«ne« (167,000), snrnamed ' the beantifol,' is a magnificent city, and has long been celebrated as a seat of soience and art, and for its splendid galleries of painting and sculptnre; it was formerly the head of a republic of the same name ; Piaa, with its famous leaning tower ; and Leghorn, an important seaport. Aneona is a fortified sea- port on the Adriatic, and near it is Loretto, with its famous shrine. In Naples is Na:plei (448,000), the largest city in Italy, sur- passing every city in Europe for the beauty of its situation and appearance. The Bay of Naples is celebrated for its scenery. About ten miles from the city is the volcano of VcbutIus, 4000 feet high, aear which are the remains of the ancient cities of Heroulaneum and Pompeii, which have been buried in lava and ashoE since a.d. 79, and are now being excavated. Oaeta and Capua, are near Naples. In the Island of Sicily are— Palermo (220,000), a fine city, with much commerce ; Meai/na (111,000), the principal com- mercial city; Catania (84,000), with manufactures of silk; Syracute, famous for its andent greatness, and memorable in history; and Marsala, with its wines. Caglia/ri is the chief port of the Island of Sardinia. In Venetia— Fenice (128,000) was long the head of a power- ful commercial republic. It is built on a number of islands, canals forming the streets and gondolas the oarrir^ies, and con- tains many fine buildings. Padua, with a celebrated university, and Yieenm are large and important towns. Verona, Peachiera, Mantua, and Legnago form the fimoaa "quadrilateral," or chain of fortresses to repel foreign invasion. Where is Malta sitoatedr Point I it belonet it out on tlie map. To whom does I town. 63 Describe the chief What is the area of Italy? Popu- lation T Size? Capital t How Is it bounded ? Point out the boun- daries on the map. Of what is it composed? Describe the surface. The mountain chains. Trace them on the map. How do the moun- tains divide the country! What Is uld of the rivers of Italy? Name the principal. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the coast -line. Name the principal Silfs and bays. Point them out on e map. where are theysituated? Name the principal capes and straits. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe the principal islands. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe the climate of Italy. Soil and pro- ducts. Minerals. Manufactures. What issaid of Italian associations? How has the kingdom of Italy been formed 1 What is the form of government? What is said of its present position? Religion, Ao. ? Describe the chief cities. Point them out on the map. Where are they situatedt The Island of Mina?^'e.il(ps extend north-west, and the PindiMJlTountotn* south ; and from about the middle of the same range, the Despoto or Bhodope Mountains stretch south-east, and another chain north-west, to the Carpathians, meeting them at the Iron Gate on the Danube. The Pindus range extends into Greece, and contains the celebrated mountains Ossa, Pelion, Mid 01} mpus in Thessaly. The great river of Turkey ia the Danube, flowing into the Black Sea, with its tributaries the Save and Morava on the south bank, and the Serelh and Pruth on the north bank. The Maritza and Vardar flow south into the Archipelago ; the Vale of Tempe ia near the mouth of the Salembria, a small river flowing through Thessaly. The principal lakes are Scutari and Ochrida, in the west. The chief features of the coast are the Gulfs of Saloniki, ■Conteiaa, and Saros, in the south ; and the iSiea of Marmora, «onnected with the Archipelago by the Dardanelles, and with the Black Sea by the Bosphorut. Most of the European islands in the Archipelago belong to Crreeoe, but Turkey possesses Candia, (the ancient Crete,) Lemnos, kc, besides a number of others more generally con- «idered as belonging to Asia. £.>CBRCi3ES OH THE Uap— ITALY AND ToRKEY.— What countries adjoin 'Turkey on the north ? On the south ? How is Turkey in Europe separ- ated from Turkey in Asia ? Uow is Turkey separated from Austria ? from Italy ? How it Constantinople situated T Wliat large cities are The climate is warm and delightfal, eMMclally south of the Balkan Mountains. The soU is ezcelWt ; but owing to th» bad government of the country, agricnltor* is very backward, and more attention is given to pasturage. The products are chiefly grain in the north, and wine, olives, cotton, tobacco, and fruit in the south. Commerce and manufactures are chiefly in the hands of foreigners, being despised by the Turks themselves. The government is a despotism, the Sultan being the head of the state, with the Grand Vizier as prime minister, and Pachas as governors of the provinces. There is no aristocracy, all preferment depending on the will of the Sultan. Only about 2,000,000 of the whole population are Turks, though about 4,500,000 are Mohammedans ; the remainder consists of a mixture of the Greek, Bulgarian, and Sclavonic races, belong- ing to the Greek Church. The late war between Turkey and its allies and Russia arose from the pretensions of the Czar of Russia, the head of the Greek Church, to a protectorate over the inhabitants of Turkey belonging to that Church. The Turks are very ignorant, education with them being simply the reading of the Koran, which may be said to constitute their religion, laws, and literature. Some reforms have, how- ever, been lately introduced. Constantinople (500,000), the capital, one of the largest cities in Europe, is beautifully situated on the Bosphorus, or Strait of Constantinople, and possesses a magnificent harbor, called the "Golden Horn." The city presents a splendid appearance from the water, owing to its numerous mosques, glittering domes, and graceful minarets ; but the interior is poorly built, and dirty. The houses are in general built of wood, and the streets are narrow. Oonstantinople was for- merly the capital of the eastern division of the Roman Empire, but was taken by the Turks in 1453. Adrianople, (150,000,) on the Maritza, is the second city in importance, and was formerly the capital of the Ottoman Empire. Cfallipoli, on the Darda- nelles, and Saloniki, (the ancient Thessalonica,) are important seaports. Sophia is a large and important city in Bulgaria. ShunUa is strongly fortified, and Varna, a fortified seaport oa the Black 8e\, near which the allied French and English armies were encamped before proceeding to the Crimea in 1854. Belgrade, Widdin, Bustchuk, and Silistria, are strongly fortified cities on the Danube. Bosna Serai ia the chief town of Bosniak Bucharest, (140,000,) the capitalof Wallachia, is a large and im- portant city. Ibrail or Brailov, and Oalatz, export large quan- tities of grain. Jassy (70,000) is the capital of Moldavia. What is the area of Turkey? Population? Sise? Capital? What does Turkey comprise f How is it bounded ? Point out the boun- daries on the map. What pro- vinces belong to Turkey ? Where are they eltuated ? Describe the surface of Turkey. The principal mountain chains. Trace them on the mtfp. Describe the principal riTcrs. Trace their courses on the map. What are the principal lakes t Where are they situated ? Describe the chief features of the coast. Where are they situated? What islands belong to Turkey? Where are they situated ? Describe the climate. The soil and pro- ducts. What is said of commerce t Of the gOTcrnment ? Of the people t or the religion ? Of the late war ? Of the state of education, ftc. Describe the chief towns. Where are they situated ? Point them out on the map. on the Danube? In what direction ftt>m Constantinople is Athens! Rome 7 How r.r>: Wallachia and MoIdaTia separated ftrom the rest o( Turkey? P .irt out Varna? Silistria? Belgrade? What would yea call the po . ti v of land about the mouth of the Danofeof- liiim flitiiilimmiMi iliilMlfcl I IMil etally Mnth of tlie bat owing to the ia Teiy backward. The products are a, cotton, tobacco, in the handa of Melves. n being the head Ime miniator, and lisnoariatocracy, te Saltan. Only are Turks, though tainder consists of onic races, belong* iween Turkey and >n8 of the Caar of protectorate over at Church. The lem being simply aid to constitute forms hare, how« e of the largest he Bosphorus, or ftgnificent harbor, sonts a splendid merous mosques, it the interior ia general built of itinople waa for- e Boman Empire, Dpfe, (150,000,) on and was formerly >li, on the Darda< a,) are important oity in Bulgaria, rtified seaport on ich and English e Crimea in 1864. strongly fortified F town of Bosniat is a large and im- (port large quan< f Moldavia. lief features of the ire they situated t jelong to Turkey r situated T Describe rhe soil and pro- said of commerce f intr Of the people r or the late war r of education, Ac. ief towns. Where ir Point them out Inoplels Athens r I ft'om the rest of What would jeu wr. i fmmm mi /^ ^O-* ' ^> H c '.O ASIA. 65 -^V - 8 ASIA. Area, about 17,140,000 square miles, aoout one-third of the land surface of the globe ; preatest extent from east to west, 5200 miles, and from north to south, 5300 miles ; population, about 800,000,000; Asia is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean ; on the West by the Ural Mountains, Ural Elver, Cas- pian Sea, Mount Caucasus, Blask Sea, Sea of Mar- mora, Mediterranean, and the Red Sea ; ou the South by the Indian Ocean ; and on the East by the Pacific Ocean. It is the largest and moat populous of the great divisions of the glohe, and is particularly interesting as having heen the first abode of man, and the scene of most of the important events recorded in the Holy Scriptures. Its gf.dt physical features are also as remarkable as its extent, the rivers being of great length, and only equalled by some of (be largest in America ; while its mountains are the highest in the world, and its high table-lands are nowhere equalled for their vast extent or height above the sea. The two great chains of the Himalaya and Altai Moun- tains, extending across the broadest part of the continent from west to east, under various names, form the most striking feature of the continent, and divide it into three regions, — viz., a great northern plain, sloping towards the Arctic Ocean, through which the OU, Yenisei, and Lena Rivers flow ; a central mountainous region, which is subdivided by other mountain chains ; and a southern slope towards the Indian Ocean, divided into three great peninsulas. Between the two great ran£;esthe slope is eastward, and this vast valley contains the minor parallel chains of the Thian Shan and Kmnlun, and the mountains of China, forming the basins of the great rivers Amoot; Hoang-ho, aud Yan-tsc-kiang ; a smaller western slope is shown by the course of the Amoo and Sir, flowing into the Sea of Aral. From the Himalayas and their continuations southwards, is u southern slope, as shown by the cuurscsi of the rivers Mekong or Camhoja, Saluen, Ivraicady, and others in Fiirthor India; tlie Ganges, Brahmapootra, and Indus, in Hindostan; and the Tigris and Euphrates in Asiatic Turkey. Eosidos the groat chains already mentioned are the Hindoo Koosh, extending south -west from tho western end of tlio Hima- layas, and separated from them by the valley of tho Indus ; tixo Pamir, stretching north from tho eastern extremity of tlie Hindoo Koosh, and forming the dividing line between the east- ern and western slopes of the central region ; the Elburz range, extending from the Hindoo Koosh to the southern extremity of the Caspian Sea ; the mountains of Armenia, in which is the celebrated Mount Ararat ; the parallel chains of tlie Taurus and AMi-Taurus Mountains, in Asia Minor ; and from tlie eastern extremity of the Taurus range, tlio mountains of Lebanon extend southwards along the coast of tlio Mediter- ranean, »nd are continued by smaller chains to tho Sinn' bio Mountains, at tho head of tlie Kod Hea. The Himalayas are the highest mountains of Asia and of the world, about fifty of their peaks rising over 20,000 feet in height. Mount Everest is 29,000 feet and Kinchinjunga, 28,000 feet high. The Hindoo Koosh fountains do not ex- ceed 23,000 feet, the Caucasus 18,500 feet, the Elburz range 18,500 feet, and the other ranges generally from 5000 to 10,000 feet in height. The principal rivers of Asia already mentioned, although of great length and volume, are of much less importance than those of America, as they are of comparatively little use for navigation, owing to the height of their sources, and the mountainous nature of the regions through which they flow. Those of Siberia, moreover, are inaccessible, since they flow into the Arctic Ocean. All are valuable, however, for irriga- tion and agricultural purposes. The table-lands of Asia are of great extent, and occupy a large portion of the continent, extending from the Mediter- ranean Sea to the Sea of Japan, a distance of upwards of 5000 miles, and varying from 400 to 2000 miles in breadth. The largest and most elevated is the great central plateau between the Altai and Himalaya Mountains, including the Desert of Gobi or Shamo, from 4000 to 10,000 feet high. West of it are the Desert of Iran, in Persia and Afghanistan, and the table-lands of Armenia, Asia Minor, and Arabia. The principal Lakes are: — BaiJcal and Balkash, in Siberia, I tho inland salt lalies, the Sea of and the Dead Sea, in Syria, besides | Aral, and the Caspian Sea. Like Europe, tho outline or coast-line of Asia is much broken, and has many islands, seas, gulfs, bays, and straits. The principal Peninsulas are; — Asiailinor,onttievieat; Arabia, land Annam, on the south ;an(t Hindostan, Malaya or Malacca, \ CoreaanilKamsohatka,ontho east The principal Islands are :— Cyprus, in the Levant or eastern end of the Mediterranean ; Ceylo ,, the Laccadive, Maldivt, Andaman, and Nicobar Iilandt, in the Indian Ocean ; Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, the Moluccas or iS^pice Islands, and Philippines, In thu Eastern Archipelago; and Hai- nan, Formosa, Loo Chno Islands, the Japan Islands, Saahalien, Ku- rile, and Aleutian Islands, in the Fucific. The principal Seas and Oulfs art: — The tevant. Red Sea, Arabian I Oulfs of Siam and Tonquin, Tel- Sea, Persian Gulf, Gulfs of Cutch I low Sea, Gulf of Pechelee, Japan and Cambay, Bay of Bengal and Sea, aud Sea ofOkotsk. Gulf of Martabati, China Sea and | The pnncipal Straits are: — Bdbelmandeb, Ormut, Gulf of \^ Malacca and Corea, Gulf ^ Manaar, and Paik Strait, Straits | fartary, and Behring Strait, iThe principal Capes are: — Baba, the most westerly point of I rin, Somania, Camboja, lopatk subject to violent extremes. In the north it is oxoesiively cold ; in the middle it is dry, and almost ra? tea and rice ; in the southern part of the con- tinent, and in tie islands, coffee, cotton, rice, ginger, pepper, aid spices are produced in great abundance ; while the forests fiimish palm, teak, sandalwood, gamboge, and caoutchouc tiees. Jungl'js cover a large part of the country in the south and south-er^t, affording refuge to the lion, tiger, leopard, ele- phant, and |i;reat numbers of large and venomous serpents and reptilbs. In the north are found the bear, wolf, reindeer, ermine, marten, and c:any other fur-bearing animals; horses, camels, and dromedaries I'bound in the middle region. Iron, tin, copper, coal, and other minerals are found in various parts, but are little worked. Precious stones are found in India. Manufactures are not numerous, the principal being silks, cottons, Cashmerti ■hawls, porcelain, and small carved articles of ivory and wood. The most densely peopled parts of Asia are China and Hindo- ■tan. The inhabitants of Asia are generally of the Caucasian race in the south-west ; Mongolians in the middle and east ; and Malays in Malacca and the East India Islands. They are al- most all either heathens, professing the worship of Brahma or Buddha in the south, and the system of Confucius in China ; or Mohammedans in the west, which is the centre and cradle of Mohammedanism. Tliere are some Christian sects iu Syria and Armenia, and the Bussian colonists of Siberia belong to the Qreek Church, but neither are numerous. The Countries of Asia are : — Ti- TnBKKT nr Abu. Arabia. Fehsia. Afouanistak. Bblooohistan or Baluchistan.' India or Uindostan. Kastrun Pen' insula, comprising Burmati, Siam, Annam, so. The islands of Asia are generally considered as forming part of Oceania, the fifth great division of the earth. What is the area of Asia r The thecoastltne of Asia? Name the Chinese Empire, including BET, Mongolia, Ao. Tartary or Turkestan (Eastern and Western). Russia in Asia. Japan Islands. extent r Population f How li it bounded? Point out the boundaries on the map. For what is Asia interesting? What Is said of its phjiicai features? What great mountain chains intersect the cuuiitrT? IIow do they diTlde it? Point out the divisions on the nap. Describe them. Trace the mountains and rivers on tlie map. Describe the other mouutaln chains. Trace them on the map. What is said of the height of tlie Bountnins? What is said of tlie riTeri ? Wha'< is said of tho table- lands ? Describe them, and point them ont on the map. Name the principal Ukes, and point them out on tho map. What is said of principal peninsulas. Point them out on tho m.ip, and state where they are situated. Name the principal Islands. Point them out on tho map, and state where they are situated. Name the principal seas and gulfs. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. Name the principal capes. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. What is said of the cli- mate of Asia? Of the seasons? Of the soil ? Of the productions ? Of the animals ? Of the minerals ? Of the manufactures ? Of the inhabitants? Name the countries of Asia. Point tbsm out on the map, ■ziroises ow thr Maf— Asia,— What Urge rivers flow southwards? lastwtrds? Through what tones does Asia extend? What parts of Asia are in the same latitude u Canada f ToBKir iM Asia,— How is Asia Minor separated from Turkey In TURKEY IN ASIA. Area, about 660,000 square miles ; population, 16,000,000 ; persons to a sg^uare mile, 24; more thun three times the size of Quebec. TuRKET IN Asia is bounded on the North by the Black Sea and Russia ; on the West by the Qrecian Ar* chipelago and the Mediterranean Sea ; on the South by Arabia ; and on the East by Persia. It comprises Asia Minor, Armenia, Syria, (including Pales- tine,) Kurdistan, the ancient Assyria, Irak-Ardbi, the ancient Chaldea, and Algeziras, the ancient Mesopotamia. These countries are all celebrated in the records of the Holy Scrip- tures, both Old and New, and for thjt reason form a peculiarly interesting study. It also comprises all tho wesiern and part of tho eastern divisions of Arabia. The Islands of Cyprus and Rhodes, in the Mediterranean, with Mitylene, Scio, Samos, and all the Asiatic Islands of the Grecian A ihipelago, belong to Turkey. What is the area of Turkey in Asia? Population? Size? How is it bounded? Point out the boundaries on the map. What countries does it comprise? To what ancient countries do they corre- spond ? For what are they cele- brated? What islands belong to Turkey? Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ? ASIA MINOR. Asia Minor comprises the peninsula between the Black Sea and the Mediterranean. The greater part of the country consists of a high plateau, enclosed by the Taurus Mountains on the south, and the parallel range of the Anti-Taurus on the north, both extending close along the coast. The former are the highest, some of the peaks reaching to 13,000 feet in height. The rivers, owing to the mountainous nature of the country, are naturally small and rapid, but are numerous, and many of them celebrated in ancient history. The principal are the Kizil Irmak, the ancient Halys, formerly the boundary between Lydia and Media ; tho Sakaria, flowing into the Black Sea ; and tho Meander and Sarabat, flowinn; into tho Archipelago. There are several salt lakes in the interior. The climate on the plains is hot and dry, but healthy, and in tho mountain lauds cool and pleasant. The soil is fruit- ful, especially in tho valleys, but much neglected. Orain, tobacco, cotton, and all southern fruits, such as figs, olives, grapes, and pomegranates, grow In ab said of vegetation? distan, Irak-Arabi, and Algeziras Of the soil and people ? What represent? Describe their sltua- Inlce is in the north? Describe tlon. How are they bounded? the principal towns. Point them Describe the country. Trace the out on tlie map, and state where courses of the principal rivers, they are situated, ABABIA. Area, 1,200,000 square miles; population, about 5,000,000 ; persons to a s<}uare mile, about 4 ; three times the size of Ontario and Quebec. Chief City, Mecca. Arabia is a peninsula bounded on the North by Turkey in Asia ; on the West by the Isthmus of Suez and the Red Sea ; on the South by the Indian Ocean ; and on the East by the Persian Gulf and Irak-Arabi. It is a vast sandy desert, rising in the interior into a high tableland, from 5000 to 8000 feet high, and sloping principally towards the Persian Gulf. It is most abrupt on the west and south coasts. Little is known of the interior of the country, but recent travellers have found considerable towns and a numerous population in the northern central parts. The Syrian desert is in the possession of wandering tribes of Arabs called Bedouins, who live by plundering the caravans and by pasture. ExuROiSES oit THE MAP— TiTHKEV IN AsiA, AnADiA, *o.— What large river flows nearly parallel to the Kuphrates ? What cities are situated «n It? Where is Itlllah situated? How is Arabia separated from Africa f Wbat Itthmui is on the Borth-weit? How is Arabia separated The Strait of Bdbelmandeb is at the entrance of the Red Sea, and the Strait of Ormuz at the entrance of the Persian Gulf. Cape Rat d Had is the south-eastern extremity. Mounts Sinai and Horeh are in the peninsula extending into the Bed Sea at its northern extremity. The climate is excessively hot, and the simoom, or burning wind of the desert, renders travelling very dangerous, as the sand sometimes moves like the waves of the sea, overwhelming everything. The soil on the coast is fertile, producing coffee, myrrh, frankincense, dates, and various other fruits. In the Persian Gulf are valuable pearl-fisheries. Arabia is celebrated for its horses. The camel is the only animal which can endure the fatigue of traversing the deserts. Hedjaz and Yemen in the west and Hassa in the east are subject to Turkey; the south-east belongs to the Sultan of Muscat ; in the interior is the kingdom of Nedjed. Mecca (40,000), the birthplace of Mohammed, 60 miles from the Bed Sea, and Medina, containing his tomb, farther north, are the holy cities of the Mohammedans, and are visited by vast numbersof pilgrims, as Mohammedans are enjoined to visit Mecca at least once in their lives. Jeddah is the seaport of Mecca. Sana is the capital of Yemen, and Mocha, celebrated for its coffee, is the chief seaport. Aden, at the entrance of the Strait of Babelmandob, has belonged to Britain since 1839, when steam navigation was opened to India. Muscat (60,000), on the east coast, is the capital of the most enterprising and maritime country in Arabia, and even in Western Asia. It carries on an important trade in gums, myrrh, and frankincense, a Lirge portion of which is brought from Africa. Biadh (30,000), in the centre of the country, is the capital of the kingdom of Nedjed and the chief town of the Wahabees, a particularly strict sect of Mohammedans. The ruins of Petra, the ancient capital of Edom, in the north, about midway between the Dead and the Bed Seas, consist of a long street or narrow valley, in which houses, temples, and all the buildings are hewn out of the solid rock ; and are amongst the most interesting ancient remains ia existence. What is the area of Arabia? Population? Size? Capital? How is Arabia bounded ? Point out the boundaries on the map. Describe the surface of Arabia. Describe the principal physical features. Point them out on the map. De- scribe the climate. Soil and pro- ducts. For what is Arabia famous ? How is Arabia divided ? Describe tlie chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their situation. Describe the ruins of Petra. PEBSIA. Area, 600,000 square miles ; population, 5,000,000 ; persons to a sauare mile, 8; about one-third larger than Ontario, Quebec, and New- foundland. Capital, Teheran. Persia is bounded on the North by Asiatic Russia, the Caspian Sea, and Turkestan ; on the West by Turkey ; on the South by the Persian Gulf ; and on the East by Af- ghanistan and Baluchistan. It was formerly a nation of great importance, forming one of the most powerful em- piresofancienthistory,butisnowsadlyreduced,andseeni8 to be steadily decreasing in population. The area and population are variously estimated from 450 to 650 thou- sand square miles, and from 6 to 10 millions of souls. 'from Persia? From Baluchistan? What cape Is on the south-east? What famous mountain is at the head of the Red Sea? Where is Mocha situated? Indiana? What large town Is in the south-MSt? What part of Arabia belongs to Britain? ..' r ASIA. 69 led Sea, inGulf. U Sinai I Sea (it burning as the helming ig coffee, In the lebrated u endure e east are Sultan of liles froni ler north, ed by vast isit Mecca Mecca. ;ed for its the Strait 839, when f the most d even in in gums, is brought the capital Wahabees, 1 the north, 3, consist of 3mples, and k; and are istonce. Soil and pro- ■abia famous ? d ? Describe Int them out escribe their the ruins of us to a square ec, and New- Eusaia, the Curkey ; on East by Af- a nation of iwerful em- 1, and seems le area and ;o 650 thou- I of souls. he south-east? ia? )f7h«re is be south-east r The surface is mountainous, especially in the north and west, where the Ellmn Mountains extend from Afghanistan to the mountains of Armenia. The highest summit is Mount Dema- vend, 21,000 feet high. The interior is a high plateau about 3000 feet above the sea, forming part of the great Desert of Iran, which extends into Afghanistan. The rivers are few and small, *nd either lose themselves in the sand, or flow into lakes so salt that fish cannot live in them. Along the shore of the Caspian Sea, and wherever there is water, vegetation is luxuriant, and cotton, the sugar-cane, and mulberry, fig, and pomegranate trees abound. In the south it is hot, dry, and arid, and the date palm is the only tree that will grow. The Persians are a gay, polite, and hospitable people, and carry on large manufactures in fine siUcs, carpets, and brocades. Two-thirds of the people are engaged in pastoral pursuits. The sheep of Persia are famous for their size. Trade is chiefly in the hands of the British and Russians, the latter having almost exclusive control of the navigation on the Caspian Sea. The government is a despotism, under a ruler called the Shah ; and the religion is the Mohammedan. Ispahan, (100,000,) the largest city, is situated on a high plain in a well-cultivated district. Teheran, (85,000,) the capital, is in the desert, where the climate is so hot and un- healthy, that in summer the city is almost deserted. Shiraz, near the Persian Gulf, ib in the centre of a fertile and beauti- ful valley. North of it are the ruins of Persepolia, among which are supposed to be those of the palace of Darius, de- stroyed by Alexander the Great. Bushire, on the Persian Gulf, is the chief port. Tabriz, near the salt lake Urumiyah, Yezd, and Hamadan, the latter on the caravan route to Bagdad, are important towns. Reshd and Aatrabad are ports on the Caspian. products. Wliat Is said of the people ? or the sheep of Persia i Of the trade ? Of the government and religion? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. What is the area of Persia? Population t Size t Capital ? How is Persia bounded ? Point out the boundaries on the map. For what was Persia formerly celebrated? Describe the surface. The moun- taiES and rlrers. Trace them on the map. Deicritie ttie soil and AFGHANISTAN. Area, 250,000 square miles; population, about 5,000,000; persons to a square mile, 20 ; rather larger than the province of Quebec. Capital, Cabool. Afghanistan is situated between Persia and tlie northern part of India. It is mountainous in surface, and in the south-west the Persian desert extends into the country. In the north-east are the Hindu Kush Moun- tains, some of them rising 20,000 feet in height ; and from these the Suleiman Mountains extend southwards into Baluchistan. Owing to the elevated position of the country, it is subject to great extremes of heat and cold, but the mountains enclose many rich and fertile valleys. Two famous mountain-passes lead from the high plateaux of Afghanistan to the valley of Exercises on the Map— Turkey in Asia, Pp.hria, Ac— What coun- tries adjoin Persia on the cast ? On the north? On the west? What mountain is in the north ? What sea is on tlie north ? What port Is on the Persian Oult? What ports are on the Caspian Seat How is Ispa- the Indus. They are the Khyber Pass and the Bolan Pau, «wit are on the great road between India and the West. The towns are chiefly inhabited by Persians and Hindoos, who carry on the trade ; while the Afghans are principally priests or soldiers, holding trade in contempt. They ani divided into a number of independent tribes, but unite for th« common defence of the country. They were formerly very powerful, and had possession of a large part of Westeni India. The British invaded the country in 1839 to restore a rightful heir to the throne ; but in 1842, after heavy losses, retired, not however without inflicting a severe lesson on the Afghans. Cabool, (60,000,) the capital, is situated 6400 feet above the sea, and is surrounded with gardens. It is the key of Hindo- stan on the west. Candahar and Herat are the principal towns. Herat carries on extensive manufactures, and is an important station on the caravan route between Persia, Tartary, and India. Its occupation by the Persians caused the war of 1856. What is the area cf Afghanistan ? Population ? Size ? Capital ? How is Afghanistan bounded ? Point out the boundaries on the map. Describe the surface and principal physical features. Trace the latter on the map. Describe the climato and soil. What is said of the in- habitants? Of the Dritish inva- sions? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, ami describe their situatioQs. BALUCHISTAN. Area, 105,000 square miles ; population, about 2,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, 12 ; rather less than Outario in size. Capital, Kelat. Baluchistan lies to the south of Afghanistan, be- tween it and the Arabian Sea. It is mountainous and desert in the north, and along the coast is a dry arid tract, where nothing but the date-palm will grow. The country is divided between the Belooches in the west, and the Br.ahoes in the east. Both are pastoral, and profess Mohammedanism. The Hindoos carry on the trade. Kelat (12,000), in the north-east, is the chief town. It is COOO feet above the sea. What Is said of the surface and soil? Of the people? Where is the capital situated ? Point it out I on the map. What is the area of Baluchistan ? Population? Size? Capital? How is italucliistan situated? Point out the boundaries on the map. INDIA OR HINDOSTAN.* * Area, 1,622,000 square miles ; population, 240,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, 148 ; rather more than half the size of the Dominion of Canada. Capital, Calcutta. India, or Hindostan, is bounded on the North by the Himalaya Mountains ; on the West by Afghanis- tan, Baluchistan, and the Arabian Sea ; on the South by the Indian Ocean ; and on the East by the Bay o£ Bengal and Burraah. The greater part of India ia now in the possession df -the British, or tributary to them. It was formerly under the con- trol of a large trading company called the East India Company, but since 1858 has been under the direct control of the British * The spelling of Indian names in the text is generally according to the popular method, while the map, which slightly differs, is intendeA to show the more correct system, which is coming more into use. han situated ? Teheran ? What mountains separate Afghanistan from India ? What country is to the south of Afghanistan ? What sea is on tlio south of Bulucliistan ? What mountains are in the north-east oi Afa'hanistan? Uow is Cabool situated t ■WW .,««►•-*. 70 ASIA. Oovernment. The first factory of the East India Company iraa established in 1615. The country is na^.orally divided into three parts : the basin of the Indus in the north-west ; the basin of the Ganges in the north-east; and the southern peninsuhi between the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal, including the Deccan, an elevated tableland enclosed by the Eastern and Western Ghauts and the Vindhya Mountains. The enormous mass of the Himalayas extends along the north, rising to their greatest height in the eastern part of the range, where Mounts Everest and Kinchinjunga are over 28,000 feet in height, being the highest known mountains in the world. The Western Ghauts extend along the western coast, and the Eastern Ghauts along the eastern coast at a dis- tance of about forty miles from the sea. The western are the highest, rising about 4000 feet, and their southern continua- tion, the Keilgherries, rise to about 7000 feet. The Vindhya Mountains and Aravulli Hills are in the west. The general slope of the country is towards the east, as shown by the course of the rivers. India is well watered, but owing to the height of the sources of the principal rivers, they are not generally well adapted for navigation. The Ganges rises in the Himalayas at a height of about 14,000 feet, receiv- ing the Oogra, Jumna, and other tributaries, and flows into the Bay of Bengal by a number of mouths, after a course of 1500 miles. It is navigable for steamers as far as AUahabad, and so is the Jumna as far as Delhi. The Brahmapootra and Indtu rise on the north side of the Himalayas in Tibet, and flow east and west respectively, turning the ends of the Hima- laya chain. The Brahmapootra joins the eastern mouth of the Ganges, and is a very rapid river, little useful for navigation. The Indus receives the Satl(y\rith its tributaries,— which give the name of the Panjab, or "Five Rivers," to the country through which they flow,— and after a course of 1800 miles, falls into the Arabian Sea, The lower part of its course is through a desert composed of sandy plains and jungles. The other rivers are the Nerbudda, flowing west, and the Maha- nvddy, Godavery, Krishna, and Cativery flowing east. The western coast is called the Malabar Coast, and the eastern the Coromandel Coast. Cape Comorin is the southern extremity of the continent. The climate of India varies according to latitude and eleva- tion above the sea. The great height of the Himalayas, and the highlands sloping from them towards the south, which are trithin the tropics, give every variety of climate, from that of perpetual snow to that of the torrid zone. Like other tropi- cal countries, the seasons are divided into the wet and dry, And their changes coincide with the periodical monsoons or season winds. The monsoons blow from the south-west in summer, and from the north-east in winter ; and the changes produce violent storms. In Bengal the hot season is from March to the end of May, nnd the wet season from June to October. Between these the climate is temperate. On the south-west coast the fall of rain is very great owing to the prevalence of south-west winds, which bring the moisture from the ocean. On the east coast the fall of rain is not so great, as the north-east winds blow KxRROisiis ON THE Map — INDIA. — How ii India separated from Tibet f What sea is on the west f What bay is on the east? What large river flows into the Arabiaa Seu ? What two large rivers flow into the Bay «f Bengal? Which Presidency is in the north ? Which in the 8outU> chiefly overland, and instead of rain, brin' great heat and drought. During the heavy rains, the rivers, especially the Ganges and Brahmapootra, overflow their banks to a great dis- tance, rendering the soil very fertile. Kice is the great staple and general food of all classes. Various other grains are also produced according to the elevation. Opium, indigo, sugar, and cotton are largely cultivated and exported. The teak, banyan, bamboo, mangrove, imd a variety of palms, are the principal trees. The teak is as valuable for shipbuilding as the oak. A single banyan tree covers a large space of ground, as each branch extends downwards to the ground, takes root, and produces other branches. The soil In many parts is not cultivated, and is covered with jungles, affording a refuge for tigers, elephants, and other wild animals. India is rich in minerals, and especially in precious stones. The diamond mines of Golcondaand Orissa are famous. The Hindoos excel in manufactures of ivory, sUks, fine muslins, and cottons. The shawls of Cashmere, made from the hair of the Cashmere goat, are unrivalled. Hindoos form the greater part of the population ; and although the country belongs to Britain, it contains very few Europeans, and these are chiefly military. The native soldiers in the pay of the British are called Sepoys. The natives are mostly pagans, worshipping Brahma, Vishnu, the Ganges, and many animals. Widows were formerly burnt on the funeral piles of their dead husbands, and children thrown into the Ganges, but the Government has now prohi- bited these and many other excesses. In the north-west there are great numbers of Mohammedans. The most remarkable feature in Hindoo society is the division of the people into four castes— Brahmins or priests, soldiers, merchants, and laborers. None of these can intermarry, or even eat and drink together. Those who have been degraded from their caste are called pariahs, and are outcasts from society. British India, with its dependencies, was formerly divided into three parti^— the Bengal, Madras, and Bombay Presidencies, but now forms nine provinces, the whole being under the con- trol of the Governor-General and Supreme Council of India. These are — Bengal Proper, comprising the country watered by the lower courses of the Ganges and Brahmapootra, and extend- ing from Fatna on the west to Chittagong on the east and Cut- tack on the south; the Iforth-West Provinces, along the courses of the Ganges and Jumna, from Delhi to Patna ; the Panjah, or "Five Rivers," situated on the tributaries of the Indus in the north-west (these three provinces are under Lieutenant- governors); Oudh, between the North- West Provinces and Nepaul ; the Central Provinces, situated south-west of Bengal Proper (these two provinces are governed by Chief Commis- sioners); Assam, on the Brahmapootra, to the north-east; British Burmah in Further India ; and the former presidencies of Madras and Bombay, comprising the east and west coasts respectively, presided over by governors and their counsels. What is the area of India? Population? Size? Capital? How is India bounded ? Point out the boundaries on the map. To whom does the greater part of India be- long? How is it divided by its physical features? Describe the principal mountain chains Trace them on the ntap. How does the surface slope ? Describe the princi- pal rivers. Trace their courses on the map. What are the principal features of the coast ? Point them out on the map. Describe the cli- mate of India. The seasons. The winds. What is said of the seasons east? Which in the south-west? What is the southern extremity of India called? What island is off the southern point? Bow is it separated from the mainland? What is the eastern coast oalltdf What the western coast ? What desert is in the north-west ? r ASIA. 71 in Bengal? What do the different habitants t Of the native soldlera ? winds cause t What happens dur- Of the religion and religious rites? ing the rainy season t Describe What is a remarkable feature of the products of India. The yege- Hindoo societj t Bow is British tation. Animals. Minerals. Manu- India divided f (actures. What is said of the in- BENGAL. The Bengal Pbesidenct was the largest and most populooB of thd three divisions, and included all the northern and north-eastern parts of Hindostan, and part of the Eastern Pen- insula, or India beyond the Ganges, It is well vratered by the largest rivers in India. Bice, opium, indigo, silk, cotton, and spices are largely exported. Bailways are now being built between the most important cities, and telegraphic communi- cation extends across the continent. At the mouth of the Ganges, and extending about 200 miles up, is a swampy district, called the Sunderbunds, overgrown with forests and jungles, and full of wild animals, such as the tiger, rhinoceros, crocodile, &c. Calcutta (892,000), the largest city and capital of India, is situated on the Hoogly branch of the Ganges, about 100 miles from its mouth. The river is there about a mile broad, and is generally full of shipping. The citadel, spires, minarets, tem- ples, and villas, extending for a distance of five miles, give it an air of great magnificence ; but the native part of the city is low, dirty, and ill-built. A railway extends from it to Delhi, nearly 1400 miles. The European population is about 8000, On the Ganges are — Moorshedabad, the former Mohammedan capital of Bengal ; Patna, with large exports of rice and in- digo ; Benara (173,000), the holy city of the Hindoos ; Alia- habad, at the confluence of the Jumna ; and Catmpore, where the Europeans were massacred in 1857. On the Jumna are Agra (142,000), the ancient capital of the Mogul Empire, containing the magnificent structure, the Tajmahal; Delhi (154,000), the capital after Agra. Lucknow (284,000) is cele- brated for its defence against the Sepoys in the Indian Mutiny; at Meerut the Indian mutmy commenced. In the Funjaub »xe— Lahore (120,000), the capital, near the Bavee, one of the five rivers ; Amritair, with the chief trade ; Pahavmr, an im- portant fortified town ; Mooltan, with manufactures of silk. Nagpur u the ohief town of Kagpore, and Cuttack of the state of the same name. About 42 miles south of Guttaok is the famous temple of Jagannath, formerly the scene of fearful rites. What is said of the Bengal Pre' sidency? Where is it situated? What are the principal products? What is said of the railways, Ac. t What is said of the Sunderbunds ? Describe the chief cities. Point them out on the map, and state where they are sitoated. MADRAS. The Pbotinob of Mabbas includes the eastern coast of India, from Lake Chilka to the Krishna Biver, called the Circars, and the whole of the southern part of the continent ■outh of the Krishna, except the native tributary states of Ifysore, Cochin, and Travancore. As the mountains on the west coast are the highest, the slope of the country is towards the east ; and all the rivers flow in that direction. This is the hottest part of the continent, as the Western Ghauts intercept the'rain and the sea-breezes from the soutli-west. The forests of the Ghauts furnish vast quan- ExBROiSBSOK TBE MAP— INDIA.— What islands are Off thesouth-west coast? What gulfs are on the north-west coast? How is Calcutta situ- ated? Bombay? Madras? What large cities are on the Qsnges ? On the Jomna ? On the Indus t What large cities are in the Pasjab I (in titles of valuable timber,, teak, sandalwood, and other trees; and abound with tigers, elephants, the boa, and other wild ani> mala and reptiles. The chief exports are tim||er and cotton. Madras (395,000), the only large city, is situated on the coast, and is the capital. It has no harbor, and passengers and goods have to be conveyed through the surf on rafts. Its commerce is very large, Arcot is in the interior of the Car- natic, seventy miles from Madras, On the Cauvery are Trick- inopoly and Tanjore, the latter with manufactures of cottons and silks, Calicut, the first port visited by Vasco da Gama, is on the Malabar coast. What is said of the climate ? What do the forests furnish? What is said of the animals ? Of the ex- ports? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. What territories does the Madras Presidency comprise ? Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ? Describe the surface of the country. The mountains and rivers. Trace them on the map. BOMBAY. The Fbovikox of Bombay occupies the western part of India, including the extensive territory round Bombay, separated from the Presidency of Madras by the Portuguese settlement of Goa ; it includes also the province of Scinde, on the Lower Indus. Gujerat and Catch or Katchh ar« native states de- pendent on Britain. The climate, owing to the prevailing sea-breezes, is more healthy and cool than in the other parts of India. Bombay (646,000), the capital, is situated on an island adj ning the coast. It has a fine harbor, large trade, and much shipbuilding. It is the station for the East India steamships, and railways have been constructed to Madras, Calcutta, and the north. PoonaJi, east of the Ghants, is an important military station. At Surat, on the Taptee, wai established the first British factory in 1615. Hyderabad, on the Indus, the capital, and Kurrachee, on the coast to the west, the chief seaport, are the principal towns of Scinde. Where is the Presidency of Bombay situated ? What territories does it comprise? Point them out on the map. What is said of the climate? Describe the ehlet towns. Point them out on the map, and state whsre they are situated. NATIVB STATES. These are either independent, or governed by native princes dependent on the British Government, and more or less subject to its control. The Indepxndent Statxs are :— Nepaul and Bhotan,—t!l\ occupying the southern dope of the Himalayas. Nepavl extends along the slope of the Himalayas at the part where they reach their highest elevation. The lowei part is densely covered with forests. Kaitmandu, litaated in a valley, is the capitaL Bhotan lies east of Nepaul, and north of the valley of the Brahmapootra. It ia separated from Nepaul by the small tributary state Sikim, The Ghoorkas are the ruling race, and are excellent soldiers. The capital is Tataituion, The Dbpbhdsmt Statis are i — KoiJimir, lies north of the Ponjaub, and contains many fer> the north- west). In what direction fi-om Calcutta is Delhi t Madras t Bombay? Luoknow? In what direction from Bombay is Aden? (sec Asia). Sues? In what direction fK>m Madras are PondicUsnyl Tai^ore? Hydsisbad? Where U Allahabad t Benaitsl .-JW -. 72 ASIA. tile valleys. The famous shawls are manufnctured there. Caghmere (or Serinagur), the capital, is situated on the .Thelnm, 5000 feet above the sea. The Rajpoot States, or Rajputana, a number of small states occupying both sides of the Aravnlli Hills in the west, with the^British territory of Ajmeer in the centre. Scindid's Dominions, or Choalior, are situated along the Chnmbul. Gwalior, with a famous hill-fort, is the capital. The Indore, or Holcar States, are along the Vindhya Moun- tains. Haidarahad, or the Nizam's Dominions, is between the British territory of Nngpore and the Krishna River. Haidar- ahad is the capital. Near it is Oolconda, famous for its diamonds. Aunmgahad is the chief town in the north. Near it are the cave -temples of Elora. Oujerat and Katchh are small territories on the west coast. Baroda is the capital of Gujerat. In Katchh is the Bunn, a district into which the ocean breaks during the south-west monsoon, but which at other seasons is dry. Mysore, the territory of the celebrated Hyder Ali, occupies the south of the Deccan. The Christians form one-eighth of the population, a larger proportion than in any other part. Mysore is the capital. Seringcpatam, on the Cauvery, is strongly fortified. Bangalore (60,000) is the largest town. Cochin and Travancvre are small states on the south-west coast. Cochin is the capital of the first, and Trivandrum of Travancore. The foreign possessions in India, besides the British, are : — Belonging to the Portuguese, Goa, on the Malabar coast, with a capital of the same name ; Diu and Damao in Gujerat. The French possess — Chandernagore, above Calcutta ; Fa- noon, at the mouth of the Godavery ; Pondicherry, the capital, on the Coromandel coast ; and Make, on the Malabar coast, near Calicut. What is said of the native states ? Describe the independent states and their chief towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. Describe the dependent states and their chief towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. What possessions have the Por- tuguese in India ? Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. What possessions have the French ? Point them out on the map, and state where they are situated. ISLANDS. Ceylon is rather less than New Bmnswick in size, and is situated at the south-eastern extremity of India, with which it is almost connected by a chain of shoals called Adam's Bridge. The Oulf of Manaar and Palk Strait are between it and the mainland. It is mountainous in surface, and possesses a much more healthy climate than the mainland. It abounds with precious stones. In the Gulf of Manaar are valuable pearl-fisheries. Colombo (100,000) is the capital and chief seaport, exporting large quantities of cinnamon. Tri'.comdke possesses a magni- ficent harbor. Candy is the ancient capital. The Laccadive and Maldive Islands, on the west, are coral ulands. They are low, and of little importance. The Anda- ExKRCiSBS ON THE Map— INDIA.— Describe the position of the follow- ing independent states :— Nepaul, the country of the Qhoorlcas. De- scribe from the map the country of the Silihs. Point out the following dependent states :— Mysore, Oi^ent, Katohb, Owalior, Travancore, man and Nicobar Islands, in the Bay of Bengal, are mountain- ous, and yield valuable timber. What is the size of Ceylon ? I Where is it situated 1 How is it separated from tlie mainland ? De- scribe its surface, climate, kc. Describe the chief towns. Point them oat on the map, . d state where they are situated. Describe the other islands belonging to India, i'oint them out on the map, and state where they are situated. Have they any pro- ducts? THE EASTERN PENINSULA, OR INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES. Area, about 800,000 square miles ; population, 25,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, 30 ; one-fourth the size of British North America. The Eastern Peninsula includes the countries lying between the Bay of Bengal and the China Sea. It comprises Burmah, Siam, Laos, Annani, the Malay Peninsula, and British Burmah. ' 'rantain ranges extend north and south through the Peninsula, and between them flow large and important rivers ; the Irrawady and Saluen into the Gulf of Martaban, the Meinam into th« Gulf of Siam, and the Mekon or Camboja into the China Sea. From the south-west the narrow Malay Peninsulastretches southwards, and is separated from the island of Sumatra by the Strait of Malacca. Very little is known of the interior. The climate resembles that of India, and the soil is fertile, producing rice, cotton, sugar, and indigo. The forests are very extensive, and the trees, growing to an enor- mous size, include teak, sandalwood, rosewood, cinnamon, and sago and other palms. Laos produces benzoin and gumlac ; gamboge is peculiar to Camboja. The forests are the haunts of vast numbers -^f monkeys : tigers and elephants also abound. Gold, silver, coppe t , and tin are found, especially in the eastern parts. The inbab'.lnr'irS are chiefly Buddhists, except the Malays, who are Mohammedans. In Annam they assimilate more to the Chinese. All the native governments are very despotic. BuBUAH, or Ava, lies to the north-east of the British pro- vinces. The hills are low, but densely covered with forests of teak and other valuable timber. Rice is the chief production and food. Burmah contains about 4,000,000 inhabitants. Ava (50,000), the former capital, is situated on the Irra- wady, about 400 miles from its mouth. Near it are large wells of petroleum. Mandalay, a little north-west of Ava, is the capital. Bhamo, in the north, carries on the principal trade with China. Siam lies to the south-east of Burmah, and is watered by the Meinam River. It includes also the northern part of the peninsula of Malacca. The country is very fertile, producing rice, sugar, cocoa, and other palms and fruits in great abun- dance. It exports gamboge and gumlac. It is inhabited by a mixed population of about 7,000,000, consisting of Siamese, Chinese, Malayese. They are mostly Buddhists. The Siamese portion is about 4,000,000. Bangkok (400,000), the capital, is situated on the Meinam, about 20 miles from its mouth. A great part of the city is on the river, and is built upon bamboo rafts, each supporting Rnjputana. Where Is Scinde? Where Sclndia? Where is Cochin t Where Cocliin-China? Where Trichinnpoly ? Seringapatam ? Oolconda mines ? Kurrachee (port) ? Agrn ? Mooltan f In what direction do the Aravulli Hills run r The Vindhya Mountains 7 7^ lengal, are mountain- are situated. Describe islands belonging to lint them out on the state where they are Have they any pro- [NDIA BEYOND iS.OOO.OOO; persons to a ish North America. the countries lying e China Sea. It inani, the Malay south through the nd important rivers ; f of Martaban, the Mekon or Camboja b the narrow Malay rated from the island ry little is known of .t of India, and the ir, and indigo. The growing to an enor- i^ood, cinnamon, and enzoin and gumlac ; ests are the haunts sphants also abound, scially in the eastern except the Malays, Y assimilate more to nre very despotic. t of the British pro- i^ered with forests of he chief production 00 inhabitants. ;uated on the Irra- sar it are large wells west of Ava, is the the principal trade , and is watered I)y )rthern part of the y fertile, producing uits in great abun- It is inhabited by sisting of Siamese, hists. The Siamese ed on the Meinara, art of the city is on s, each supporting f Where Is Cochin? ngapatamf Golconda [n what direction do ? I il I 7^ ^ s i*ss, 3 r-( oc Hi '! ' Qj^^ll! , 9 ^ IJ -^ 5 K « 3 * < a 1 S lu B«^ " ■;^ S.~^^ «y J ; » ' S ^^s;^-^ ; i ?- ^3 * IN V <^ ^ ta .5 >■ -0 *•. * '^ M •« i * s it ^ 3w^ — '' ^ 'W J' J |jfT^-> "^ rfloPi' ^ ( ?' / y O ^ Ii ii ^^"^ "^ •p --"^^^^,s ? Xl-'jiIii ''JL , ^ 1 ASIA. 73 s ^ 4 several houses, and arranged into streets. Ynfhia, the former capital, is situated on an island formed by the Meinam. Laos and the Shan States occupy the country watered by the upper part of the Meinam, north of Siam. They consist of a numbev of independent states. The country is fertile but little known. Most of the trade is with Siam. Annam comprises three provinces— yoH^uin on the north, Cochin-China on the east coast, and Camhoja in the south. It is watered by the Mekon. In the north and west are vast alluvial plains, very fertile and well cultivated. Cochin-China is more mountainous. It produces rice, sugar, cinnamon, and gamboge. Aunam is nominally subject to China, but is prac- tic;>lly independent; The population is about 12,000,000. Hue (100,000), the capital, is situated about ten miles from the east coast, on a navigable river, and is strongly fortified. SaiifO)!, in the south-cast, hat lately been taken possession of by the French, with the adjoining territory. Kcsho, in the north, has a considerable trade. British Biirmah comprises Aracon and Tenasserim, taken from Burmah in 1820, and Fegu, in 1853, forming part of the Presidency of Bengal ; and the Eastern States Settlements, in- cluding Penang, or Prince of Wales Island, Province Welleslcy, Malacca, and the Island of Singapore. The population is about 3,000,000. Rangoon, near the mouth of the Irrawady, and Moulmein, at the mouth of the Saluen, ar«j important seaports. Marta- ban is opposite Moulmein. Mergui is the capital of Tenasserim. The islands opposite it supply timber and coal. Singapore (90,000), on the island of the same name, is now the seat of a largo amount of commerce. Georgetown, on Prince of Wales Island, is the capital of the Straits Settlements. The Malay Peninsula is traversed by mountains from north to south. It is divided amongst a number of petty states. The inhabitants arc Mohammedans, and are the parent stock of one of the five great families or races into which mankind is generally divided. They formerly lived by piracy, but the influence of Britain has in a great measure put an end to it. The forests supjily timber and gutta-percha, but trade and industry are altogether neglected. the map. Describe Siam. IIow is It Blluated? Describe Its chief towDS. Point them out on tlie What Is tlio area of the Eastern FcnlHsiila? ropuliitloii? Sine? IIow la It boundeil 1 What countries does It cnmiirlsu 1 Describe tho surface. Traco the courses of tho rivers on the map. What Is said of tho Interior of the country ? Of the cllniute? Of the soil and pro- ducts? Of the forests? Of the peculiar jiroductions ? Of the ani- mals? Of tho minerals? Of tho Inhabitants? Describe Tlurmah. How is it situated ? Descrilio its Chief towus, Point them out on map. Describe liaos and tho Shan i^tates. IIow aro they situated ? Describe Annam. IIow Is It situ- ated? Describe its chief towns. Polut thorn oui on the map. Name tho British provinces. How aro they situated? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map. Describe the Malay Penin- sula, Its Inhabitants, &o. CHINESE EMPIRE. ^ Area, 4|00O,00O squavo miles ; population, about 't.'iO.OOO.OOO; ono and a half timos the siz'.' of the Dominion of Canada, Caiiltal, Puii'v The Chtnkse Empire consLsts of China Proper in tlio Soulh-eust ; Tibet in Iho Sontli-west ; Mongolia BxKiictHRs OK tiif; Map — [ndia, Ac, — What sea Is on tho cast of tho Eastern Indian Peninsula? What bay on tho west? WnatRulfon tho south? What country on tho north? What in'iiiiisiila extends to tho south? How Is It separated from Humatra ? What llritluh posaci- in the North ; and Mancliooria and Cuira in the North- east. It occupies the great central and eastern slope of Asia, is en- closed on three sides by the highest mountains, and watered by the three greatest rivers of Asia. On the north are the Altai Mountains, on tho south the Himalayas, on tlie west the Pamir Plateau or "Roof of the World." From tho west the Kuenlun and Thian Shun Mountains extend eastward in two parallel chains througli tlie centre of the country ; and in China Proper the Peling and Nanling Mountains extend also in the same direction. Between these mountain chains flow tho Amur in the north, the Hoangho in tho middle, and tho Yan-tse-kiang and Clnikiang in tho south. In the west are high tablelands, from 4000 to 10,000 feet above the sea. The centre ;a an extensive elevated sandy plain, called the desert of Shamo or Gobi. Towards the sea-coast tho land is lower and more level. What is the nroa of the Chinese Empire? Population? Size? Capi- tal ? How is It bounded ? Of what territories Is It composed? Point them out on the map. Wliat part of Asia does the Chinese EmpUv occtpy? Name the princiiial mom.'ains and rivers. Trace tiwui on tht map. Describe the sur- face. CHINA PROPER. Area, 1,300,000 square miles ; population, estimated at about 400,000,000 ; persons to a square mile, auO ; nearly half the size of British North America. China Pbopek is the most important part of the country, and lies in the south-east, north of Burmah and Annam. In tho west it is mountainous, but more level towards the coast. Be- tween Pekin and Nankin is a vast level plain, which is tho most densely populated part of tho empire. The country is watered by the Peiho, Hoanylw, Yan-tse-kiang, Chukiang, and other rivers ; and the cultivation of the ground is much as- sisted by numerous largo canals. The great canal extends from Hangchow to a branch of the Peiho, and is over 700 miles long. It is 200 feet broad at the top, with varying depth, and is carried over all obstructions, making tho deepest and largest canal in the world. Tho coast is washed on the south by the China Sea, and on the east by tho Yellow Sea and Gulf of Pechili. In the south tho climate is hot, and is subject in summer to typhoons, or terrific hurricanes ; but in the north it is milder, although the extremes of heat and cold are great. The soil is fertile, and is most carefully cultivated, no part being allowed to lie idle, in order to be able to support tho vast number of inhabitants. China supplies the world with tea, exporting 152,000,000 pounds to IJritaiu alone in 1872. Bico forms tho principal food of tho inhabitants ; but wheat ami other grains are also cultivated. The mulberry, tallow, and camphor trees — the two latter peculiar to China— are culti- vated. Opium is used by all classes, and is imported chiefly from India. Gold, copper, coal, and other mincritls aro found in various parts. Tho Chinese are celebrated for their manu- factures of silks, porcelain, cotton, ivory, and paper. Tho manufacture of paper and gunpowder, the art of printing, ami tho mariner's compass, were known in China long be- Blon Is on the south of It? What large rivers flow southwards through tho Kastern Peninsula? How Is Ava situated ? lliin(;ki)k? HanRoonf Martaban ? Prince of Wales Isliuiil ? In whiit direction from Calcutta Is lUuKoou ? Singapore ? What ca*t I In ths norlh-eaat r What lares rivers flow tErMgh Ohlaar What largs island is to ths sastr How Is It The Itu-tchu Islands, a group lying 400 miles to the east of the mainland, belong to China. Hong-Kong, a small island at the mouth of the Canton Biver, 37 miles from Macao, and 100 from Canton, became a British settlement in 1842. The chief town is Victoria. Macao is a Portuguese settlement, at the mouth of the Canton Biver. What is the area of China? Population? Size? Where ia it situated ? How is it bounded ? Describe its surface. Name its principalrivers. Tracetheircourses on the map. Describe the great canal. Describe the chief features of the coast. Point them out on the map. Describe the cilmatn. The soil. The chief products. Whatisbroughtfromlndia? What is said of the minerals of China? Of the manufactures ? For what are the Chinese remarkable? What is said of trade with foreigners? Of the population ? Of the political state of the country? Of the Great Wall ? Of learning, Ac. ? Of the language? Of the govern- ment? Of the religion r Describe the chief cities. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated ? What ports are open to foreigners ? Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Describe the Islands belonging to China. Point them out on the map, and describe where they are situated. TIBBT. TiBBT lies between the Kuenlun and Himalaya Mountains. It consists of high tablelands, from 10,000 to 14,000 feet high. Many of the large riven take their rise in Tibet, as the Indus, Sutkj, Brahnrnpootra, or Sanpoo, and Yan-tse-kiang. ' Lake Palte is a remarkable ring of water round an island 100 miles in circumference. The climate, owing to the great elevation, is in winter cold and dry, but in summer hot ; and owing to the refraction of the heat from the plains, the snow-line on the Tibet side of the Himalayas is nearly 3000 feet higher than on the south aldr. The country is well adapted for pasturage, and large flocks of the yak, sheep, deer, and Cashmere goat are reared. Part of the west is subject to Cashmere. Tibet is the chief seat of Buddhism, and the Grand Lama, or Dalai Lama, supposed to be an incarnation of Buddha, lives at Lassa in great splendor. The government is in the hands of the Chinese, and the Viceroy also lives at Lassa, which is the capital, and only city of importance. Where U Tibet situated ? Point it out on the map. How is it bounded? Describe Its surface. Name the rivers rising in Tibet. Trace their courses on the map. Describe Lake Palte. W|iat is said of the climste ? Of th'e soil and animals ? lor what is Tibet famous ? What, is said of the (ovemment, *o. UOVOOLIA. MOKOOUA extends from th« Einghan Mountain!, whioh separate it from Manohooria to Dcungaria; and from tile Altai Bloontaini to Tibet. The oouittry ia an elevated table- land, bordered by monntaiAa, and a great part of it is covered by the desert of Gobi. The people arii pastoral, possesifint numerous herds of horses, oxen, and camels. They are chiefly Mongols, deacendants of the fierce warriora who, under Zenghis Khan, overran and conquered a great part of Aaia. The trade ia principally with China. Utv<» (60,000), Bouth of Lake Baikal, la the capital. South- wast of Urga are the rulna of Xarakorum, the former capital of Zenghia Khan. separated from Ohina? What monotains or* in ths south of Ohina Proper? In the west? Whars is Honr-Kon|? Osnton? Pekin? Nankin ? f ooohow ? Ia what direction from Uong-Koog Is Pekin T Nankin I Oaioutta? Wiiat essau is belwssnAniartaa and Ohina t Z' sissHiai ASIA. 75 Where li Mongolia situated ? I The trade. The chief towns. Point How is it bounded i Describe the the latter out on the map, and gurfitce of tbe country. The people. | state where they are situated. UANCHOORIA AND COREA. Makohoobia and the Peninsula of Gorea slope towards the Sea of Japan. The surface is mountainous, and covered with forests. The Amur flows through Manohooria. The climate ia cold, and wheat will scarcely grow. Oats and millet are the chief produce. The Manchoos conquered China in 1644, and still hold the imperial crown. Moukden is the chief town, and the former capital of the Manchoo dynasty. Kingkitao is the capital of Corea, and ex- ports rice, furs, and coal to Japan. Where are Manchoorla and Corea situated? How are they bounded ? Describe the surface. The priuci- pal river. The climate and pro- ducts. The people. The chief towns. Point the latter out on the map, and state where they are situ- ated. EASTERN TURKESTAN (fobu£BLT CHimiSK Tabtabt). Area, 270,000 square miles ; population, 8,000,000. Obinese Tabtabt, or Little Buchabu, lies between the Kuenlun and Thian Shan Mountains. The whole of the country forms part of the elevated tablelands of Asia, and in the east ia the vast desert of Gobi or Shamo, extending into Mongolia. The country is cold, owing to its elevation, and only adapted for pasturage. The inhabitants are Tartars, and were formerly subject to China, but since 1864 have been en- tirely independent. Yarkand (160,000), the capital, is situated in a fertile plain, and is the chief centre of the caravan trade between Oliina and Western Asik. Caahgar, in the north-west, was the former oapitftl. Dzungaria lies to the north of the Thian Shan Mountains. It is mountainona in surface, aud is peopled by the Mongol Tartars. the latter out on the mBp,[and state where they are situated. What is said of Dsungaria t Where is Eastern Turkestan situ- ated? Uow is it bounded? De- scribe its surface. Olimate, Ac. Inhabitants. Chief towns. Point TURKESTAN, OR WESTERN TARTART. Area, ^10,000 square miles ; population, about 7,&00,000 ; persons to a square mile, 13 ; about three times the site of Quebec. Turkestan is situated between the Caspian Sea and Eastern Turkestan, from which it is separated by the Pamix Plateau. The Hindoo Koosh Mountains form th^ louthem boundary, separating it from Afghanistan. The greater part of the country consists of sandy steppes or pkins, except in tiie east, which is very elevated. The Biv'ers Sir and Amu flow. westward into the Sea of Aral, an inland salt lake about the size of Lake Superior, but very shallow, and said to be decreasing in area* The extremes of heat and cold are great, and the only fer- tile parts of the ooontrj are those along the courses of the rivers. Ihe inoit fertile districts are Kokan on the Sir, and ExXROisu ON THB Map— Obinbsb EiiriRB.— How is Tibet separated firom BiDdostan f From Eastern Turkutan f How is Mongolia leparatud .from Eutern Turkestan T From Rnstla In Aslat Uuwls Manchoorla Mparattd (torn Buiiia la Asia r (iss ^au). Bow Is Turkeitaa ssparatsd Bokhara and Khiva on the Amu, where rice, silk, and cotton are produced. Turkestan forms part of ancient Soythia. In the north, round Lake Aral, the inhabitants are of the Kirghis tribe, and are wandering and nomadic. The country is divided into a number of petty independent states, the principal of which are the Khanates of Khiva, Bokhara, und Kokan. The in- habitants are fierce and treacherous, the governments despotic, aud the religion Mohammedan. The trade is chiefly carried on by caravans with Russia, China, and Persia. Bokhara (100,000) is the centre of the caravan trade, and mauufautures cottons and silks. Samarcand, to the east of Bokhara, was the capital of the famous conqueror Timour, or Tamerlane, and contains his tomb. Kokan and Tathkend, on the Sir, are the centres of fertile districts. Balkh, in the parts belonging to Afghanistan, was the ancient Baotria, sup- posed to have been built by Cyrus, the founder of 'he Persian Empire. It is now a mere village. Samarcand, Sokan, and Taalikend are in districts taken by Russia. : is said of Turkestan ? Of the in- I habitants of the north? How is I the country divided 1 What in said 'of the people? Government and religion? Of the trade? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, aud state whore thuy are situated. What is the area of Turkentan ? Population? Size? Where is it situated? How is it bounded? Describe its surface. The rivers. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the Sea of Aral. Where in it situated? Describe the cli- mate. Soil and prodnots. What RUSSIA IN ASIA. Area, 6,600,000 square miie»; population, 8,600,000 ; rather more than throe persons to two square miles ; nearly twice the size of the Do- minion of Canada. Russia in Asia is bounded on the North by the Arctic Ocean; on the West by the Ural Mountains and Ural Eiver; on the South by Turkey, Persia, Western and Eastern Turkestan, and the Cliinese Empire ; and on the East by the Pacific Ocean. It is divided into Eastern and Western Siberia, and the Trans-Caucasian provinces, or those south of the Oauoasns Mountains. It is rather larger than Europe in extent, but owing to the severity of the olimate, by far the larger portion is but thinly peopled. The north of Siberia consists of vast, frozen, treeless steppes, but in the south it is mountainous, and covered with forests. The slope of the country is northwards. In the south are the Caxicasu8 Mountains, between the Black and Caspian Seas ; and the Altai ltountain$, extending from Turkestan in a north-easterly direction, and continued to the Pacific under the names of tlie Fa&^onto and Stanovoi Mountaini, The rivers are large, but slow, owing to the level nature of the country, and all flow north into the Arctic Ocean. They are unfit for navigation, as in the lower part of their courses they are con- tinually covered with ice. The principal are the Obi, Yenisei, and Lena. The principal lakes are Aral, Balkask, and Baikai, all in the south. The peninsula of Kamschatka extends from the north-east into the Pacific, and encloses the Sea of Okhotsk, In the Arctic Ocean are the Liakhov Islands, which are tinin- fromKastern Turkestan? What sea Is on the west of It? What peninsula Is on the east of the Chinese £mplre ? What large Islands are near the easteru ooast? Uow are they separated from the mainland? Where iiYarkaadsUuattat Where Urge t Wtttro Bokhara t QoUdWMrtt ..J* — 76 ASIA. habited, but contain remarkable fossil remains of elepbants. The Island of Saghalien belongs also to Russia. The climate is intensely cold, becoming more so towards the east. East of the Lena is the coldest inhabited region in the world, being much more so than any part of the American continent. In the south the mountains are covered with forests ; and in the valleys are fertile tracts, especially along the Amoor, which forms the boundary between the Russian and Chinese Empires. Tlie country derives its import.ance from its valuable mines of gold, silver, platinum, copper, and iron, which are found in the Ural and Altai Mountains, and from its trade in furs. The mines are under Government control, and are worked by political exiles and criminals. Fur-bearing animals abound— such as the ermine, sable, beaver, marten, and others. Bears, wolves, wild boars, and the argali, or wild sheep, are numerous. The inhabitants are chiefly of Tartar origin in the south, and Samoieds, resembling the Esquimaux, in the north; the Kirghis tribes roam over the country north of the Sea of Aral ; the people of Kamschatka arc of short stature, and use the dog for drawing their sledges. The towns are principally in- habited by European Russians, who carry on the trade of the country. Political and other criminals are banished from Russia in Europe to Siberia. In Western Siberia, Tobolsk (20,000) is the chief town and centre of commerce. It is situated at the junction of the Tobol and Irtish, tributaries of the Obi. Omsk (26,000) and Toimk (23,000) are capitals of provinces of the same names, and con- siderable towns. Ekaterinburg has valuable mines. In Eastern Siberia, Irkutsk (27,000) on Lake Baikal, is the capital, and Kiakta the chief station on the route between Russia and China. Nertchinsk, on the Amoor, has valuable mines, Yakutsk, on the Leno, and Okotsk, on the river of the same name, are considerable towns, Petropaulovski is a port in Kamschatka, The Trans-Cttucasian provinces consist of Georgia and part of Armenia, lying to the south of the Caucasus Mountains, between the Black and Caspian Seas, and were taken posses- sion of in 1802. The Circassians inhabit the Caucasus Moun- tains, and until lately were continually at war with Russia for their liberty. They are generally Mohammedans, while the Georgians belong to the Greek Cliuroh. South of the Caucasus are Tiflis (60,000), on the Kur, the capital ; Erivan, on a branch of the Aras ; and Baku, on the Caspian Sea, JAPAN. What Is the area of Russia tn Asia? Population r Size? Uow U it bounded f I'oiut out the boundnrlns on the map IIow la it divided? What is said of its ox- tent, Ac. f Deicribo the surface of htbcrla, Describe the principal mountains and rivers, Where iiro they situated ? Trace them on the map. Name the principal lakes, I'olnt them out on the map, and dL'Scribe their situation. What notable physical feature does Bl- ticria posfle.ss on the cant F Point it out on the map. Describe the principal islands belonging to Russia tn Asia. Point them out on the map, and describe their situation. What Is said of tke climate of Siberia? Of the sollt From what docs Siberia derive its Importance? What animals are found in the country ? What is said of the inhabitants ? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and state where they arc situated. Describe the Trons-Oaucasian provinces. What is said of the Circassians and Georgians T De- scribe the chief towns. Point them out on the map. ExRBOisrs OH THE Map— Abu.— What ocean Is on the north of l tor, are about 20,000 feet high. Owing to the general proximity of the mountains to the coast, the rivers are not as numerous, nor, with fewexceptions,a8 important ns in theotlier great continents.' The principal is the Nile, which has two sources— the Blue Nile, riling in Abyssinia, and the White Nile, the sources of which have lately been explored by Captains Speke and Grant, and Mr (now Sir) S. W. Baker. In 1858 Captain Speke discovered the Victoria Nyama Lake, and issuing from it a river which ho ealled the Somerset, and supposed to be directti/ continuous with the White Nile. In 1862, he, iu company with Captain Grant, still farther explored the lake. In 1864 Mr Baker discovered, farther westward, another lake, which ho called tlie AlUrt Nj/anza. ^ He found that the Somerset, or the portion of the Nile so called, empties, with many other waters, into the Albert Ny»nza, and that from it the White Nile proper flows. The White and Blue Niles unite in Nubia, and flow north through Nubia and Egypt, into the M'jditerranean Sea. Tho sources of the Nile are not yet absolutely ascertained, but the river is at least 3000 miles long, and receives several tributaries, but none lower than 1400 miles from its mouth. The Ni'jer, or Quorra, rises on the north side of the Kong Mountains, receives a large tributary, the Benue, and flows round the eastern end of that range into the Gulf of Guinea. The .S'c?ie- gal flows into the North Atlantic Ocean ; the Zaire, or Congo, and the Orange, or Oariep, into tho South Atlantic ; and tho Zambesi into the Mozambique Channel. The principal lakes of Africa, as far as are yet known, are — Dcnibca, in Abyssiiua; CAorf, in the interior ; Albert Siud Vic- toria Nyanzas, under the equator; and Tanganyika, Bang- Kcolo, on the shore of which Livingstone died, Nyassa, or Nyinyesi, and Shirwa, with Ngami, farther south. With the exception of the first, they are but imperfectly known. The coast-line of Africa is very even and unbroken, with but few indentations. Tlie principal Bays, Oulfs, die, are : — ExKRCiSKR ON Tnn Map— Africa.— What ocean is on the west of Africa? What ocean on the cnstr How is Africa separated from Rurope? From Alia? What is th« loutbem point of Africa called? What 1) iht most westerly point called t What is the most eatterlj On the nci'th, the Gulfs o/Sidra and Cabet. On the west, the Gulf of Guinea, including the Bights of Uenin and Biafra. The principal Straits are; On the south, Table Bay ami Alcoa Bay. On the cast, Snfala Bay, GulfoJ Aden, aud the litd Sea, Gibraltar, between Morocco and Spain ; Mozambique Channel, be- tween Madagascar and the main- land ; Strait of Babelmandeb, be* tween Abyssinia and Arabia. On the north, Bon. Blanco, Ceuta. On the west, Blanco, Verde, Palmas, Lopez, and frio. On the south, Good Hope and Agulhai. The principal Capes ire ; — On the east, Corrientes, Ddgado, and Guardafui ; and Capes Amber and St Mary, tlie north aud south • points of Madagascar. The climate of Africa is in general hot and dry, more than three-fourths of the continent being within the tropics. To- wards the middle and south the seasons are alternately dry and wet, as in other tropical countries ; but In the vast sandy deserts no rain ever falls. The Great Desert of Sahara extends from the Atlantic Ocean to Egypt, and occupies an area equal to 'five-sixths of the Dominion of Canada. It is hero and there diversified by fertile spots or oases, which are inhabited by a few wandering tribes of Moors and negroes. The western portion is the most desolate, and scorching winds, called the Harmattan and Samlel, blow across it into the neighboring countries. Along the shore of the Mediterranean the climate point called? What large Island is o«f the east coast? How Is It separated from Africa? In what tone is the greater part of Afr»c»» What countries or states are on the Mediterranean ? On the Atlantic? On the Indian Ocean ? On the Red Sea ? Around Lalie Chad ? 'IS SSSS BBt at 3 7g AFRICA. and productions resemble tliose of Southern Europe ; but in the interior it becomes hotter, and the products vary. South of the Great Desert, both on the coastand the great central lake region, vegetationis rank, and theclimatemost unhealthy for Europeans. Cape Colony being within the southern temperate zone, is cooler iind more healthy. The soil of Africa along the courses of the rivers is fertile, producing trees of great size, many of them indi- genous to the country, and many valuable plants. There are the shea, or butter-tree, baobab, or monkey-bread tree, (a gigantic tree sometimes thirty feet in diameter,) oil-palm and other trees. Cotton, indigo, maize, rice, and yams, growin abundance ; south of Abyssinia is the native country of the coffee plant. Africa possesses a large number and variety of wild animals, such as the lion, leopard, hyena, giraffe, elephant, hippopotamus, rhinoceros, crocodile, monkey, &c., besides a great variety of antelopes. The inhabitants of Africa consist of different races, varying in complexion from the tawny Moor to the blackest negro. The negroes are the most numerous, constituting almost the entire population of Eiistem, 'Western, and Central Africa. In the Barbary States the Moors belong to the Caucasian race, while the Egyptians and Abyssinians in the Nile region, with the Kaffirs in Southern Africa, seem to form the connecting links between the negro and Caucasian races. In the south are also the Hottentots, a stunted, degraded race. The inhabi- tants in the north are chiefly Mohammedans; and, except where settlements of Europeans have been made, all the rest are pagans or heathens. The trade and products of the country are trifling, owing to the ignorance and generally degraded state of the inhabitants. The Barbary States export grain and leather ; Egypt exports cotton and grain ; and the west and south yield palm oil, ivory, and a little gold dust. On the south-west and east coasts the inhuman trade in slaves is still carried on to some extent, not- withstanding the vigilant efforts of the British to put it down. What is the area of Africa? Ex- tent? Population? What is the formof Aflrica? IIow is it bounded? Point out the boundaries on the map. How may it be divided? What is said of Africa? Of the mountains? Describe the princi- pal mountains. Point them out on the map. Where are they situated? Name the principal rivers of Africa. Trace their courses on the map. Describe the course of the Nile and recentdiscovcries connected with it. Name the principal lakes of Africa. Point them out on the map. De- scribe theirsituation. Describe the ooast-llne of Africa. Name the prin- cipal bays, gulfs, &o. Point them out on the map, and state vhere they are situated. Name the prin- cipal straits. Point them out on the map, and describe their posi- tion. Name the principal capes. Point them out on the map, and describe their situation. Describe the climate of Aflrica. The Desert of Sahara. What is said of the winds from the desert? Of the cli- mate in the north ? In the south ? In Cape Colony? Describe the soil and vegetation. The animals, Ac. The inhabitants. The trade and exports of the country. NORTHERN OR BARBARY STATES. MOROCCO. Area, 220,000 square miles ; population, about 8,600,000 ; a little] larger than Quebec. Capital, Morocco. The Empire of Monocco occupies the north- western corner of Africa, between tlie Desert of Sahara, the Atlantic Ocean, Mediterranean Sea, and Algeria. It is the most important of the Bar- BxMtoisM ON Tin Map— Africa.— Which Is the principal river of AAricat Where does It flow? What rivers flow into the Atlantic? What river into the Indian Ocean ? What lakes are in the interior? How Is Morocco separated from the Great Desert? Uow flrom Bpain I bary States in power and population. These states were celebrated in ancient history under the name of Mauritania, but have now been long sunk under tyranny and oppression. Their power has declined, and their naval force, long used for piratical purposes, has been destroyed by the British and other European Powers since the beginning of the present century. The Atlat Mountains traverse the country in a direction nearly parallel to the coast. They attain their greatest height in IMorocco, and several of their peaks are covered with snow. Mt. Miltsin, near the city of Morocco, is over 11,000 feet high. In the mountains are many beautiful and fertile volleys, and between them and the coast grain grows abundantly, as well as olives, grapes, dates, cotton, and tobacco. Beyond the moun- tains all the country is barren and desolate, covered for some distance with coarse grass, which gradually disappears in the sand. The ridges of the Atlas Mountains yield silver, copper, iron, and antimony. The climate is in general warm, but healthy, resembling the south of Europe. The people are chiefly Moors and Berbers, professing Moham- medanism. Jews are numerous in the seaports. The government is an absolute monarchy, the emperor having unlimited power over his subjects. Spain possesses four ports on the north coast, the ptinoipal of which is Ceuta, opposite Gibraltar. Morocco (00,000), situated in a fertile plain, is the capital ; Mequinez (50,000) is an imperial residence; Fez (90,000), cele- brated under the ancient Saracen monarchy, is now considered a holy city, and contains 100 mosques. Mogadore and Tangier are small seaports ; Tafiltt is situated in a fertile district ia the interior. What is the area of Morocco? Population? Size? Capital? How is Morocco situated? Point out the boundaries on the map. What is said of the importance of Mo- rocco? Of the former position of the Ilarbary States ? Of their pre- sent position and their navy? De- scribe the mountains. Trace them on the map. '^ ascribe the valleys and their productions. The coun- try beyond the mountains. Th« minerals. Theclimate. Thepeoplck The government. What posses' slons are held by Spain in Morooi CO ? Describe the chief towna Point them out on the map, and describe their position. ALGERIA. Area, 173,000 square miles; population, about 8,000,009; rather less than Ontario in size. Capital, Alqirbb. Aloeria lies to the east of Morocco, along the shore of the Mediterranean Sea. It has been in the possession of the French since 1830, but requires a large army to keep it in subjection. About 150,000 ot the inhabitants are French, but great efforts have been made within the last few years to colonize it more ex- tensively. It ia divided by the French into three proTincei— il(0^«, Constantine, and Oran. It is traversed by the continuation of the Atlai Motmtaina, the northern slope of which is very fertile. Betr* ou them and the coast ia » narrow atrip of rich land, -..nilii. ilio What point Is opnostte Otbraltar? What country adjoins Morocco on the east ? What islands are to the east of Morocco ? Where Is Horoeee situated ? Where Fei ? Where Tangier ? In what sons are the Vreneb possessions on the north coast of Africa? Oape Colony? 'hese states 'he name of unk under 9clined, and irposes, has r European sentury. _J a direction ■eatest height i with snow. K)0 feet high, valleys, and ly, as well as i the monn* »d for some pears in the •ver, copper, warm, but ling Sf oham< te emperor he principal he capital ; ),000), cele- considered nd Tangier ' district in « the valleys • The coun- italns. Th« . Thepeopla 'bat posses' In in Morooi ihlef towna « map, and ; rather long the n in the quires a •0,000 of ive been aore ez- AFKIUA. 79 -Alffiert, tnntains, 'ii them ildd tho >roeoe on Morooeo lefrencb " Tell," or g'-ain country, where large quantities of wheat are grown for export. In the south, in soil and climate, it re- sembles Morocco, and the chief occupation of the inhabitants is pasturage. Algiers, (60,000,) on the Mediterranean, the capital, is strongly fortified, and was long a formidable nest of pirates. It was bombarded and taken by the British under Lord Ezmouth in 1816. Conatantine, Oran, and Bona are also considerable towns. what mountains is It traversed? What is said of the "Tell?" Of the climate, soil, Ac? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their position. What Is the ares of AlereriaT Population? Size? Capital? Where is Algeria situated? How is it bounded ? To whom does it be- long? How is It divided? By TUNIS. Area, 76,000 square miles ; population, about 2,000,000 ; twice the size of Newfoundlaud. Capital, Tunis. Terns is situated to the east of Algeria. It is governed by an hereditary Bey, and is tributary to Turkey. It is the most important of the Barbary States for commerce. In ancient times it was one of the granaries of the Roman Empire, and now exports w.ool and olive oil largely. In climate, soil, and produc- tion it resembles Algeria. Caravans from the interior visit it regularly with ivory, gold dust, &c. Tunis (130,000) is an important commercial city on the Lake of Tunis, which is connected with the Mediterranean. 30,000 of the inhabitants are Jews. About ten miles to the north-east are the ruins of ancient Carthage, the once formidable rival of Rome. Cainoan, about seventy miles south of Tunis, is the centre of the inland trade. What Is the area of Tunis? Population? Size? Capital? How Is Tunis situated ? Uow is it bounded ? What is said of Its •ommercet Of its climate, soil, Ac. ? Of the caravans ? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their position. TRIPOLI AND BAROA. Area, 200,000 square miles ; population, about 1,500,000 ; about the size of Quebec. Capital, Tbipolt. Tripoli lies to the south-east of Tunis, along the shore of the Mediterranean, between the Gulfs of Sidra and Cabes. Barca lies between it and Egypt. Both ore tributary to the Sultan of Turkey. The desert here approaches very close to the coast, so that there is only a narrow strip of fertile land between them. Tripoli, (24,000,) tho capital, is regularly visited by the caravans from the interior. There are two great routes, — one by Ohadamis, 200 miles to the south-west ; and the other by Mourtook, 600 miles to the south. What is the area of Tripoli and Barca? Population? Size? Capital? How are their situated ? Uow are they bounded? To whom do they belong? Describe the surface of the country. The chief towns. Point them ont on the map, and describe their position. NILE REGION. The Nile Region comprises Egypt, Nubia, Abys- sinia, and a number of petty states round the sources, and along the upper part of the White Nile. It is over 2000 miles in length, with a varying breadth of from 150 to 600 miles. The NUe Proper is formed in Nubia, by the junction of the WhiU and Blue Niles. It is of the greatest importance to the country, on account of its annual inundations, caused by the tropical rains at its sources. These inundations last from June to the end of November, and render the surrounding country luxuriantly f ertUe. On account of the great drought, they are annually looked forward to by the in- habitants with great anxiety ; and defect or excess are alike disastrous. Above the southern frontier of Egypt, tho high banks of the river prevent its overflowing ; and as it does not receive a single affluent during the last 1400 miles of its course, its volume gradually decreases, on account of the evapora- tion, and the quantity of water drawn ofE for the irrigation of the land. What states are comprised in the Nile Region ? Wliat is the extent of the region ? Describe the Nile. Trace its course on (lie map. For what Is the river valaable ? What is said of the inundations? Describe tliecouree of tlie river above Egypt. What is said of its volume ? BzcnoiSM ON THR MAP— AFRICA.— What European eonntrtes are directly north of Algeria? Of Tripoli? What Island belonging to Britain lies between Tripoli and Sicily ? What gulh are on the north of Tripoli? What are the most northerly points of Africa called? What EGYPT. Area, 75,800 square miles ; population, 6,000,000 ; rather less than half the size of Ontario ; or, including Nubia and the countries on the White Nile subject to the Khedive, an area of 600,000 square miles, and a population of about 8,000,000. ^Capital, Caibo. Egypt Proper is bounded on the North by the Mediterranean Sea ; on the West by Barca and the Great Desert of Sahara ; on the South by Nubia ; on the East by the Red Sea and Isthmus of Suez. The great feature of Egypt is the Nile. Its course is throngh a long narrow valley enclosed by hills on each side, beyond which are sandy deserts. About 100 miles from the Mediter- ranean, it divides into two branches, forming a delta or triangle, each side of which is from 100 to 150 miles in length. The climate is the driest in the world, rain seldom falling, and in summer the heat is excessive. The soil is very fertile where it is overflowed by the Nile, producing wheat, rice, cotton, barley, and sugar-cane in great abundance. Groat efforts have lately been made by the Pacha to improve agiiculture and manufactures, but hitherto without much success. Tlie country is governed by a hereditary Pacha or Khedive, nominally tributary to Turkey. The inhabitants are composed of native Egyptians (called Copts), Turks, Arabs, and a few Europeans, and are much oppressed by the rulers. Tho pre- vailing religion is the Mohammedan. The Isthmus of Suez, connecting Egypt with Asia, is on the great overland route between Britain and India. It is a sandy tract about 60 miles wide, with several depressions, forming shallow lakes of brackish water. French engineers Islands lie between them and France? How is Algiers situated? Tunis? Tripoli? What towns are in tlie interior? What large river gives a name to the eastern part of Northern Africa? Through what countries docs It flow ? Where does it rise? Where does it emptjt 80 AFRICA. have succeeded in constructing a cncal to connect the two seu. A railway extends from Alexandria to Cairo, 131 miles, and from Cairo to Suez on the Bed Sea, 91 miles. Egypt is one of the most interesting countries in the world, from its connexion with sacred history, and from its early civilization. Its pyramids, temples, obelisks, and hieroglyphics, which, owing to the extreme dryness of the climate, are ad- mirably preserved, render it a favorite resort of travellers from all parts of the world. Cairo, (350,000,) the capital, situate-T on the Nile, about five miles above the head of the Delta, is the largest city in Africa. It is poorly built, but its numerous and elegant mosques give it a very magnificent appearance. Near it are the celebrated pyramids. Alexatidria (240,000), on the coast, is an ancient city, originally founded by Alexander the Great, through which all the tiade with Europe passes. Near it are Fompey's Pillar and Cleopatra's Needle. Here Euclid taught 320 years before the birth of Christ. Here, also, Abercromby fell in 1801 ; and at Aboukir, 15 miles to the east. Nelson gained the famous battle of the Nile in 1798. Roietta and Damietta are consider- able towns to the east of Alexandria. Siout, Kenneh, Esneh, and Assouan, in Upper Egypt, are principally trading stations for the caravans. South of Kenneh are the ruins of Tliebes, the ancient capital of Egypt, and the temples of Kamac, Luxor, and Dendereh. In the oasis of Siwah, 320 miles west of Cairo, are the ruins of the temple of Jupiter Ammon. What is the area of Egypt? Population? Size? Capital? How is Egypt bounded ? Point out its boundaries on the map. What is said of the Nile? Describe the climate. Soil and products. What has been done by the Pacha ? What is said of the government? Of the people? Of the religion? Describe the Isthmus of Suez. How is it traversed ? For what is Egypt interesting? Describe the chief cities and places. Point them out on the map, and describe their position. NUBIA, OR EGYPTIAN SOUDAN. Area, 260,000 square miles ; population, about 400,000 ; less than the provinces of Quebec and New Brunswick. Nubia lies to the south of Egypt, between it and Abyssinia, and extends from the Qreat Desert to the Bed Sea. The northern part resembles Egypt, being very dry, with only a narrow strip on each side of the Nile fit for cultivation. In the south, where the tropical rains fall, it is more fertile, and wild animals abound. It was conquered by Egypt in 1820-22, but many of the tribes are still independent. Khartoum, (04,000,) at the confluence of the two branches of the Nile, is the capital. Sennaar, the former capital, from which the caravan route lies westward through the Desert to Darfour and the east of Lake Chad, was destroyed by the Egyptians, IpsambiU is famous for temples cut out of the solid rook. New Dongola is a considerable town on the NUe, and Massovmh is the principal port on the Bed Sea. At Soua- kin, Mohammedan pilgrims usually embark for Mecca. What Is the area of Nubia? Population? Size? Capital? How Is Nubia situated? How is it bounded? What is said of the northern part of Nubia? Of the southern part ? To whom does It belong? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their position. ABYSSINIA. Area, about 100,000 square miles ; population, 4,500,000; about half the size of the province of Quebec. Abyssinia lies to the south of Nubia, also on the shore of the Red Sea. It is a mountainous country, sloping towards the north. Like Nubia, it is subject to the tropical rains, but from its great elevation it pos- sesses almost every variety of climate and productions. The Blue Nile rises in the mountains, and takes its name from the color of its mud. The most fertile part of the coun- try is on the shores of Lake Demhea, a large inland lake. It is divided into a number of petty independent states, the principal of which are — Tiyre in the north, Amhara in the centre, and Slwa in the south. The people are an ignorant and savage r.^ce, professing a form of Christianity analogous to the Greek, but intermingled with many Jewish rites and many superstitions. Abyssinia has recently been brought into notice by the British expedition of 1867-68 for the release of a few British subjects imprisoned by King Theodore, at which time Man- data, Theodore's capital, was destroyed, the king himself slain, and the kingdom broken up. Antalo, the old capital, is half-way between Magdala and the coast. None of the towns contain 10,000 inhabitants. Gondar is the capital of Amhara, Adowa of Tigre, and Ankobar (situated 8000 feet above the sea) of Shoa. out on the map. How is Abyssinia divided? Name the states uud chief towns, and describe their positions. What recent event has brought Abyssinia Into note? What is the area of Abyssinia ? Population? Size? Where is it situated? How is it bounded? Describe its surface. Its climate, &o. Describe the Blue Nile. What is said of Lake Dembea ? Point it BxBRciSBS OK TRB Map— AFRICA.— What Sea is on the north of Kgypt ? What on the east of Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia ? How is this •ea connected with the Indian Ooeon ? How is Egypt Joined to Asia ? What countries of Asia does it adjoin ? Nome the principal cHtes on CENTRAL AFRICA. SOUDAN, OR NIGRITIA. That part of the continent of Africa lying to the Bouth of Sahara, and north of the Gulf of Guinea, is called Soudan, or Nigritia, the country of the blacks. It is composed of a large number of independent states, but little is yet known either of their extent or popu- lation, or of the physical features of the country. The principal states known are — Borgou, Boussa, Yarriha, and Nyfi, on the Lower Niger ; Bamharra and Timhuctoo, on the Upper Niger ; Houssa and Bornou, between the Niger and Lake Chad ; and Kanem, Beghermeh, Bergou, Darfour, and Kordofan, between Lake Chad and Abyssinia. These states contain many towns of considerable size. The two last named now belong to Egypt. The Niger is the principal river of the country. It rises to the north of the Kong Mountains, and, after a circuitous course, falls into the Gulf of Guinea. It receives, on the east bank, the Chadda, a large river risinir south of Lake Chad. Lake Chad is nearly twice the size of Lake Erie. It is shallow, studded with islands, and receives several rivers. A number of towns of considerable size are situated on its shores. The countries on the upper part of the Niger, and on the Senegal (a river flowing into the Atlantic, and forming the the Nile in Egypt. In Nubia. What seaport is in Nubia? What city of Arabia is opposite to it ? What seaport is in Abyssinia? What lake Is iu the centre of Africa? What rivers are in the west of Africa ? Into what ocean do they flow ? What mountains are In lb« west t I 500,000; about h«li t»ia, also on the ainous country, ». it is subject to levation it pos- id productions. er of towns and on the forming the If What city A'ricaf Jnto it? northern bonndaiy of Senegambia,) are luxuriant in vegetation, and densely peopled ; wherever there is water the soil is fertile, and the people numerous. The inhabitants are chiefly negroes, and trade with the Bar- bary States and countries of the Nile by caravans of camels, which are conducted across the desert by the Arabs. The trade is chiefly in slaves, cotton, grain, indigo, ivory, and gold-dust. Tlmbuctoo is the most important town on the caravan route between Guinea, Senegambia, and Barbary. South of Nigritia and Abyssinia, under the equator, is a high table-land, or mountain range, containing a lake about as large as Lake Michigan, which has been called Victoria Nyanza, and a still larger one, the Albert Nyama, in which lakes tho White Nile takes its rise. South of this is another lake, Tanganyika, 330 miles long, and from 30 to 40 miles broad. Still farther south are Laket Bangweolo, Nyasta or Nyinyeri, and iSAtrtni none of which have as yet been thoroughly explored. and Senegal. Describe the inhabi- tants. The manner of trading. Products. What is the most im- AFRICA. g| carried on between the native chiefs of Guinea, and the Pojv tuguese and others ; but which is now much reduced, owing to the vigilance of the British war vessels. Freetown ia th« capitaL Liberia was originally founded by the United States for free negroes and emancipated slaves. It was formed into an inde- pendent republic in 1847. Nonrovia is the capital. The British possess most of the Gold Coast, and have four settlements, of which Cape Coast Castle is the chief. What part of Africa is called Soudan ? How is it composed ? Name the principal states. Point them out on the map, and describe their position. Describe the course of tlie Niger. Trace it on tlie map. Describe Laice Chad. Where Is it situated! Describe the coontriea watered bj the Niger portant town on the caravan route? Describe the country south of Ni- gritia and Abyssinia. The moun- tains and lakes. Point them out on th e map, and describe their position. What interest attaches to them ? WESTERN AFRICA. SENEGAMBIA. Seneoaubia comprises the country watered hj the Senegal, Gambia, and Rio Orande, which flov/ >7est- ward from the Eong Mountains. The climate is hot, and very unhealthy for Enropeani. The Harmattan, a scorching sandy wind, blows at intervals from the Desert. The soil is fertile, and on the banks of the rivers vege- tation is rank and luxuriant. Palms, baobab or monkey bread-fruit, caoutchotic trees, and other tropical trees and plants, abound. The Senegal and Gambia are navigable intn the interior. The British possess Bathur»t, and other forts on the Gambia; the French, Ooree, with StLouit and other forts on the Senegal ; and the Portuguese, Bistao, and other forts near the mouth of the Rio Grande. How is Senegambia situated ? I and products. The rivers. What Trace the courses of the principal possessions are held by European rivers. Describe the climate. Soil | countries, and where? UPPER GUINEA. Upper OnmEA lies to the south-east of Senegambia, between the Kong Mountains and the northern shore of the Oulf of Guinea. In climate, soil, and productions it resembles Senegambia. It comprises Sierra Leone, Liberia, Aihantee, Orain Coast, Ivory Coatt, Oold Coast, Slave Coast, Dahomey, Benin, and Calaiar. The exports are indigo, ivory, palm oil, and pepper. Sierra Leone is a British settlement, founded in 1787 as a sta- tion for the suppression of the slave trade, which was largely BxHOisas ON TBI MAF-ArRioA.— What states are on the west eaaat ef Aflriear What Is the most westerly point of Senegambia sailed ? How is Sierra Leone situated ? Liberia t into what luU does the Niger ftowt What island is sppcsite ita aoath} la nm dirscUcB is Bt Where is Upper Guinea situated 1 \ Describe its climate, Ac. What states does it comprise? Describe | Sierra Leone. Liberia. Point oat their cnpltals on the map. What possessions are held by the British 1 LOWER GUINEA. Lower Guinea extends from the Bight of Biafra to more than 1000 miles south of the equator. It comprises Biafra, Loango, Congo, Angola, and Bengvela. The last two countries belong to Portugal. The slave trade is carried on along the coast, but not nearly to the same extent as formerly. The country is well watered, and resembles Upper Guinea in climate and production. The Cameroon Mountains are immediately north of the equator, on the shores of the Bight of Biafra, and rise to the height of 13,000 feet above the sea. Wild animals, such as the lion, leopard, ele« phant, and hippopotamus, abound ; as well as the gorilla, monkeys, and numerous birds of brilliant plumage. Where is Lower Oninea situated ? What 'cuD'.ries does it comprise ? Wh!vnbt'0L5toPortugid? What is said of the slave trade ? Of the country? Describe the Cameroon Mountains. Trace them on the map. What Is said of the animal, of the country? SOUTHERN AFRICA. Southern Africa comprises the British posseasiona of Cape Colony, including British Coffraria and Natal ; the Tram Taa^and Orange Republics; Caffraria and the countries'. '>f tha Hottentoti, Bechuanai, and JVamo- quat. In the south and east it is monntalaous, and in the north and west are vast level plateaux, almost destitute of water. J a these plateaux the rivers do not reach the sea during the dry season. Three parallel ranges of mountains extend in a north* easterly direction, rising one above the other from the sonth upwards ; the first being from 20 to 60 miles from the coast The most northerly is that of the Nieuweld Monntains, whose summits are generally covered with snow. Moimt Oompass rises to the height of over 10,000 feet The Orange, or Oariep, is the principal river, rising in the Drakmbtrg Mountains west of Natal, and flowing through level plains into the Atlantic 450 miles from the Cape of Good Hope. It receives a number of small tributary streams. What countries are comprised in Southern Africa? Point them out on the map. Describe the surface. The mountains. Name the princi- pal chain. What Is their height t Trace them on the map. Deseritio the principal river. Trace ita course on toe map. Helena flrom Caps Verde? From the Cape of Good Hope? WhatstaM oeouples the most southern part of Africa ? What BriUsb colonies aia situaud to the north-east of it ? What river forms Its northern bouaili> •17? Bow it Caps Town situated? QisUautown? Port Natal) 82 AFRICA. ad 2 BRITISH POSSESSIONS. ▲re*. 230,000 square miles; population, 1,070,000; larger tluui Quebec. TheBBiTisHFossESSiONS form the southern extremity of the African continent, andeztendabout 900 miles from east to west, and from 100 to 400 miles in breadth. The coontiy was originally colonized by the Dutch, but since 1806 has been in the possession of the British. About one-half «f the population are Europeans, or their descendants; odnsist- ing of British settlers and Dutch boors or farmers. The re- mainder are Hottentots, the most degraded race on the con- tinent ; and in the east, Caffres. The climate is dry, but not unhealthy, and European grains a"d fruits have been successfully introduced. Wine, wool, and ides are exported. Cape Colony comprises an area of over 200,000 square miles, or ne:-.rlv as large as Quebec, and has a population of about 718,000. Cape Town, (30,000,) on the south-west shoro of Table Bay, is the capital and seat of the colonial Parliament. Table Mountain, 3580 feet high, rises immediately south of the town, and is so called from its fat summit. Vines are extensively cultivated on its slopes. The only other town of importance is Oraham'a Town, 500 miles to the east u^ Oape Town. Natal was formed into a colony in 1845. It lies to the north of CaSraria. Coal and iron are abundant, and cotton, indigo, and sugar are easily cultivated. The population is about 283.000. J'ort Natal is the seaport, and Pvetermariizhwtg, 60 miles inland, the capitaL British Caffraria was formerly a separate colony, but was formed into a district of Cape Colony in 1866. It is separated by the Great Kei Biver from native Caffraria. The Caffres are a fierce and restless people, and are often at war with the British. To the north of Cape Colony are the Dutch republics, Trans Vaai and Orange River. These are peopled chiefly by Dutch boors or farmers, who have formed them into independent republics. The country ia chiefly a level plateau, 5000 feet high. Between the Dutch republics and the Atlantic is the conn- try of the Bechuanas and Namaquas, an inoffensive, pastoral people. What ii the area of the British possessloDi? Population? Bizet How are they situated ? What Is said of the country f Of the peo- Sle I Of the climate and prouuc- onst Describe Oape Colony. How is it bounded t Describe its chief towns. Pblnt them out on the map. Describe Natal and its chief towns. How is it bounded? De- scribe British Caffraria. Deacribe the Dutch republics. Point them out on the map. What countries are to the WMt of (hem ? EASTERN AFJRIOA. The countries on the eastern coast of Africa are still Tery little known, although somewhat opened up by recent entei2>rise. BxRROisM ON THB Ka»— AvBioA.— What ooesn washM the eastern ■horet of Aflrlea? What lante river flows Into it? What latige lalces are in the interior? What great river flows Aom them ? What is the noit easterly point of Africa called t What laige island is to ths oost Adel or Somali, between the Strait of Babolmandeb and Cape Guardafui, is celebrated for its myrrh and odoriferous apices, which are exported through Arabia. Jjan is barren and desolate along the coast, but fertile in the interior. Zanguebar or Zanzibar is low and marshy, and very unhealthy towards the sea. To the west of it are the ranges of rnouu* tains which enclose the table-lands of Central Africa, with the peaks of Kilmandjaro and Kenia, rising, it ia said, 20,000 feet high. The Sultan of Zanzibar claims sovereignty over the countries as far south as Cape Delgado. From there to Cape Delagoa, including Mozambique and Sofala, the Por- tuguese hold authority. They formerly possessed the whole eastern coast, but have been gradually driven away. Their principal posts are Sena and Tete, on the Zambesi river. scribe the principal mountains. Point them out on the map. What What is said of the countries on the eastern coast of Africa ? De- scribe Adel. Ajan. Zanguebar. Point them out on the map. De- part of the country belongs to the Portugueaet What are their ports t ISLANDS OF AFRICA. MADAGASCAB. Area, 220,000 square miles ; population, 4,000,000 ; rather Utgm thoa the province of Quebec. Madaqascab b the largest of the African Islands, and is separated from the East coast of Africa by the Mozambique Channel. Its Northern and Southern points are called Capes Amber and St Mary. Lofty mountains traverse it from north to south, approach- ing nearest to the eastern shore. The climate is hot, and the soil fertile, producing rioo and sugar abundantly. Iron ii found in the mountains. The government is despotic. Converts to Christianity were formerly greatly persecuted, but are favoured by the present monarch. Tananarivo, the capital, is situated on a lofty tableland, near the centre of the island. Tamatave, on the east coast, is the principal seaport. BRITISH ISLANDS. Attention, a imall island in the Atlantic, frequented by ships as a place of refreshment. St Hdtna, 800 miles south- east of Ascension, is famous as the place of exile of the Em- peror Napoleon Bonaparte, where he died in 1821. Mauri' tint, (318,000,) a considerable island, formerly called the Isle of France, about one-third the size of Prince Edward Island, 480 miles to the east of Madagascar. It makes large exports of sugar and coffee. Port Louis (66,000) is the capital and sea* port. Rodriguet, east of Maiuitius, the SeyciktUei and AmU remit ItUmdt, north-east of jyiadagascar, and the Chagret group, farther east, are of little importance, and are dependencies of Mauritius. FRENCH ISLANDS. Reunion, or Bourhm, (172,000,) rather larger than Maori* of Africa ? How Is It separated from Aflrloa ? What Islands Ue to tkt cast of It f What islands Ue to the north-east of it ? What isUnds are to the north-west of Africa? How Is Boeotra situated? AsoeasloBt Oape Veide Islandst What celebrated gulflinoith of Tripoli I ■■ ■SHHI OCEATIIA. tloB, lies 90 miles louth-west of it. It ia of Tolcanic forma- tion, and contains one active volcano in the south. It pro- duces co£fee and sugar largely. Mount Piton des Ndges ia 10,000 feet high. France also possesses some smaH islands in the Comoro group, in the north of the Mozambique Channel, and some on the coaat of Madagascar, which tae dependenoiei of Beonion. 88 POKTUGUESE ISLANDS. Madeira, (115,000,) a beautiful island, rising abruptly from the Atlantic, 360 miles west of Morocco. It consists of a mass of volcanic rocks, the highest summit being about 6000 feet high. It is celebrated for its wines and its salubrious climate, Funchal is the chief town. The Cape Verde Islands, (85,000,) about 320 miles west of Cape Verde, are also of volcanic for- mation. A volcano in Fogo, one of the islands, is about 9200 feet high. St logo ia the principal island. St Thomas and Princ^t I^cmds, in the Oulf.of Guinea, also belong to Portugal. SPANISH ISLANDS. The Canaries, (270,000,) o«E the north-west coast of Africa, seven in number, contain lofty volcanic mountains. The Peak of Teneriffe rises about 12,200 feet high. Their chief product is wine. Santa Cruz, in Teneriffe, is the capital, but Palma is the largest town. Fernando Po Mid A'maixm are small islands in the Gulf of Guinea. Socotra, in the Indian Ocean, about 120 miles oast of Cape Guardafui, is a large bland belonging to Oman in Arabia, and producing the finest aloes, Whatlsthesizeof Madagaicar? to Britain! Describe their port- ' — " " - •- tion. Describe the islands belonging to France. Where are they situ atedt Describe the Portuguese islands. Where are they situated ? Describe the Spanish islands. Where are they situated T Describe Bocotn. How is tt situated! Population? How is it situated? Describe it. Describe the climate. Soil and products. Minerals. GoTernment. What is said of con - verts to Christianity? Describe the chief towns. Point then* oat on the map. Describe Ascension. St He ena. Mauritius. Where are they situ- ated t What other islands beloog OCEANIA. ATM, 4,500,000 square mUts, or one-twelfth part of the land soifltce of the globe ; popalaUon, about SO.OOO^OW. OCBANIA is the name usually given to a fifth great division of the globe. It includes the vast number of islands lying to the south-east of Asia, and those in the Pacific Ocean. They are generally small, but very numerous, and comprise an area one-fifth larger than the whole of Europe. These islands are divided into Malaysia, or the East Indian Archipelago, Australasia^ and Polynesia. What is the extent of Oceania? I in Oceania? Describe the islands. Population? What is comprised | How are they dividedt ^ MALAYSIA. Malatbia, or the East Indian Archipelago, comprises the numerous islands lying to the south-east of Asia. The principal are — Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, the FhilippiM Islands, the Molwcas, or Spice Islands, Floret, Timor, &o. These islands are voloanio in their formation, and are all within the torrid zone. They are within the range of the monsoons; and, owing to the sea breezes, the climate is not so hot as on the adjacent continent. The soil is rich and fertile, Kud large quantities of spices, sugar, coffee, and other tropical productiona are exported. They are peopled chiefly by Malays— an ac\';ve, but fierce and treacherous race, inuoh addicted to piracy. The natives of some of the islands are negroes, a savage and very degraded race. EzxBOisiS OM THI Hap— AsiA.— What division of the world are the Islands of the Malay Anhlpelago nearest to ? What sea separates them firem the mainland ? How is Sumatra separated ftom the loainland ? WUeh Is the largest Island? Which are the mwt northerly? What The whole population ii estimated at 26,000,000. Most of the islands belong to European nations. The Dutch possess Java, with portions of Sumatra, Borneo, and Celebes, besides a num< her of the smaller islands. The Spaniards possess the greater part of the Philippines. The Brituh have possessed the small island of Labnan, off the coast of Borneo, since 1846. The Dutch possessions were captured by the British in the be- ginning of thia century, but were restored at the peace of 1814. Sumatra is a long narrow island, upwards of 1000 miles In length, lying to the south-west and south of the Malay Penin- sula, from which it is separated by the Strait of Malacca. It is about the size of Quebec, and is directly under the equa- tor. It is traversed by chains of lofty mountains, some of their summits rising nearly 14,000 feet in height. Most of the surface is covered with dense forests, affording a retreat to numerous wild animals. Between the mountain rangea are large and fertile plains, producing coffee, pepper, rice, and camphor, which are largely exported. The Dutch possess all that part of the island lying south of the equator ; the remain- der is occupied by native states. The principal Dutch towns are Palembang, Padang, and the Be.;port of .Beneoolen. The islands of Banca and BiUiton, off the east coast, belong to the Dutch, and contain valuable tin mines. Java lies to the south-east of Sumatra, from which it ia separated by the Strait of Sunda. It is about one and a halt times the size of Newfoundland, and is the most populous and fertile of the Malaysian Islands. It is traversed by a lofty chain of volcanic mountains, and has numerous fine harbors island lies to the south of Sumatra? To the east of Borneo? What islands between Java and Australia ? What sea is between Celebes and the Philippines? What ocean is on the west of the Arohlpelaco? What on the east? What large city Is on thelsUad of loMnt t« 9C 10 Vi II I 84 OCEANIA. and bayi. Large quantities of coffee, rice, rogar, and oinna- inon ore exported ; and in the interior are extensive forests of teak. The population is about 17,000,000, consisting chiefly of Malays. It belongs to the Dutch, whose settlements are mostly on the north coast. The chief town is Batavia, (50,000,) the capital of the Dutch East India posienions. The smaller islands lying to the east of Java, M Bali, Lombok, Surnba/UM, (with a remarkable active volcano,) Sandalwood, Flora, Timor,' ko,, belong to the Dutch, with the exception of a small settlement in Timor belonging to the Portuguese. Borneo is the largest island in the world, with the excep- tion of Australia, and is about twice the size of Ontario. It is separated from Java by the Java Sea, from Celebes by the Strait ofMacauar, and lies directly under the equator. The heat on the coast is moderated by the sea breezes, and the soil Mt fertile ; but a great part of the island is covered with dense forests. The interior is but little known, but is said to be mountainous. It possesses several large navigable riven. The . istemand southern, with part of the eastern coast, belongs to i 'te Dutch. The district of Sarawak, in the north-west, was ruled from 1841 to 1858 by Sir James Brooke, a British sub- ject, as rajah, appointed by the Sultan of Borneo. There are valuable mines of diamonds, gold, tin, iron, copper, lead, and coal in the island. The population is variously estimated ui from 2,000.000 to 5,000,000, consisting of Malays, Chinese, and Europeans on the coast, and Dyaks, the native race, in the interior. Borneo, (22,000,) on the north-west coast, is the capital, and carries on considerable trade with Singapore, China, and the Philippine Islands. Labuan Island, belonging to Britain, is at the month of the river on which the town of Borneo is situated. CeUbet lies to the east of Borneo, from which it is separated by the Strait of Macassar, and between it and the Philippine Islands is the Sea of Celebes. It is so deeply indented by bays aa to form four long peninsulas. It is rather larger than Newfoundland. The surface £■ hilly, and the soil fertile, yielding rice, sugar, and sago. It also supplies trypang or sea-slugs, and edible birds' nests, considered great delicacies by the Chinese. The south-western part of the island is held by the Dutch, including the settlement of Macassar, with a town of the same name. The Philippine lelands lie to the north-east of Borneo. They are estimated at about 1200 in number, and are traversed by a chain of mountains. The climate is hot, but moist, and the ■oil fertile. Violent hurricanes and earthquakes often '*r..^M' tate them. The chief exports are rice, sugar, tobacco, and Manilla hemp. They were taken p^asession of by the Span- iards in 166S, and still form one of the most important of the Spanish colonies. The largest island is Luzon, with Manilla, (230,000,) the capitaL The other islands of importaneo are — Mindoro, Palawan, Mindanao, Samar, &o. The Molucca/, or Spice Islands, lie to the north-east of Celebes, and are famous for their spices, nutmegs, cloves, &o. The principal are Oilolo, AmJbojfna, Ceram, Booroo, and the Banda Jtlandi. They belong chiefly to the Dutch. Still farther south are some smaller islands of little importance. BxKRoisea on trb Maf— Avstralu.— How Is Australia separated from New Ouinea? From Tasmania ? What sea Is on the nortli-esstr What ocean on the cast? What ocoan nn tho wpRt? What large gulf b ou lb* north > What large rivu' iiu^t iuto the ogeau ea (ht south t What Islands are comprised In Malaysia t How axe they situated 1 Point them out on the map. De- scribe the islands. Climate. Soil and products. People. To whom do they belong ? What ts said of the Dutch possessions ? Describe Sumatra. How is It situated ? Describe its size. Sur- face. Products. To whom does it belong! Point out the chief towns on the map. How is Java situated? De- scribe its size. Surface. Products. People. To whom does it be- long t What is the chief town t What islands lie to the east of Java i To whom do they belong 1 Describe Borneo. How is it situ- ated ; Describe the climate. Soil. Surface. What possesstonf aro held by tba Dutch ? What is said of the district of Sarawak ? Ot the mines 1 Of the people I De- scribe the chief towns. What island belongs to Britain f How is Celebes sitnatedf What is its form and size t Describe its surface. Soil and products. What possession Is held by the Dutch f How are the Philippine Islands situated? Describe them. The climate. Exports. To whom do they belong? Name the principal. How are the Moluccas situated ? For what are they famous ? Name the principal. To whom do they belong? What other islands aie there t AUSTRALASIA. AvsTRAtABiA comprises the large islands of Australia, Tatmania, or Van Diemen's Land, New Zealand, and New Guinea, with a large number of smaller islands lying to the east of New Guinea and Australia. What Islands are comprised in Australasia? Point them out on the map, (the World.) AUSTRALIA. :Area, 3,000,000 square miles ; population, 1,590,000 ; about the same size as the Dominion of Canada. AUSTBALIA is the largest island in the world, being about four-fifths the size of Europe. It belongs to Britain, and is divided into five colonies— Ftctoria, New South Wales, Queens- land, South Austnuia, and Western Australia, besides North Australia, which is not yet settled. The surface coniiits chiefly of vast level plains, covered with grass or thickly wooded, and arid sandy deserts ; the latter, however, have been found, by the dear-bought discoveries ol Burke and Wills in 1860, to be less numerous and extensive than was formerly supposed. There are several detached chains of mountains near the coast. The principal I.i in the south-east, where the Australian Alps extend northwardi.^ from Bass Strait, at about 40 miles from the shore. Some of the peaks, as Mounts Hotham and Kosciusko, rise about 7300 feet high, and are covered with snow for a great part of the year. Farther north the chain continues, under the name of the Blue Mountains and Liverpool Range. In Western Australia, near the coast, are ranges of low mountains, extending inland about 300 miles, and forming an elevated table-land. The highest summit is about 6000 feet high. Other small chains occur in South Australia. Australia, considering its great extent, possesses fewer navig- able rivers than any other part of the world. The principal and only river of any lise is the Murray Biver, rising in the Australian Alps, and flowing west into Encounter Bay. It ia about 1100 miles long, and is navigable for a considerable dis- tance. It receives, on the north bank, the Darling, and the Murrumbidgee, with its affluent the Latihlan, On the eastern coast are numerous small rivers, rising in the mountains and In what scne Is the northern part of Australia? In what sons Is the southern part ? What large islands lie tu the south-east ? What Islands lie to the north-west? >\hat colonies are in the east of Aiistmlia? Is the south t lu the west ? Uetw««a wUut colonlss Is Doss Btraita t lossenlonf an What is said Sarawak t Ot e people t De. tovns. What ■itainr tnated? What If Describe ita roducts. What r the Dutch r ippine Islands e them. The To whom do e the principal, iccas situated t imous? Name whom do they er islands aro >f Australia, ealand, and aller islands Eilia. lem out on the about the same , being about ritain, and ii Vala, Queent- besides North , covered with a; the latter, diaooveries ol tnd extensive srol dotaohed ipal \^ in the thwardi< from Some of the out 7300 feet i of the year, name of the irn Australia, snding inland ie-land. The small chains I fewer navig- rhe principal rising in the rBay. It is siderable dis- Unff, and the a the eastern ountabs and lat sons Is the What islands Aiiflti'uliat Is sBUalMI r C o^j^^e^tL^ fi^ .ui4^AJ^i)^ *.*Mi i^^ -i- CK/t-x^^ 0-**-'/^ C 2-**^ 0%^ 2-V '<\ '/f^'*'*'*'*^*^ v.. ' H. • . **' —"■■■ '— — ~— ■'-*r~irTyTr r~ / ^ ^» t.;>»*t- 'i/^'. >«r J ,, '^-^^y-^f ^ ', ^^--^^ >- i-- V ^^^ C-^^ c^ ^-/'/^^/ \9 ^ /«' /S-^1^1^4. /;>- /A*^« ^**Y'm Vtotoriaf What riven flow Ihroufflt Itf Ilnw l8 Bydnsy situated T How Is Victoria bounded t llaw V Mulliouino iltuattUt la wUat dUreotlon from Melbeume Is was made at Sydney in 1788, and was origmallya penal settle- ment. Since then all the island has belonged to Britain ; and especially since the discovery of the gold-fields it has advanced very rapidly in population, wealth, and commerce. The im- ports now amount to about 160,000,000 dels., and exports to 180,000,000 yearly. The government of each of the colonies is the same as in the provinces of the Dominion of Canada, and consists of a gover- nor and executive council, with a legislative council and assembly elected by the people. The governor of New South TVales takes the precedence. New South Wales (619,000) is the oldest colony, having been founded in 1787. It is traversed on the east by the Blue Mountains and Liverpool Bange. Most of the Iwgest riven rise in these mountains ; and around their sources, on the west side of the mountains, are the valuable gold- fields. Sydney (134,000), on Port Jackson, is the capital. It ex- ports large quantities of gold and wool, and was the first British settlement in Australia. Five miles to the south is Botany Bay, formerly a penal settlement. Bathurtt and Ooulbum are centres of the mining districts. Newcattle, on the Hunter Biver, is a seaport. ViOTOPiA (730,000), founded in 1836, occupies the south- eastern part of the island, and is traversed on the east by the Australian Alps, and some small ranges of hills on the west. The remainder is level, and well adapted for pasturage. It possesses also rich gold-fields. Melbourne (190,000), on the Bay of Port Phillip, at the mouth of the Yarra Biver, is the capital. It was only founded in 1837, has risen rapidly, and now has very extensive commerce. Oeelong (26,000) is also on Port Phillip, 46 miles from Mel- bourne. Ballarat and Cattlemaine are considerable towns in the mining districts. QOEIMSLAND (120,000) is a large colony to the north of New South Wales, but is yet thinly peopled. It was formerly th« Moreton Bay district of New South Wales, but was made a separate colony in 1869. Britbane (20,000), the capital, is at the mouth of the Brisbane Biver, flowing into Moreton Bay. South Australia (197,000) is an important agricultural country, and possesses very valuable oopper-minei. A range of hills extends northwards along the eastern shore of St Vincent Gulf, and several smaller detached ranges occur in tho south. It contains also several large lakes, Torrens, Gairdner, Gregory, and Amadeus. Grain is exported to the neighbor- ing colonies, besides large quantities of copper and wool to Europe. Adelaide (77,000), the capital, is near the eastern shore of St Vincent Gulf. Tlie chief copper-mines are the Bwrra Burra, 36 miles north-east of the Gulf of St Vincent, and Kapunda, 40 miles to tho north-west. Webtbrh Australia is tho largest oolonj in the bland, but is yet unexplored, except along the coast, and contains only about 26,000 inhabitants. Perth, tho oapital, is on the Swan Bivor, on the west coast. Sydney T What part of the island dees QueeBiUndooenpyt How la Brisbane titustedr In what direotion from It Is Sydney r WhU colonies dofs South Australia adjoin on the east! In wtat dirsottoa (itOBi Melboarne t Uow Is Hobait Town situated t 86 OCEANIA. THiftt U the arm of Australia ! Population? Size? Describe Aus- tralia. To whom does it belong? How is It dirided? Point out the divisions on the map. Describe the surface. The principal moun- tains. Trace them on the map. What is said of the rivers of Aus- tralia? Describe the principal. Trace its course on the map. What lakes are in Australia? Point i.hem out on the map. De- icribe the outline of Australia. Name the principal bay s^c. Point them out on the map. What is on the north-western coast? Name the principal straits. Point them out on the map. Name the princi- pal capes. Point them out on th6 map. Name the principal islands. Point them out on the map. De- scribe the climate of Australia. The seasons. The soil and pro- ducts. The minerals. What is Mid of the gold mines? Describe the native vegetation. Tne ani- mals. The people. What historical account of Australia Is given? What is si^d of the progress of the country ? Describe the govern- ment. Describe New South Wales. How is it situated ? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their positions. Describe Victoria. How Is it situated? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their positions. Describe Queensland. How Is it sitimted? Describe the chief town, and point it out on the map. Describe South Australia. How is it situated ? Describe the chief towns. Point them out on the map, and describe their positions. Describe Western Australia. How is it situated? Describe the capital, and point it out on the map. TASMANIA. Tasmania, or Van Dieuan's Land (103,000), is an island lying to the south-east of Australia, from which it is separated by Baas Strait. It is nearly as large as New Brunswick. The surface is hilly, and the coast indented with fine bays and har- bors. The climate is mild and healthy, and the soil fruitful. Sobart Town (25,000), the capital, is on the Biver Derwenl^ flowing into Storm Bay, on the south-east of the island. It is beautifully situated, being surrounded by hills. Launcaton is on the north side of the island, on the Biver Tbmar, which flows into Bass Strait. the chief towns, and point them out on the map. Hbw is Tasmania situated?! What is its sise? Describe the sar&oe. Climate, tto. Describe { NEW ZEALAND. New Zialand consists of two large islands and several ■mailer ones, lying about 1100 miles south-east of Australia. The larger islands are called North Island or New Ulster, and South Island or New Munster, and are separated by Oook's Strait Steward Island is small, and is separated from South Island by Foveaux Strait. The area is about the same as that of Great Britain and Ireland. Along the west coast of both of the large islands extends an elevated chain of mountains, many of their peaks covered with perpetual soow. Afount Egmont, in North Island, is nearly 9000 feet high, and other peaks rise still higher. There are a number of small rivers, some of them navigable. The climate is mild and healthy, and the soil fertUe, producing most of the grains and fruits of South' a Europe. There is scarcely any native vegetation, and there are very few animals. The tare, sweet potato, and flax are CTilti< vated, and sheep are extensively reared for their wool. The population is about 2S6,000, of which 60,000 are natives. These are called Maories, and are of the Malay race— a tall, well-formed, intelligent race, brave and determined in war, in which they are often engaged with the British colonists. New Zealand is divided into nine provinces. In North Island are Auckland, with a capital of the same name ; Tara- BxsRcnis ON THS Maf— AcBTRALiA, *o.— How nauv large islands are oomprised In New Zealand ? Uow are North and Middle Island septrtted ? Uow is Auoliiand situated ? In what dtreetion from New Kealand is Merfolk Island ? What island U half-way between Norfolk naki, with New Plymouth, the capital ; Hawke'a Bay, capital, Napier; and TF(e{2tnsr(on,withacapitidof the same name. In South Island are Sfarlborough, with Blenheim and Pieton; Nelson, with Nelson, the chief place ; Canterbury with Christ- church; Otago, with Dunedin, near whioh are valuable gold- fields; Riverton and Invereargill ; and WettUxnd. Norfolk Island, to the north of New Zealand, was formerly a penal settlement, but now belongs to the Pitcaim Islanders. Chatham, Antipodes (so called from being the land most nearly opposite to Qreat Britain in the southern hemisphere), Auckland, and other islands to the south-east of New Zealand, ue stations for the South-Sea whale and seal fishery. Of what does New Zealand con- sist ? How are the isUnds named, and how separated ? Describe the size. Surface. Mountains. Rivers. Climate. Soil, &e. What is said of vegetation ? Of the population ? How is New Zealand divided? Name the prorinees and their capitals. Point them out on the map, and describe where they are situated. Describe Norfolk Island. What other islands are mentioned f Where are they situated t for what are they nsefOlt PAPUA, OR NEW GUINEA, Papua, or New Guinea, is a large island, about half the size of Canada, situated to the north of AustraUa^ from which it is separated by Torres Strait. It lies directly under the equator. On some parts of the coast (it is mountainous, but the in* terior is still unexplored. i(t is not possessed by any civilized nation, and is visited only by the Chinese and Blalays for trypang and edible birds'-nests. The beautiful bird of paradise is a native of the island. The numerous groups of islands lying to the east of New Guinea and Australia are but little known. The principal are Admiralty Islands, New Ireland, New Britain, Louiiiadt Archipelago, Solomon lalandi. Queen OharMte Idandt, New Hebrides, and New Caledonia. The French have possessed New Caledonia since 1864. Describe New Guinea. Where is it situated? Describe the sur- face, Ac. Its productions. What bird is a native of the country? What other islands belong te Australasia? Point them out on the map. Whioh island do the French possess? POLYNESIA. FoLTNBBiA is the name given to the Tftst number of islands scattered over the Pacific Ocean, chiefly within 30** north and south of the equator. The larger islands are volcanic, but most of the smaller ones have been produced by the labors of the coral insect. The principal groups north of the equator are— the Ladront, or Marianne, Pelew, Caroline, Marshall, Gilbert, nai Sandwich IHands. South of the equator are the Fe^'ee, Friendly, or Tonga, Navigator's or Samoa, OooVt or Harvey, and &>eiet]f Iilandi, the Low Archipelago, and Marquetat Islandi. The coral Islands are generally very small, and are raised but a few feet above the level of the ocean. They are often semioiroular in shape, with a lagoon of still water between the land and the reefs. Those of volcanie formation are monn« tainous, covered with luxuriant verdure, and with rioh and fertile valleya, as the Marquesas, Society, and Sandwich Mead and Sydney f Where is foveaux Strait ? Where Is Wetllnfton t Dunedin ? Bay of Plenty ? New Plymouth ? Three Kinis Islands t Mount Kgmont ? In what direotton from N«w Zealand are the Chathaa Islands? Mew Hebrides! OCEANIA. 87 Iilanda. In Hawaii, one of the latter group, there are two volcanio monntains, rising upwards of 13^000 feet in height. Although these islands are nearly all within the torrid zones the climate ia delightful and healthy, being tempered by the sea breezes. The soil is remarkable for its fertility, and pro- duces the cocoa-palm, bread-fruit, plantains, bananas, yams, and other tropical trees and fruits. The natives are chiefly of the Malay race, and are well-made, and active ; differing greatly, however, in disposition, being mild and hospitable in some islands, and in others fierce and ireaoherouB. The Feejeo Islands, as well as the Papuan Archi- pelago, are inhabited by the Austral-negro race, who are among the lowest and most degraded inhabitants of the worlds In the Feejee Islands they are still addicted to cannibalism. The Sandwich and Society Islands are the most important groups in Polynesia, and their inhabitants have made the greatest advances in civilization. The Sandwich Islands have % population of over 67,000. They are greatly under the in- fluence of the United States. They are regularly visited by whaling and other vessels, and trade in their own ships with America and China. Owhyhee, or Hawaii, is the largest island, and it was there that Captain Cook, the discoverer, was killed. Honolulu, (7000,) on one of the smaller islands, is the capital. The largest of the Society Islands is Tahiti, or Otaheite. It contains a population of 10,000, and is memorable as the place where the mutiny of the Bounty occurred. Pitcaim Island, where the mutineers settled, is south-east of the Low Archi- pelago. The Society Islands are now under the control of France. What is comprised In Polynesia ? Describe the islands. Name the principal. Point them out on the map, and state how they arc situ- ated. Describe the coral islands. The volcanic islands. What is said of Hawaii t Describe the cli- mate. The soil and products. The natives. What is said of the Fecjee Islands and others 1 Which are the most important groups? Describe the Sandnich Islands. Point them out on the map. Name the principnUsland and the capital. Describe tlie latter. Describe the principal of the Society Islands. Describe Pitcairn Island, Point them out on the map. XxiBOiSES OR TBI Mip— Tns World.— In what ocean are the Poly- nesian Islands situated ! In what cone do they lie ? Point out the uricctpal groups north of the Equator. South of it? Which is the pHnolpal of the Sandwich islands t In what direction firom San Fran- A i( '-' r Y ^u; t/^-< ANTAECTICA. This name is given to several extensive tracts of land supposed to form part of a Southern Continent, and a number of islands whicli of late years have been discovered in the Antarctic Ocean. , The principal tract of land is Smth Victoria, lying to the- south of New Zealand ; discovered in 1840 by Sir James Ross. It ia covered with glaciers and perpetual snow, and has lofty mountains along the coast. Its most striking feature is the great volcano, Moura Erebus, 12,400 feet high, the flames of which rise high above its crater, and throw a fearful light over these desolate regions, presenting a grand and awe-inspiring spectacle. Farther east is Mount 2'error, another volcano, nearly 11,000 feet high. Both are named from the exploring ships, Erebus and 2error. West of these is the south magnetic pole. The other principal tracts are Adelia and Sabrina Lands, south of Australia ; farther west, Enderhy and Kemp Lands, south of Madagascar ; and Graham Land, GOO miles south of Cape Horn. Kound the coast of Graham Land are numerous islands— the South Shetland, South Orkney, South Georgian Islands, and others. Besides these, there is also a large number of small islands lying much farther north, but par' taking of the same cold, barren, and desolate character. Tliey are chiefly volcanic in formation. Tlieir shores are frequented by the albatross and vast numbers of penguins ; and seals and whales abound in the neighboring seas. The principal are — Tristan da Cunha, Prince Edward, Marion, Croxtt's, Kergut- len, Amsterdam, StPavTs, and Macquarie Islands. What is comprised under the name Antarctica? Describe the principal tract of land. Point it outon the map, v'he World.) What are its most striking features? What is situated in this tract? Name the other tracts of land. Point them out on the map. Name tlie principal Islands near these tracts of land. Describe them. Point them out on the map, and describe their situations. Cisco are they ? In what direction fVom them is New Zealand? Japan? What is the most soutlicrn land called ? Point out two volcanoes in Antarctica, is Antarctica principally situated t In what ocean Is it situated ? Describe tUem, In what sod« '9, j?fi Aiy^ i^S ■^ t tens KNSl 1